Advanced Media Catalog 2015 by Advanced Media Trading

Advanced Media Trading LLC is one of the Middle East’s largest suppliers of broadcast, professional video and photography equipment. Headquartered and founded in Dubai, U.A.E in 2002, Advanced Media conducts business all over Middle East and North Africa and is engaged in every aspect of the broadcast, professional video and photography industry including sales, consultancy, installation, training, service and maintenance. Advanced Media’s showroom & offices are conveniently located at 4th floor, Al Khaleej Center, Al Mankhoul Road, Bur Dubai. The showroom provides a ‘hands-on’ experience with the opportunity to test a wide range of products and associates are always on hand to offer professional support and advice. Advanced Media deliver a ‘showroom’ shopping experience through their website, allowing customers to view and purchase a wide selection of products at their own convenience. Moreover, with a dedicated team of professional and certified staff, Advanced Media offers one of the best service centers in the Middle East for broadcast, professional video and photo equipment.

Contents

Broadcast & Professional Video Professional Video Player / Recorder Memory Cards Battery / Charger On - Camera Light Optics Mattebox and Follow focus Wireless Follow Focus Monitors Heads Tripods Camera Support System Chroma-key Switchers / Mixers Teleprompter Lighting Lighting Support Professional Audio Interfaces Video Routers Converters Media Storage Software Color Grading Workstations Editing Solutions On - Air Wireless Camera System Up-Link / Wireless Video System

4 15 22 25 26 27 38 39 41 47 49 54 78 79 84 85 91 98 109 110 112 113 117 118 119 120 122 125 128

Photography Digital Camera Lens Studio Lighting Camera Flash Lightmeter Tranceiver Tripods Heads

130 141 150

Camera Cases Studio Accessories Professional Photo Supports Under Water Housing

181 202 204 217

168

170 171 172 179

Professional Video

F65

Super 35mm 8K CMOS sensor SRMASTER camera Features: Super 35mm CMOS sensor with 20 Mega pixels Robust upgrade path 20 Megapixel image sensor Anamorphic excellence 14 stops of latitude High sensitivity, low noise Natural color: S-Gamut Taking control Retaining maximum grayscale ACES color management Choice of recording mode 16-bit linear RAW SR File high definition Up to 120 frames per second Rotary shutter option Fast, high-capacity SRMemory® cards PL Lens mount The Sony 4K universe Sony cameras compared

PMW-F55

Super 35mm 4K CMOS sensor compact CineAlta camera records HD/2K/4K on SxS memory plus 16-bit RAW 2K/4K output Features: Shoot spectacular HD, 2K or 4K 4K on-board recording—and three other formats 4K/2K RAW options Electronic frame image scan Vast exposure latitude S-Gamut color system Retaining maximum grayscale Viewfinders as revolutionary as the camera Modularity and versatility High speed: 240 fps More than just a pretty interface Real-time 4K output and other vital connections Long-life Olivine Battery Sony’s 4K universe Sony cameras compared 4K live production via fiber adapter Sony camera accessories Connectivity, flexibility and longer cables

PMW-F5

Super 35mm 4K CMOS sensor compact CineAlta camera records HD/2Kon SxS memory plus 16-bit RAW 2K/4K v Features: Super-sampling: Spectacular HD, 2K or 4K 4K/2K RAW options Vast exposure latitude Retaining maximum grayscale Viewfinders as revolutionary as the camera Modularity and versatility Choice of recording formats High speed: 240 fps More than just a pretty interface The connections you need Long-life Olivine Battery Sony’s 4K universe Sony cameras compared Sony camera accessories Connectivity, flexibility and longer cables

PXW-FS7

XDCAM Super 35 Camera System (Comes in Body only or Kit version) Super 35 Sized CMOS Sensor Sony E-Mount UHD Up to 60 FPS, HD Up to 180 FPS 4096 x 2160 Via External Recorder XAVC-I, XAVC-L, MPEG-2 XAVC-I Up to 600 Mb/s Dual XQD Memory Card Slots Dual HD/3G-SDI & HDMI Output Ergonomic Handgrip with Camera Controls

PXW-X500

Three 2/3-inch type PowerHAD FX Full HD CCD sensors XDCAM camcorder with multi-format recordings including XAVC Three 2/3” CCD Sensors Full HD 1920 x 1080 Up to 120 fps XAVC, MPEG SStP, MPEG HD422, MPEG HD420 2 x SxS & 2 x SD Media Card Slots 3G-SDI, HDMI Output, Composite Output Genlock In, Timecode In & Out & GPS Built-In 3.5” LCD Info Screen Slow & Quick Motion

Professional Video

HSC-300RT

Three 2/3-inch Power HAD FX CCD sensors portable HD / SD camera for digital triax operation and large lens options Features: Multi-format operation Sophisticated 2/3-inch CCDs High-quality 16-bit A/D conversion and DSP LSI Digital Extender function Auto Lens Aberration Compensation 2 (ALAC2) function Versatile camera interfaces Digital triax operation Large lens operation Simple and yet versatile system configuration Position-adjustable shoulder pad Two types of Focus Assist functions HD to SD down-converto HyperGamma

HSC-100RT

Multiformat Camera System Features: The HSC-100R is HD studio and system camera system that is equipped with three 2/3” CCD imagers and offers low-latency digital Triax transmission at 1080 @ 59.94i/50i and 720 @ 59.94P/50P. 2/3” CCD imager 16-bit A/D conversion and DSP LSI 1.5G digital Triax operation Versatile system configuration with HSCU-300R Robust magnesium-alloy casting body Position-adjustable shoulder pad Focus assist functions HyperGamma

PXW-X200

Three 1/2-type Exmor™ CMOS Full HD sensor XDCAM camcorder with 17x zoom lens and XAVC recordings Three 1/2” Exmor CMOS Sensors Resolutions up to 1080p at 60 fps 10-Bit 4:2:2 XAVC Intra/Long Codecs MPEG HD422, HD420, IMX, & DV Codecs 17x Zoom Lens 29.3-499mm (35mm Equivalent) Dual SxS Memory CARD Slots 3G-SDI Output Genlock In, TIME Code In/Out Wi-Fi Remote Control via Included MODULE

PMW-400K

Three 2/3-inch type Exmor CMOS sensors with 16x zoom HD lens XDCAM camcorder recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps Key features: High sensitivity Full HD sensors Supports all SD / HD 420 or SD / HD 422 on several types of memory cards XAVC ready The PMW-400K is future-proofed to support XAVC 10-bit HD422 recordings, including XAVC Intra frame 10-bit HD422 100Mbps and XAVC Long GOP 10-bit HD422 (low bit rate). Noise reduction Hardware and software flash band correction Wide gain selection WiFi remote High resolution 960 x 540 colour viewfinder Interfaces include SD / HD-SDI and i.Link Digital triax and fibre optional control Supplied with 2/3-inch 16x zoom lens Low power consumption

PXW-X320

Three 1/2-inch type Exmor CMOS sensors XDCAM camcorder with 16x zoom HD lens recording Full HD XAVC 100 Mbps, with wireless options The PXW-X320 is a high-performance SxS memory camcorder which inherits field-proven operability from the reputable PMW-320. The PXW-X320 has become a part of the XDCAM HD422 family, comes equipped with cutting-edge imaging technology – three 1/2-inch-type Full-HD Exmor CMOS sensors with an extremely high S/N ratio – with Flash Band Reducer feature to provide outstanding picture quality. Product Highlights three 1/2-inch-type Full HD Exmor CMOS sensors (1920 x 1080)

Professional Video

PXW-X180 PMW-300K1

Three 1/2-inch Exmor™CMOS sensors semi-shoulder XDCAM camcorder with interchangeable 14x zoom HD lens system recording Full HD 422 at 50 Mbps The PMW-300K1 XDCAM HD Camcorder from Sony is designed to meet the demands of field video productions and professional studio applications. It is Sony’s first semi-shoulder mount camcorder to combine the low-light capabilities of three, 1/2” Exmor Full HD CMOS sensors with the broadcast-quality, Full HD MPEG HD422 codec. Features: 1/2” Exmor Full HD 3CMOS Sensor MPEG HD422 at 50Mbps Interchangeable Lens Mount System 3.5” 960 x 540 Color LCD Viewfinder Dual ExpressCard/34 SxS Memory Slots SD/HD-SDI & HDMI Outputs Four Channels of 24-bit 48kHz Audio Semi-Shoulder Mount Design Timecode, Genlock, USB 2.0 Interfaces

Three 1/3-inch type Exmor™ CMOS Full HD sensor XDCAM camcorder with 25x zoom lens and wireless operations, including XAVC recordings Features: Three 1/3-inch type Exmor™ CMOS Full HD sensors for a wide range of shooting conditions 25x professional HD zoom lens with three independent rings with end-stop and large focal length High quality XAVC Intra and XAVC Log GOP recordings Switchable recordings for greater flexibility Wi-Fi/NFC (Near Field Communication) with Content Browser Mobile™ Proxy recording on SD card Dual SxS media slots, “Simul” or “Relay” recording, and independent record control Variable dual ND filter control mechanism Multi Interface Shoe (MI Shoe) for flexible connection without XLR cable

PXW-X160

Three 1/3-inch type Exmor™ CMOS Full HD sensor XDCAM camcorder with 25x zoom lens and XAVC recordings Full HD XAVC Intra and XAVC Long GOP recordings and MPEG HD 422 50 Mbps offer budget savings and workflow flexibility for broadcast and professional applications.

PMW-300K2

Three 1/2-inch Exmor™ CMOS sensors semi-shoulder XDCAM camcorder with interchangeable 16x zoom HD lens system recording XAVC HD 100 Mbps and MPEG HD422 at 50 Mbps The PMW-300K2 XDCAM camcorder is equipped with three 1/2-inch Exmor™ full-HD CMOS sensors, capable of delivering high-quality images even in low-light environments. Ample support for interchangeable lens and a robust metal body further ensure that PMW-300K2 is suitable for a wide range of applications. Additionally, the PMW-300K2 offers a convenient remote-control and multi-camera operation capability, which allows use with high-end camera systems. Features: 1/2” Exmor Full HD 3CMOS Sensor MPEG HD422 at 50Mbps Fujinon Lens with 16x Zoom Interchangeable Lens Mount System 3.5” 960 x 540 Color LCD Viewfinder Dual ExpressCard/34 SxS Memory Slots SD/HD-SDI & HDMI Outputs Four Channels of 24-bit 48kHz Audio

The PXW-X160 three 1/3-inch type Exmor™ CMOS sensors camcorder records Full HD XAVC Intra and XAVC Long GOP, as well as MPEG HD 422 50 Mbps MPEG HD 420 35 Mbps, AVCHD and DV, making it ideal for a wide range of applications from education/videography to broadcast. As the successor to the HVR-Z7E, HXR-NX5E and PMW-150, the PXW-X160 has a lot of attractive features, including dual SxS memory card slots, a G Series fixed 25x HD zoom lens with 26mm wide angle and variable ND filter, that provides four conventional mechanical 4 ND filter positions or a linear switch dial for more control in changing light conditions. Features: 25x optical zoom G Lens with 26 mm wide angle Three 1/3-inch type Exmor™ CMOS Full HD sensors High quality XAVC Intra and XAVC Log GOP recordings Switchable recordings for greater flexibility Dual SxS media slots, “Simul” or “Relay” recording, and independent record control Variable dual ND filter control mechanism Multi Interface Shoe (MI Shoe) for flexible connection without XLR cable Viewfinder includes amazing OLED technology Wide choice of connections Lens Remote (LANC)

Professional Video

HVR-Z5E NEX-FS700 RH/E

4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor NXCAM camcorder with 11x Zoom E-Mount lens and 4K/2K RAW recording options Features: 4K Exmor Super 35mm CMOS Sensor Capture 1920 x 1080/60p AVCHD Video 4K/2K 12-Bit RAW to AXS-R5 Recorder 18-200mm f/3.5-6.3 PZ OSS E-mount Lens Up to 960 fps Super Slow Motion CineGamma Curves Including S-Log2 ISO 320 to 64,000 3.5” LCD Screen with VF Attachment Dual XLR, HDMI & 3G/HD-SDI Connectivity SD/SDHC/SDXC and Memory Stick Duo Slots

1/3-inch type 3 ClearVid CMOS sensor HDV camcorder recording HD / SD Features: 3CMOS ClearVid Exmor Sensors miniDV Cassette 1080p 25p 20x G-Lens Dual Record with 1.2MP Still Capture HDV/DV Switchable Dual-Record Mode The Sony HVR-Z5P Professional HDV PAL Camcorder is the highly-anticipated successor to the acclaimed HVR-Z1P. The camera improves upon its predecessor in a variety of areas, including overall performance and range of features.

HXR-NX3E/1

NXCAM Professional Handheld Camcorder Sony G Lens with 20x Optical Zoom 40x Clear Image Zoom Wi-Fi Connectivity and Remote Control AVCHD 2.0 Format Network-Friendly MP4 720p, 3 Mbps Format Dual SD Memory Card Slots Uncompressed 8-Bit 4:2:2 via HDMI Out

NEX-EA50EH

NXCAM Large Format Sensor camcorder with E-mount lens system

HXR-MC2500

Features: Includes 18-200mm Servo Zoom Lens Records Full HD 1080p up to 60 fps Exmor APS-C CMOS Sensor Lossless Digital Zoom Effect Accepts E-mount Lenses Two XLR Audio Inputs SD/MS Memory Card Slot FMU Slot for Flash Memory Unit Still Photographs at 16 Megapixels Hot Shoe for Traditional Flash Units

1/4” Exmor R CMOS Sensor 26.8mm Equivalent Wide-Angle Lens Records SD in DV AVI File OLED Viewfinder with 1.44 Million Dots Flip-Up 3” LCD with 921k Dot Resolution Wi-Fi Connectivity with NFC Internal 32GB Flash Memory Sony Multi-Interface Hot Shoe BNC Connector on Composite Output SDXC/Memory Stick Card Slot

1/4-inch Exmor R CMOS sensor HD / SD AVCHD camcorder

Professional Video

PXW-X70

1.0 type Exmor™ R CMOS sensor compact XDCAM camcorder with 12x zoom lens recording XAVC, AVCHD and DV 1” Exmor R CMOS Sensor HD Recording Built-In SD Media Card Slots Viewfinder & Flip-Out LCD Screen XAVC, AVCHD, DV File Based Recording Slow & Quick Motion 3G-SDI & HDMI Output Wireless LAN Control Planned Upgrade To UHD 4

HXR-MC1500P

Shoulder Mount AVCHD PAL Camcorder Features: 1/4” Exmor R CMOS Image Sensor Fast f/1.8-3.4 Lens with 12x Zoom Ratio HD 1080/50i and 720/50p Resolution 64GB of Internal Memory Memory Stick and SD/SDHC/SDXC Slot AVCHD Compression Format User Configurable Manual Lens Ring Optical SteadyShot with Active Mode MPEG-2 for SD Recording Format DVDirect and Direct Copy

NEX-VG900E

Full-Frame Interchangeable Lens Camcorder Features: 24.3MP FullFrame 35mm Exmor CMOS Sensor E-Mount Lens Compatibility A-Mount Lens Compatibility via Adapter Quad Capsule Microphone & 5.1 Sound Tru-Finder OLED Electronic Viewfinder Cinematone Gamma / Color Picture Effect Modes Seesaw Lever Smooth Zoom Includes adapter for Uncompressed 1080 HDMI Output more lens options.

HXR-NX100

Full HD NXCAM Camcorder The HXR-NX100 NXCAM Professional Handheld Camcorder from Sony brings high-quality performance, adaptability, and ease of use to a compact, handheld body. The camcorder features a single Exmor R sensor with Full HD 1920x1080 resolution, Sony G lens with 12x optical zoom range, and a 24x Clear Image Zoom. The integrated zoom lens features individual lens control rings for focus, iris, and zoom. The lens can be used in either full-auto mode with servo control, or as a completely manually operated lens. Single 1” Exmor R CMOS Sensor 1920x1080 up to 60p Sony G Lens with 12x Optical Zoom 24x Clear Image Zoom, 48x Digital Zoom Discrete Manual Focus, Zoom, Iris Rings XAVC S, AVCHD 2.0, DV Recording Codecs Create & Share Picture Profiles Slow and Quick Motion Function Dual SD Memory Card Slots 2 x 3-Pin XLR Audio Inputs

FDR-AX100 4K Ultra HD Camcorder

The black Sony FDR-AX100 Full HD Camcorder brings 4K Ultra HD video to the palm of your hand, delivering resolution four times that of Full HD. The 1” Exmor R CMOS sensor is approximately 8x larger than that of typical camcorders, allowing you to capture cinematic images with shallow depth-of-field for defocused backgrounds. The camcorder features a wide-angle Zeiss Vario Sonnar T* lens with 12x optical zoom plus 24x Clear Image digital zoom. Optical SteadyShot image stabilization with Active Mode delivers smooth video, and 3-Way-Shake-Canceling adds electronic roll stability for even smoother results. Features: 4K Ultra HD Video at 30 fps/20MP Stills 1” Exmor R CMOS Sensor Bionz X Processor Zeiss Vario Sonnar T* Lens 12x Optical Zoom & 24x Clear Image Zoom Optical SteadyShot Image Stabilization 0.39” OLED EVF / 3.5” XtraFine LCD High Speed 120 fps Recording Records XAVC S, AVCHD, and MP4 Wi-Fi / NFC Connectivity

Professional Video

NEX-VG30EH

Interchangeable Lens HD Camcorder and Lens Features: Sony 18-200mm f/3.5-6.3 Power Zoom Lens Exmor APS-C Sized 16.1MP CMOS Sensor Direct Power Zoom with Variable Speed XGA OLED Tru-Finder EVF with Eye Sensor Quad Capsule Spatial Array Microphone Microphone Jack with Audio Level Control Vegas Movie Studio Platinum 12 Download High Res 16MP RAW and JPEG Stills @ 6fps Compatible with Sony E-Mount Lenses Comprehensive Manual Controls

FDR-AX1

Digital 4K Video Camera Recorder Features: Record 4K 3840 x 2160p Video at 60 fps 1/2.3” Exmor R 8.3MP CMOS Image Sensor Sony G Lens with 20x Optical Zoom Built-In Microphone & Dual Pro XLR Jacks Dual XQD Card Slots for 4K Recording XAVC-S Format for 150 Mbps 4K Recording Three ND Filters & Five Paint Functions Independent Zoom, Focus & Iris Rings Seven Assignable Buttons & HDMI Output Supports TRILUMINOS Color Technology Tell your story in four times the resolution of Full HD with the 4K camera that’s made for

WEAPON

EPIC-M RED DRAGON(CARBON FIBER)

EPIC DRAGON

EPIC MYSTERIUM-X

SCARLET DRAGON

SCARLET MYSTERIUM-X

6K RESOLUTION

NEW COLOR SCIENCE

Every 6K frame is a 19 megapixel RAW image, which is up to 9x more pixels than 1080p HD. The amount of picture detail found in a 6K image goes beyond that of 35mm, comparing only to 65mm in image density. This means more precise VFX plates, reframing flexibility, and less aliasing artifacts and moirĂŠ. Even when outputting 6K footage to 4K or HD, your images will be cleaner and crisper compared to those captured at lower resolutions. When it comes to resolution, bigger is better.

Vibrant colors, smoother skin tones, and improved tonal variations are just a few of the advantages of the RED DRAGON color science. Brilliant hues and accurate subtleties stand out in every frame, producing RAW images that are true to life. The next generation of sensor technology requires the next generation of color science.

16.5+ NATIVE STOPS RED DRAGON sensors have a native dynamic range of over 16.5+ stops, giving you a huge advantage in challenging lighting conditions. An improved signal-to-noise ratio gives you confidence that your picture quality will be print and cinema ready from ISO 200 to 2000. Fewer filters, fewer IR issues, and less noise gives you more opportunities for perfect exposure.

EPIC-M RED DRAGON W/ SIDE SSD AND LENS MOUNT

SCARLET-X W/ SIDE SSD AND LENS MOUNT

WEAPON WOVEN CF BRAIN DEPOSIT

The EPIC-M RED DRAGON W/ SIDE SSD AND LENS MOUNT is a high-performance, non-production run DSMC camera package designed for professional still and motion image acquisition. Capture 6K images from 1-100 fps and take advantage of an arsenal of features such as wireless remote control (via REDMOTE®), modular design, and expanded dynamic range – without the burden of dealing with a large, bulky system. The DSMC FAN KIT 2.0 (TOP/BOTTOM) comes pre-installed in every EPIC-M DRAGON for quieter, more efficient cooling. Made in the USA.

SCARLET-X W/ SIDE SSD AND LENS MOUNT camera package is the latest addition to the DSMCline, capable of capturing 5K stills and 4K motion footage. With advanced capabilities such as HDRx® alongside a native 13.5 stops of dynamic range, SCARLET-X is the perfect hybrid camera for cinematographers and photographers alike.

Capture 6K motion and stills at higher frame rates than ever before with the cutting edge RED DRAGON sensor. Manufactured with ultra-lightweight carbon fiber—the WEAPON Woven CF delivers a new level of intuitive control and ergonomic design. Our engineers packed the best aspects from EPIC and SCARLET—along with numerous performance enhancements such as on-board Apple ProRes recording and 3D LUTs—into a smaller BRAIN, completely redesigned for modular performance. Carbon fiber WEAPON BRAINs offer additional upgrade paths as sensor technology improves.

Max Image Area

13.5+ stops, Up to 18 stops with HDRx®

Max Image Area

6144 (h) x 3160 (v)

Dynamic Range

13.5+ stops, Up to 18 stops with HDRx®

Dynamic Range

16.5+ stops

Lens Coverage

27.7mm (h) x 14.6mm (v) x 31.4 mm (d)

Lens Coverage

30.7mm (h) x 15.8mm (v) x 34.5 mm (d)

Acquisition Formats

5K RAW (Full Frame, 2:1, 2.4:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 4.5K RAW (2.4:1) 4K RAW (16:9, HD, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 3K RAW (16:9, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 2K RAW (16:9, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 1080p RGB (16:9) 720p RGB (16:9)

Acquisition Formats

6K RAW (2:1, 2.4:1) 5K RAW (Full Frame, 2:1, 2.4:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 4.5K RAW (2.4:1) 4K RAW (16:9, HD, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 3K RAW (16:9, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 2K RAW (16:9, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 1080p RGB (16:9) 720p RGB (16:9)

Delivery Formats1

4K: DPX, TIFF, OpenEXR (REDRAY® via optional encoder) 2K: DPX, TIFF, OpenEXR (REDRAY via optional encoder) 1080p RGB 4:2:2, 720p 4:2:2 : Quicktime, JPEG, Avid AAF, MXF 1080p 4.2.0, 720p 4:2:0 : H.264, .MP4

Delivery Formats1

4K: DPX, TIFF, OpenEXR (REDRAY® via optional encoder) 2K: DPX, TIFF, OpenEXR (REDRAY via optional encoder) 1080p RGB 4:2:2, 720p 4:2:2 : QuickTime, JPEG, Avid AAF, MXF 1080p 4.2.0, 720p 4:2:0 : H.264, .MP4

EPIC-M RED DRAGON is hand-assembled by a dedicated team in California using machined parts utilized in key locations. Max Image Area Dynamic Range Lens Coverage Acquisition Formats

Delivery Formats1

6144 (h) x 3160 (v) 16.5+ stops 30.7mm (h) x 15.8mm (v) x 34.5 mm (d) 6K RAW (2:1, 2.4:1) 5K RAW (Full Frame, 2:1, 2.4:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 4.5K RAW (2.4:1) 4K RAW (16:9, HD, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 3K RAW (16:9, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 2K RAW (16:9, 2:1 and Anamorphic 2:1) 1080p RGB (16:9) 720p RGB (16:9) 4K: DPX, TIFF, OpenEXR (REDRAY® via optional encoder) 2K: DPX, TIFF, OpenEXR (REDRAY via optional encoder) 1080p RGB 4:2:2, 720p 4:2:2 : Quicktime, JPEG, Avid AAF, MXF 1080p 4.2.0, 720p 4:2:0 : H.264, .MP4

Professional Video

EOS-1D C

EOS C100

Cinema EOS Camera

Features: 18.1Mp CMOS Sensor 4K Cinematic Quality Video 1920 x 1080 Full HD Video Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 61-Point High Density Auto Focus

Features: Super 35mm 8.3MP CMOS Sensor EF Lens Mount with EF Contacts HDMI Outputs a Non-Compression Signal Dual SDHC/SDXC Memory Card Slots ISO 320 and up to ISO 20000 Wide DR and Canon Log Gamma Reduced Rolling Shutter Skews Built-in ND Filters with Manual Controls Two XLR Audio Connectors Peripheral Illumination Correction

The Canon EOS-1D C represents a breakthrough in cinematography in a DSLR specifically designed for video, that is incredibly flexible, rugged and compact.

EOS C500 / EOS C500 PL

XF305

Cinema EOS Camera

High Definition Camcorder

Features: 4K RAW (4096 x 2160) Output EF / PL Lens Mount for Broad Compatibility 8.8 Mp Super 35mm-Size CMOS Sensor Also Puts Out 2K, Quad HD & Full HD 2x 3G-SDI Outputs 50 Mb/s Proxy HD Recording to CF Card 10-Bit 4K RAW at Up to 60p 10-Bit 4K Half RAW at Up to 120p 12-Bit 2K 4:4:4 Signal at Up to 60p Canon Log Gamma

Features: 3 Native 1920 x 1080 CMOS Sensors 50Mbps MPEG-2 Recording 4:2:2 Color Sampling 60p, 60i, 30p, 24p MXF File Format Dual CF Card Slots 18x HD L-Series Zoom Multiple Bit Rates, Resolutions Dual XLR Inputs HD/SD-SDI, SMPTE Time Code, Genlock

EOS C300 / EOS C300 PL

XF105

Cinema EOS Camera

Features: Super 35mm-Size CMOS Sensor EF / PL Lens Mount for Broad Compatibility Canon XF Codec - 4:2:2 50 Mb/s MPEG-2 1920 x 1080i60 & True 24p Recording Rotating 4”, 1.23 Mp LCD Monitor HD-SDI Output, XLR Inputs Dual CF Card Slots Timecode I/O, Genlock In & Sync Out Canon Log Gamma Modular Design: Removable Grip & Monitor

High Definition Camcorder Features: 1/3” CMOS Sensor 50Mbps MPEG-2 Recording 4:2:2 Color Sampling 60p/60i, 30p, 24p MXF File Format Dual CF Card Slots 10x HD Zoom Lens Multiple Bit Rates & Resolutions Dual XLR Inputs HD/SD-SDI, SMPTE Time Code, Genlock Compact in size, light weight and fully featured, the Canon XF105 Professional Camcorder can be tailored to fit a wide range of individual needs.

Professional Video

Blackmagic Studio Camera HD Micro Four Thirds Lens Mount Resolutions up to 1080p60 10” LCD (1920 x 1200 Resolution) Built-In Talkback Built-In 4 Hour Battery Illuminated Tally 3G-SDI & Optical Fiber Video I/O XLR Audio Connections 4-Pin XLR Power Connector Magnesium Alloy Body

Blackmagic Studio Camera 4K Blackmagic URSA EF /PL Effective Sensor Size 21.12mm x 11.88mm (Super 35) Effective Resolution 3840 x 2160 Sensor frame rate support Up to 60 fps Dynamic Range 12 stops Screen Type 10.1” - TFT-LCD 5” - Integrated LCD capacitive touchscreen Mounting Options Multiple 1/4”-20 UNC thread mounting on top of camera and on handle bar. Rosette on bottom. Integrated rods mounts compatible with 15mm Light Weight Support standard.

Micro Four Thirds Lens Mount Resolutions up to UHD 3840x2160 10” LCD (1920 x 1200 Resolution) Built-In Talkback Built-In 4 Hour Battery Illuminated Tally 12G-SDI & Optical Fiber Video I/O XLR Audio Connections 4-Pin XLR Power Connector Magnesium Alloy Body

Blackmagic URSA Mini

Blackmagic Micro Studio Camera 4K

Super-35mm CMOS Sensor 4608 x 2592 Video up to 60p Compressed + Uncompressed Raw Recording Ready-to-Edit ProRes 444 + 422 Recording Dual CFast 2.0 Memory Card Slots 12G-SDI Output, Timecode and REF Input 1080p Flip-Out Screen Touchscreen Interface 2x XLR Audio Inputs with Phantom Power Magnesium Alloy Body

Active Micro Four Thirds Lens Mount Resolutions Up to 3840x2160 at 30 fps 10-Bit 4:2:2 6G-SDI Video I/O Ultra-Compact Design SDI Remote Control Protocols PTZ Serial Output & B4 Data Link Built-In Talkback HDMI Monitor Output, 3.5mm Audio In Built-In Color Corrector Canon LP-E6 Battery Slot

Professional Video

Blackmagic Micro Cinema Camera Super 16mm-Sized Image Sensor Active Micro Four Thirds Lens Mount 13 Stops of Dynamic Range Global and Rolling Shutter Switchable Records Full HD 1920x1080 CinemaDNG RAW Apple ProRes 422 (HQ) at 220 Mbps Ultra-Compact Design Expansion Port with Radio Control Ports SDHC/SDXC Memory Card Slot HDMI & Composite Output, 3.5mm Audio In

Blackmagic Design Cinema Camera EF/MFT High Definition Camcorder

Features: 2.5K Image Sensor 12-bit RAW, ProRes and DNxHD Formats 13 Stops of Dynamic Range 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30p Frame Rates LCD Touchscreen with Metadata Entry SDI Video Output and Thunderbolt Port Mic/Line Audio Inputs Records to Removable SSD Drives Includes DaVinci Resolve and UltraScope

Blackmagic Production Camera 4K World’s most portable 4K digital film camera! Features: 4K Super 35mm Sensor with Global Shutter Canon EF Compatible Lens Mount Records 4K (3840x2160) & HD (1920x1080) Compressed CinemaDNG RAW Apple ProRes 422 (HQ) Built-in SSD Recorder 12 Stops of Dynamic Range 6G-SDI Output for Ultra HD via One Cable 5” Touchscreen LCD (800x480 Resolution) Includes DaVinci Resolve and UltraScope

Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera A true Super 16 digital film camera that’s small enough to take anywhere!

Features: Super 16mm Sized Image Sensor Active Micro Four Thirds Lens Mount 13 Stops of Dynamic Range Records Full HD 1920x1080 CinemaDNG RAW Apple ProRes 422 (HQ) at 220 Mbps Portable Design (5” Long and 12.5 oz) 3.5” LCD Display with 800x480 Resolution Uses SDXC and SDHC Memory Cards EN-EL20 Compatible Rechargeable Battery HDMI, LANC, 3.5mm Audio Input and Output

AJA CION 4K/UHD/2K/HD Professional Camera

Sensor: 4K APS-C sized CMOS sensor with an electronic global shutter. 12-stops of dynamic range. Recording Formats and Resolutions: Apple ProRes 4444, Apple ProRes 422 (HQ), Apple ProRes 422, ProRes 422 (LT) and Apple ProRes (Proxy); 4K (4096x2160), Ultra HD (3840x2160), 2K (2048x1080), HD (1920x1080). 2K and HD are hardware scaled from the full 4K sensor for high-quality oversampled images and retention of field-of-view. Media: Record to AJA Pak SSD media available in 256GB and 512GB capacities. Transfer via Thunderbolt™ or USB3 with optional AJA Pak Dock; Complete 10-bit and 12-bit workflow from HD to 4K. Raw Support: Output AJA Raw via 3G-SDI at up to 4K 120 fps or via Thunderbolt™ at up to 4K 30 fps. Lens Mount: Industry standard PL mount Optical Low Pass Filter and IR cut filter: An integrated OLPF (Optical Low Pass Filter) reduces unwanted moiré effects while still retaining vital image detail. The infrared (IR) cut filter produces high quality colors within the image by blocking unwanted light wavelengths

Player / Recorder

PMW-1000

Compact HD/SD SxS memory recording deck

RED MINI-MAG (4-PACK)

The RED MINI-MAG® (4-Pack) bundles 4x ultra-fast RED MINIMAGs together with a water-resistant case lined with custom foam. For less compression at higher speeds, RED MINI-MAGs provide the only solution for getting lower REDCODE® ratios with your existing camera. This package provides over 2TB of the fastest media RED has to offer, in a form-factor that is less than 1/2 the size of REDMAG 1.8” SSD media.

RED MINI-MAG The RED MINI-MAG® is the smallest, fastest, and most powerful media option for your WEAPON®, RED EPIC®, or SCARLET camera. With higher read/write speeds than its predecessor— the REDMAG® 1.8”—RED MINI-MAGs support high frame rates and resolutions with less compression. WEAPON data transfer speeds are up to 50% faster on RED MINI-MAGs compared to EPIC DRAGON. Manufactured from robust aluminum, RED MINI-MAGs offer rugged reliability for your media in a compact form factor. RED MINI-MAGs require the use of a RED MINI-MAG® Side SSD Module to connect to your EPIC or SCARLET BRAIN.

HDW-2000

HDCAM Studio Editing Recorder Features: HDCAM native recording and playback Supports 1080/59.94i, 23.98 PsF, 24 PsF, 29.97PsF, 50i, 25PsF and 1035/59.94i Multi-format playback of Digital Betacam, MPEG IMX, Betacam SX, Betacam SP and Betacam Built-in up-conversion and down-conversion Metadata handling Dolby-E, AC-3 compatibility Compact Body, 4RU height and low power consumption Dynamic Motion Control (DMC) Pre-read editing Standard line conversion 1035/1080 Records UMID (Unique Material Identifier Data) as part of the Metadata stream

Record and playback on SxS memory cards Enhanced XDCAM HD422 workflow even in linear operation Supports network and non-linear operations Records XDCAM HD422 and HD420 at 50/35/25 Mbps XAVC HD recordings support PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 cameras Smooth SD to HD migration Reduction of storage costs

HVR-M35E

HDV compact recorder with native progressive recording HD/SD-SDI Output Multi-format Playback/Recording Capability HDV1080i: 60i/50i/24p/30p/25p DVCAM/DV: 60i/50i * No i.LINK output for HDV720p Dual-size Cassette Mechanism Four Channel Audio Data Playback Down-conversion Capabilities HDV/DV IN TC 2.7-inch LCD Monitor

PMW - PZ1 4K SxS Memory Player

Multi-Format Capability in 4K and HD XAVC Intra, XAVC Long 59.94/50/29.97/25/23.98 Progressive FPS Single SxS Media Card Slot HDMI & 3G-SDI Outputs Direct Playback and Viewing Function Simple Copy and Back-Up Process Built-In 3.5” LCD Monitor VTR-Styl;e Front Panel Buttons

PXW-RX50

Sony Lightweight and compact dual SxS field recorder is ideal companion deck for XAVC camcorders SxS recording and playback Simultaneous Recording onto two SxS cards Supports the XAVC Intra 4:2:2 1080/59.94p and XAVC Long 4:2:2 1080/59.94p formats Supports traditional formats such as MPEG HD 4:2:2, 4:2:0, MPEG IMX and DVCAM Great field deck companion for the PXW-X500, especially in applications like field shoots and on-site location shoots Comes with an adapter compatible with XLR Audio DC output for CBK-WA100 Wireless Adapter

Player / Recorder

Sony XQD Card Reader Sony AXS-R5 Recorder Features: Enables 16-bit 4K and 2K RAW Recording “Bolt-Onto” PMW-F55 and F5 Cameras Facilitates “Off-Line/On-Line” Workflows Supports High Speed Frame Rates Uses AXSM Memory Cards

Sony AXS-CR1

Features: Transfers Data From XQD Card To PC Data Transfer Speed: Up To 5.0 Gbps USB 2.0 / 3.0 Compatible The Sony XQD Card Reader enables you to quickly and easily transfer large amounts of data, such as RAW photos, from your Sony XQD memory card to your computer. This provides you with an efficient workflow. Enjoy blazing-fast data transfer speeds of up to 5.0 Gbps with SuperSpeed USB 3.0! The reader is also USB 2.0 compatible.

Compact card reader for AXS media

Highly portable tape replacement.

With USB 3.0 interface for easy read-only access The affordable AXS-CR1 AXS media reader makes it easy to input 4K RAW and 2K RAW files at high speed on to a PC/Mac with a USB 3.0 interface. Users can transfer 4K RAW data recorded at up to 60 fps and 2K RAW at up to 240 fps. View RAW files on PC/Mac Once on a PC, the RAW files can be screened using Sony’s free RAW Viewer software. The AXS-CR1 is designed to read sleek, high capacity AXSM™ memory cards as used by the AXS-R5 recorder working with PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 camcorders.

Features: The original ProRes recorder Unify formats - speed workflows RS-422 Control 10-bit, full raster recording Connectivity Ki Pro’s extensive connectivity ensures that you will be able to interface with virtually any gear in your production workflow. Reliable storage media Remote configuration and operation Familiar controls and operation Automatic Camera Control Ethernet file transfer

From Lens to Post. In a Flash. The Sony AXS-R5 Recorder enables 16-bit RAW 4K and 2K video recording on the PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 CineAlta cameras. With its “bolt-on” design, the recorder attaches to the rear of the camera for a sleek, tightly integrated form factor. Users can simultaneously record RAW files to the AXS-R5 recorder and 2K/HD with the camera’s built-in recorder. You get matching time code, start frame, stop frame, file names and other metadata for seamless conforming in post.

Features: The fastest path from camera to editorial Designed to mount easily to virtually any SDI or HDMI equipped video camera, Ki Pro Mini connects directly to your camera’s digital output and captures full quality footage to Compact Flash (CF) media in Apple ProRes 422 or Avid DNxHD formats. 10-bit, full raster recording Apple ProRes and Avid DNxHD Familiar controls and operation Playback and edit on-set Broadcast-quality video and audio I/O Remote configuration and operation Automatic Camera Control

Player / Recorder

The ultimate tape alternative. Features: 1/3” CMOS Sensor Transition to file-based workflows Unify formats - speed workflows AJA’s high-quality up/down/cross-conversion makes it easy to unify SD, 720p, and 1080i and create a single desired format for your project. 10-bit, 4:2:2 full raster recording RS-422 Control Familiar controls and operation Automation Professional connections The rear connections include SDI, HDMI, component analog, AES and analog XLR balanced audio, LTC, RS-422 and LAN. Ethernet file transfer

HyperDeck Studio 12G Record and playback of HD and Ultra HD up to 60 fps or 2160p60. Capture and playback with SSDs in uncompressed 10-bit, DNxHD and ProRes quality. Supports QuickTime format to uncompressed, DNxHD and ProRes files and MXF files for DNxHD. Dual slots for continuous recording, when one disk is full it continues to record to the next disk. 12G-SDI inputs and outputs, automatically switch between all SD, HD and Ultra HD video formats. HDMI 2.0 input and outputs with support for Ultra HD 4K. USB connection for software updates to add new features and video formats. RS-422 deck control interface for external control. Ethernet for transport control and setting changes. 1 rack unit size with universal 110/240V built in power supply.

HyperDeck Studio Pro

Professional broadcast decks that use fast solid state disks

4K/Quad HD/2K/HD Solid State Recorder. Features: 4K/Quad HD/2K/HD Solid State Video Recorder Supports 10-bit 4:4:4 and 10-bit 4:2:2 RAW support Debayer and ProRes encode to on-board SSD Realtime pass-through of RAW data via Thunderbolt™ Uncompressed and debayered 4K monitoring output Dedicated HD monitoring via SDI and HDMI Record to edit-friendly 4K, 2K, or HD ProRes files on removable AJA Pak media Offload ProRes files to your non-linear edit system via AJA Pak Dock

HyperDeck Studio Pro records 4:2:2 SD/HD and 2K, all in full uncompressed quality. Use ProRes or DNxHD compression for high quality HD video in file sizes that provide 5 times longer recording. HyperDeck Studio Pro features 3Gb/s SDI, HDMI and analog component connections, plus professional XLR audio and built-in Thunderbolt connectivity. It includes a built-in power supply for convenience and the 1 rack unit size fits easily into any studio or portable rack! Industry Standard Formats Create files that are perfect for any broadcast and post production workflow! HyperDeck Studio’s uncompressed video files are recorded in QuickTime format to provide universal compatibility with leading video software. Both HyperDeck Studio models also support Apple ProRes and Avid DNxHD industry standard file compression so you can record directly to your preferred video format. DNxHD and ProRes provide 5 times longer recording than uncompressed HD video, while maintaining 10-bit color.

Player / Recorder

HyperDeck Studio

Professional broadcast decks that use fast solid state disks HyperDeck Studio disk recorders let you record the highest quality uncompressed and compressed ProRes and DNxHD video formats using fast 2.5” SSDs. Designed with familiar VTR controls, HyperDeck Studio includes innovative features that extend beyond the capabilities of traditional decks. Dual SSD slots let you record continuously, when one disk is full recording automatically continues on the next SSD. You can mount an SSD recorded using HyperDeck Studio on to any computer to access your files, so you don’t need multiple decks to work with your media! There are two great HyperDeck Studio models to choose from.

HyperDeck Shuttle 2

The world’s smallest uncompressed video recorder! Uses Most 2.5” SATA SSD Drives Records Avid DNxHD 200x 10-Bit Codec Records Uncompressed HD QuickTime Files HD-SDI Input & Output HDMI 1.3 Input & Playback Internal Rechargeable Battery 12V Power Input Simple Front-Panel Playback Controls Machined Aircraft-Grade Aluminum The Blackmagic Design HyperDeck Shuttle 2 SSD Video Recorder records uncompressed 10-bit HD and SD video as QuickTime files from any SDI- or HDMI-enabled camcorder. This updated version of the original HyperDeck Shuttle also records Avid’s DNxHD 220x 10-bit codec. The extremely compact recorder accepts a 2.5” SATA solid state drive (sold separately) for data storage. Simply by bypassing the camera’s compression, this allows you to get the highest-quality output possible from camcorders that typically record video as highly compressed HDV, AVCHD, or another similar codec.

Odyssey 7Q+

Convergent Design OLED Monitor & Recorder Convergent Design’s Odyssey7Q+ is a monitor/recorder that provides all of the features and functionality of the Odyssey7Q but adds support for 4K recording over HDMI. It features a 7.7”, 1280 x 800, OLED, touchscreen display with a 3400:1 contrast ratio, true blacks, and advanced image analysis tools, including waveform, histogram, false color, and built-in display LUTs. Out-of-the-box, the Odyssey7Q+ can record up to 4K/UHD in the compressed Apple ProRes 422 HQ format or up to 2K/1080p using the uncompressed DPX file format. Additionally, it supports several RAW recording options for ARRI, Canon, Sony, and POV cameras, which are available for purchase or rental from Convergent Design’s website. 7.7” 1280x800 OLED Touchscreen Monitor 2x 256GB Convergent Design SSDs Included HD/2K/UHD/4K Recording over HDMI or SDI ProRes 422 HQ & Uncompressed DPX Formats 4K-Capable HDMI Input, 1080p HDMI Output 3G-SDI Inputs/Outputs Waveform, Histogram, False Color ARRI, Canon, and Sony Display LUTs Micro to Full-Sized HDMI Cable Included Full Size to Mini HDMI Adapter Included

Player / Recorder

NINJA-Blade

HDMI On-Camera Monitor & Recorder Features: 1280 x 720 On-Camera Monitor & Recorder 5” IPS/325 DPI Touchscreen Display Waveform, Vectorscope, Focus Peaking Records 1080p, 10-bit, 4:2:2 ProRes or DNxHD Encoding and Playback HDMI Input and Loop-Output Records to 2.5” HDDs/SSDs Cut and Tag Editing Tool The new Ninja Blade offers a stunning 1280 x 720 5” SuperAtom IPS touchscreen, at 325ppi 179-degree viewing, 400nit brightness and multi-frequency (48/50/60Hz) operation, you can expect crisp, super smooth monitoring and playback. The Ninja Blade is the world’s most advanced smart production recorder, monitor and playback deck. Every part of its physical and operational design has been carefully crafted to deliver the ultimate in simple operation and mission critical reliability. The Blade combines multiple devices – external monitor, capture card, playback deck and cut edit suite – into a single affordable tool. It’s lightweight, tough and robust for operation in the field.

NINJA-Star

HDMI On-Camera Monitor & Recorder Features: 10-bit 422 ProRes recorder with HDMI input and output Tiny form-factor and weighs just 100g Ultra long battery life, supporting over 5hrs operation from a single 2600mAh (Sony NP-570 compatible) battery Records to small, reliable, flash-based CFast media (up to 256GB). Compatible with CFast and CFast 2.0 media. Atomos CFast 64GB and 128GB media for Ninja Star available Timecode over HDMI supported* Start/Stop Triggers over HDMI supported * Auto-detection of external timecode and start/stop triggers Analogue line-level audio input Intuitive and clear operation and status indications Compatible with Atomos Connect S2H and H2S converters for adding HD-SDI input/output The Ninja Star is the next break through HDMI recorders based on core technologies that have made Atomos the leader in camera mounted solutions. Its small, self contained size and flexible mounting options allow DP’s and cameramen to mount it to just about any POV set-up and offer edit ready format recording with Apple ProRes. The dimensions of the Ninja Star are slender at only 3.5”wide, 2.3” tall and 0.8” deep and it weighs a fraction of a normal recorder at just 100grams (3.5 oz). The Ninja Star is perfect for creative or extreme camera work or in situations where a large monitor is prohibitive or stealth is required.

SAMURAI BLADE

Camera-Mounted Recorder, Waveform monitor & Deck for HDMI Cameras Features: 1280 x 720 On-Camera Monitor & Recorder 325 DPI Records 1080p, 10-bit, 4:2:2 from Sensor ProRes or DNxHD Encoding and Playback 5” IPS Capacitive Touchscreen Display SDI Input and Loop-Output HDMI Input via Optional Atomos Converter Stores to 2.5” HDDs/SSDs Supports ARRI and RED for Monitoring Cut and Tag Editing Tool The Atomos Samurai Blade 5” SDI Monitor & Recorder features a 1280 x 720 resolution monitoring display, substantially better than that of the original Samurai’s. Like the original, Blade can record up to 1080/30p/60i resolution directly from your camera’s sensor to an HDD or SSD in Apple’s ProRes or Avid’s DNxHD edit-ready codecs. Color precision records at a high 10-bit, even from an 8-bit sensor, and color sampling at 4:2:2.

ATOMOS - SPYDER World’s first portable calibratable unit

The Atomos Spyder Color Calibration Unit is a portable onetouch calibration device designed specifically for use with the Samurai Blade Monitor and Recorder. Featuring a precise seven-sensor design, the Spyder is capable of calibrating to the SMPTE Rec. 709 color space with a D65 white point with 100% gamut, as well as C-Log profiles. Once initially calibrated, the ability to customize gamma, lift, and gain per channel enables further control of the color settings of the monitor to match personal settings.

SHOGUN THE 4K WEAPON FOR 4K CAMERAS

Rec

Play

4K direct to ProRes Affordable Media Timecode, Start/stop trigger

Instantly Review Collaborate on set in 4K Portable playout deck

Mon

Edit

7â&#x20AC;? 1920x1200 High Res Suite of tools for shot setup Calibrate for accurate colors

Cut & Tag XML Dock to Mac/PC Edit in Apple, Adobe, AVID

Player / Recorder

SHOGUN

Ronin

Features: 1920x1200 IPS Touchscreen Display Records UHD 4K (3840x2160) up to 30 fps Records 1080p up to 120 fps ProRes and DNxHD 10-Bit, 4:2:2 Encoding Uncompressed Cinema DNG Raw 4K Support UHD 4K-Capable HDMI Input 12G-SDI Input and Loop-Output Stores to Single or Raided HDDs or SDDs Rec. 709 Calibrated with 3D LUT Support XLR Audio LEMO Breakout Cable Included

Real-time 10-Bit High Quality Recording 800 x 480 Color 16:9 TFT Touch Screen Balanced Audio with XLR Inputs & Outputs 10 / 8-bit 4:2:2 Video Input 2.5” Notebook HDD / SDD Hot-swappable Removable Front Panel Drive Access Headphone Jack FireWire 800 / USB 2/3 HDMI Input Using Optional Atomos Connect Fits Optional Atomos Dual Rackmount Kit

The Atomos Shogun records ProRes 422 in 4K and up to 10bit via its hdmi input and can also record 12bit RAW via SDI, while the Sony A7s delivers an 8bit hdmi stream. The full HD IPS screen doubles as a field monitor and is factory calibrated to SMPTE Rec.709 with 100% gamut and D65 white point. The Shogun records to hard disks, to a dedicated RAID module or the new Cfast CF cards and can even take slow motion up to 120fps.

The Ronin Portable Recorder / Player / Monitor from Atomos is a portable recorder, player, and monitor designed for both fixed-facility and on-location video production. Utilize the Ronin when on location with battery power or DC power, or use it rackmounted with AC power using an optional 19” Atomos 3RU Rackmount Adapter for Ronin.

4K HDMI and 12G-SDI Monitor & Recorder

Portable Recorder / Player / Monitor

Ninja 2 Video Recorder

800 x 480 On-Camera Monitor & Recorder Records 1080p, 10-Bit, 4:2:2 ProRes or DNxHD Encoding and Playback 4.3” Touchscreen Display HDMI Input & Output Stores to 2.5” HDDs/SSDs Monitoring & SmartLog Editing Tools The Atomos Ninja 2 Video Recorder is an HDMI recorder and 800 x 480 resolution monitor that records up to 1080/30p/60i resolution directly from your camera’s sensor to an HDD or SSD in Apple’s ProRes or Avid’s DNxHD edit-ready codecs. Color precision records at 10-bit, even from an 8-bit sensor, and color sampling at 4:2:2. Recording an 8-bit signal in 10-bit won’t increase the quality of the signal but will let you work with the signal in post-production as if it’s 10-bit, meaning you can add effects and not see jagged lines and other artifacts. Being able to record direct from the sensor lets you bypass your camera’s compression and instead have the first compression be in an edit-ready codec. Generally, the less compressions, the less image degradation.

Memory Cards

SBP-128C

Sony C Series Memory Card

HARD DRIVE DOCK 3.0 Easy to use, easy to install docking station for all internal 2.5” and 3.5” SATA hard drives. Fast and safe way to use your internal drive as an external USB 3.0 hard drive, without having to open your computer or an external enclosure. USB 3.0 interface, providing fast data transfer speeds. Prefectly suited for both professional and home use.

2nd Gen PCIe Interface & New Controller Double the Transfer Speeds of B Series 50% More Optimized for HFR 4K Content Max. Read Speed: 3.5Gbps Max. Write Speed: 2.8Gbps Min. Write Speed: 1.3Gbps Data Refreshing, Data Error Correct Clip Recreation in Case of Power Loss Wear-Leveling Data Defect Minimization Manageable with Memory Media Utility

SBAC-US30

AXS-A1TS24

Sony USB 3.0 SxS Memory Card Reader ExpressCard Slot USB 3.0 Interface Max. Read Speed: 1.3Gb/s USB Bus-Powered PCIe Gen2 Support

SBAC-UT100

Sony Dual slots SxS PRO+ and SxS-1 solid state memory Thunderbolt 2 and USB 3.0 reader/writer Dual slot SxS Thunderbolt 2 Interface for Mac USB3.0 for Mac / Win Daisy Chain (Thunderbolt) connection for up to 6 units (12 SxS cards!) DC power input is needed - not bus powered

Sony A-Series, 1TB capacity, AXS Memory card for use with AXS-R5 RAW recording system 1TB capacity, A-Series AXS Memory card for the AXS Recording System High Data Security and Reliability Exceptional writing speeds – over 2.4 Gbps Compact Removable Media” Smaller size and cooler running than first generation AXS card Given the samller card profile, currently shipping AXS-R5 and AXSCR1 include an AXS-A card adpater PMW-F55 and PMW-F5 camcorders.

Sony 32GB QDN32/T XQD N Series Memory Card Also Available 64GB

32GB Storage Capacity Up to 125 MB/s Data Read Speeds 4k Compatible Enhanced File Support Includes File Rescue Software The 32GB QDN32/T XQD N Series Memory Card from Sony features a 32GB storage capacity perfect for recording 4k quality video content, capturing hi-res photos, and more.

G Series XQD Sony Memory Card

64 GB Capacity Max. Read Speed: 400 MB/s Max. Write Speed: 350 MB/s Includes Dedicated USB 3.0 Adapter

SBP-64C

Sony C Series Memory Card

QD-G128A/J

Sony XQD G Series 128GB Memory Card Capacity: 128GBRead Speed: 400MB/sWrite Speed: 350MB/s

Memory Cards

Extreme PRO CFast 2.0 Reader/ Writer Supports CFast 2.0 Memory Cards Supports USB 3.0 / USB 2.0 Standards Up to 500MB/s Data Transfer Rate Mac & Windows Compatible

ImageMate Allin-One USB 3.0 Reader / Writer USB 3.0: 500 MB/s Data Transfer Rate Backwards Compatible with USB 2.0 Fast Transfer of Photos / Videos 4 Card Slots Supports Most Major Card Formats Detachable Metal Stand Included

Extreme Pro SDXC UHS-I Card (512GB)

UHS-I SDXC U3 Memory Card (Class 10) Also Available 16, 32, 64, 256 & 512 GB 512GB Data Storage Capacity Class 10 Speed Ultra High Speed Class 3 Max. Read Speed: 95 MB/s Max. Write Speed: 90 MB/s Limited Lifetime Warranty

Extreme® SDXC™ UHS-I card 256GB Memory Card

Read speed up to 60MB/s and Write speed up to 40MB/s for 16GB, 32GB, 64GB; Read speed up to 80MB/s and Write speed up to 60MB/s for 128GB and 256GB Capacities up to 256GB** Ideal for advanced cameras, DSLRs and HD camcorders Seamless 4K UHD and Full HD(1080p)** video Durable and reliable

Extreme Pro CompactFlash Memory Card (160MB/s) 256GB

Memory Card Aslo Available 16, 32, 64 & 256GB 256GB Storage Capacity Optimized for 4K Video Recording Up to 160MB/s Read Speed Up to 150MB/s Write Speed Compatible with RAW & JPEG Formats Includes RTV Silicone Coating

Extreme PRO® CFast™ 2.0 Memory Card Sandisk Memory Card

For new-generation, high performance cameras and camcorders based on CFast™ 2.0 technology Extreme recording and shot speed up to 440MB/s** for 128GB and 240MB/s** for 64GB Ready to shoot cinema-quality 4K video (4096x2160p)** Built for broadcast, cinema, and photography professionals Unprecedented transfer speeds of up to 515MB/s** Capacity: 128 GB / 64 GB

Extreme PRO® SSD (960GB) SD Extreme Card 64GB Also available 16, 32 and 64GB

64GB Capacity Class 10 / UHS-1 Max. Read Speed: 45 MB/s Max. Write Speed: 45 MB/s Water / Shock / X-ray Proof Built-in Write-Protect Switch Advanced Error Correction Code Downloadable RescuePRO Recovery Software

Memory Card Aslo Available 240GB, 480GB

• Innovative SanDisk nCachePro technology delivers sustainable high performance 24 x 7 x 365 • Sequential Read Up To 550 MB/s; Write Up To 515 MB/s • Up to 33% longer laptop life • SanDisk SSD Dashboard includes S.M.A.R.T. support to monitor the health of your SSD in real time to prevent data loss • Endurance: TBW

SanDisk Extreme CompactFlash Memory Cards Up to 60MB/s write speed for premium shot-to-shot performance VPG-20 enabled for sustained 20MB/s video recording rate Capacities up to 128GB accommodate high-quality file formats Ideal for HD camcorders and mid-range to high-end DSLR cameras

Memory Cards

Wise CFast 2.0 Memory Card

S5 ExpressCard Wise Memory Card

Wise Memory Card

Full HD & 4K Cinema-quality (4096x2160p) Video Recording For New-Generation High Performance Cameras and Camcorders Transfer Speed up to 528-510MB/ s(3520X-3400X) Supporting the Next Generation CFast 2.0 Specification

High-speed High-performance Supports UDF / FAT mode specification Highly reliable data protection Upgraded PC card standard with rapid transfer speed Compliant with the ExpressCard specification Performs well and more dependably due its perfectly efficient workflow A convenient non-linear design for video editing systems Capacity : 32 GB / 64GB

USB 3.0 Universal Memory Card Reader Delkin Memory Card Reader

5Gbps Transfer Speed CF UDMA, SDHC, SDXC Enabled Universal Format Compatibility Plug & Play Backwards Compatible with USB 2.0 / 1.1 Portable or Desktop Use 5-Year Warranty FCC & CE Approved

DDMICROSDPRO2 -64GB

SDHC Card 32, 64, 128GB

Delkin 64GB MicroSD memory card (class 10)

SC2 SxS and CFast Combo Card Reader

64GB Storage Capacity Max. Data Read Speed: 56 MB/s Max. Data Write Speed: 40 MB/s Limited Lifetime Warranty

Wise Card Reader

Compliant with SD card association card 3.00 specification Secure – Built in write protect switch prevents accidental data loss Compatible – SDHC host devices, not compatible with standard SD-enabled devices/readers File Format – SDHC File Format – FAT32 High Speed Class Rating – Class 10 : 20MB/s minimum data transfer rate (200x)

Transfer files from your SxS memory cards and/or CFast memory cards to your computer and vice versa Equipped with an ExpressCard slot and a CFast slot USB 3.0 interface for connection to computer USB bus-powered, so no AC adapter is necessary Accepts optional Sony ExpressCard adapters for reading XQD, SD and MS media

DDMICROSDPRO2-32GB

Delkin 32GB Micro SDHC (class 10) 32GB Storage Capacity Max. Data Read Speed: 56 MB/s Max. Data Write Speed: 40 MB/s Limited Lifetime Warranty

Battery / Charger

S-8080 D-3004S 4-channel V-Mount Charger Swit 4-Channel V-Mount Charger 4 channels simultaneous charge 1 channel discharge 4-level LED charging indicators for each channel Compatible with Li-Ion, Ni-MH and Ni-Cd Self-identify Li-ion, Ni-MH batteries V-Mount plate

S-8U63 SWIT S-8U63 is fully compatible with SONY PMW-EX1, EX1R, EX3, F3, PMW 100/200, without DC cable, and can display remaining power info on cameras. The S-8U63 has 63Wh / 4.4Ah capacity, with a 4-level power indicator, and offers a D-tap DC output socket, a 5V/1A USB power output socket for extension use.

S-3602F 1. 2-channel charger: charge two batteries simultaneously. 2. 2-channel adaptor: supply power to camera and focus light simultaneously. 3. One channel charger and the other channel adaptor: charge one battery and supply power to camera simultaneously. Input AC100~240V,50/60Hz Output(charger) DC 8.4V,2A x 2 Output(Adaptor) DC 8.4V,2A x 2 Weight 0.36Kg Dimension 136 x 110 x 47mm Applicable Batteries S-8970/8770;SONY NP- F970/770/550

S-8110S Voltage: 14.4V Capacity: 126Wh Dimensions: 165 x 90 x 51mm Weight: approx. 0.9 Kg Operation Temperatur: 0-40°C nt

S-8260S

SC-304A

172Wh Heavy Duty V-mount Battery New high power Li-ion cells Max 180W, 15A constant output 14.4V, 172Wh capacity D-tap output socket 4-level LED power indicator V-mount plate Multiple circuit protections

Gold Mount Charger Input: AC 100V-240V 50/60Hz Output: DC 14V-20V, 1.9A×2 Applicable battery: Gold mount battery Dimension: 223×230×66mm Weight: 1.6kg

S-8970 Working well on HDV camera. Lithium-ion battery with build-in multiple protective circuit design, without memory effect , accurately calculates remaining power within minutes. Specification Voltage 7.2V / Capacity 47.5Wh / Weight 0.28kg / Dimension 70.5 x 38.5 x 60mm / Applicable SONY HDV-FXIE HVR-Z1C DSR-PD190P DSRPD150P Compatiblity Sony NP-970

1. Li-ion battery, no memory effect and environmental protection. 2. Indicate the remaining power by LED. 3. Build-in intelligent control circuit, multiple protections of temperature, current and voltage. Voltage 14.4V Capacity 88Wh Dimension 165 x 90 x 51mm Weight approx 0.8 Kg Operation Temperatur 0-40 &degC

SC-3802S S-8160S 190Wh V-mount Battery 14.4V, 190Wh large capacity D-tap output socket 4-level LED power indicator Metal V-mount plate Wireless receiver mount

2-channel Portable Charger Portable two-channel sequential charger. With Power Adapter function. Works with SONY V-Lock mount batteries. Available for Ni-Cd, Ni-MH and Li-ion batteries. CE approved.

On-Camera Light

CM-LBPS1800 MLS900S

Spectra900S-LED Light Manfrotto Spectra 900S is a lightweight and portable LED light, designed for the most demanding videographers and photographers. Despite being very compact, this LED device offers outstanding performance and it is very robust. Thanks to its slim and elegant design, Spectra 900S stands out from the crowd of existing standard LED panels.

MLS500S

Spectra500S-LED Light videographers and photographers. Light is emitted with narrow beam angle (30째) and it has a constant colour temperature of 5600째K (daylight), with an illuminance of more than 300 LUX at a distance of 1m.

CM-LBPS900 LED Light

Professional grade 5-LED light Two intensity levels switch 250g Light weight (excluding battery) Switchable color temperature at 4500K or 3200K using the built-in filter Long life LED light bulb about 10,000 hours usage Built-in top-mount cold shoe adapter

LED Light

Professional grade 10-LED light 420g Light weight (excluding battery) Switchable color temperature at 4500K or 3200K using the built-in filter Long life LED light bulb about 10,000 hours usage Metal shoe.

CN-240CH

Bi-Color LED Video Light Suitable for photo and video cameras White reflector coating 240 super bright LEDs Power consumption: 7.2 watts Voltage: 7.2 to 8.4 volts LED lifetime: 50,000 hours (manufacturer) Integrated dimmer, adjustable from 0-100%

S-2040 Chip Array LED 80W equivalent output Single shadow, glareless Cool touch 5000K color temperature 5600K and 3200K filter Color rendering index: 85 6-17V wide input voltage Interchangeable DV mount and battery Screw and cold shoe mount

HVL-LBPC

LED Battery Video Light The HVL-LBPC LED battery video light provides a high intensity light (1,800lux at 1m and 2,100lux at 1m with Blight booster mode), extended life (10,000 hours), and low power consumption (16w). he HVL-LBPC is designed to provide the optimum spread for wide-angle shooting with NXCAM and XDCAM camcorders. It illuminates with uniform intensity right across the field of view.

S-2041

Swit Chip Array LED On-camera Light Chip Array LED technology 23W, 1200Lux @ 1 meter, dimmerable 100W equivalent output Single shadow, glareless 60째 wide beam angle, equally spread Cool touch 5000K color temperature 5600K and 3200K filter Color rendering index: 85 6-17V wide input voltage Interchangeable DV mount and battery Screw and cold shoe mount

Optics

Compact Prime CP.2 Lenses

Compact and Lightweight lenses with Interchangeable Mount System.

The Compact Prime and Zoom lenses are the world‘s first cine lenses designed for all types of cameras (HDSLR to high-end digital movie cameras). The interchangeable mount guarantees high flexibility for present and future use in any situation and for a wide range of camera platforms.

- Interchangeable Mount - Full frame coverage (CP.2 18mm only APS-H) - Robust cine style housing with the ability to utilize followfocus - Standard focus and iris gear positions - Five different mounts available (PL, EF, F, E and MFT mount) - Conistent front diameter (except of 50 Macro) - Longer focus rotation and a manual focus and iris - Calibrated focus scales Application Switching between traditional film and digital PL cine cameras and HDSLR cameras is no longer an issue. The Compact Prime CP.2 lenses’ improved functionality means improved ergonomics compared to standard SLR lenses, standard housing dimensions, standard focus and iris gear positions, a consistent front diameter, a robust construction, longer focus rotation and a manual focus, thereby providing the flexibility users demand. With precision and speed - Compact Prime CP.2 lenses are the perfect tool for Independent filmmakers, professional still photographers expanding their services or large studios using HDSLR’s as a second camera for TV and feature film productions.

Compact Zoom CZ.2 Lenses

Lightweight and compact zoom lenses featuring the Interchangeable Mount System (PL, EF, F, MFT, E).

The new Compact Zoom CZ.2 lenses are as versatile as they are powerful and incorporate features never seen before on lenses of this kind. They are handy, compact, ready for 4k and even offer full-frame coverage. With their zoom lengths of 28-80 and 70-200 mm, they give you a wide range of creative options. Their compact size and light weight make them the ideal companions for even the most ambitious applications, including handheld, Steadicam and projects in confined spaces. And thanks to their robust, cine-style housing (which also allows for the use of a follow-focus system), their fullframe coverage and interchangeable mounts, they will be reliable partners for years to come.

Why should I go for the Compact Zoom CZ.2 70-200mm T/2.9 or the CZ.2 28-80mm instead of a photo zoom lens? The Compact Zoom CZ.2 70-200mm T/2.9 comprises all the features of a cine-style lens. Extra-long focus throw, constant T-stop of 2.9 across the entire zoom range and easy-to-read markings. But the main difference to a regular photo zoom lens is a phenomenon called “focus shift”. When zooming in on an object with a photo zoom lens you always have to adjust focus. As soon as you change the image frame the position of the sharp plane of focus changes as well. In still photography this is not a problem. But in motion picture it is a big issue because your details might be out of focus. Your scene is ruined.

Interchangeable mount Full-frame coverage (36 x 24 mm) No focus shift over the zoom range Robust cine-style housing Circular shape of iris Great flare suppression Calibrated focus scale 4K capability Colormatched with all ZEISS Prime lenses. Application The size and weight of the Compact Zoom CZ.2 make the lens perfect. Both Zoom Lenses are colormatched not just to eachother, they fit perfectly to all ZEISS prime lenses. The Zoom lenses are ideal for top-quality movies, feature films productions and documentaries. With their outstanding color matching, typical for ZEISS, they make an optimal addition Master Prime, Ultra Prime and Compact Prime.

Optics

Compact Prime CP.2 15 mm/T2.9

Compact Prime CP.2 25 mm/T2.9

Compact Prime CP.2 50 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 100° APS-H 90° Super 35 79° Normal 35 73° APS-C 73° MFT 60° Length 86 mm / 3.39’’ Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.17 m / 7” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 72° APS-H 62° Super 35 53° Normal 35 47° APS-C 48° MFT 38° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.45 m / 18” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT 20° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 18 mm/T3.6

Compact Prime CP.2 28 mm/T2.1

Compact Prime Macro CP.2 50 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 3.6 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame2 – APS-H 80° Super 35 69° Normal 35 63° APS-C 64° MFT 51° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 65° APS-H 57° Super 35 48° Normal 35 43° APS-C 43° MFT 34° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT7 20° Length 132 mm / 5.19” Front diameter 134 mm / 5.3” Weight 1.35 kg / 3.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 21 mm/T2.9

Compact Prime CP.2 35 mm/T2.1

Compact Prime CP.2 85 mm/T2.1

Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.24 m / 10” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 81° APS-H 71° Super 35 61° Normal 35 55° APS-C 56° MFT 45° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 54° APS-H 47° Super 35 39° Normal 35 35° APS-C 35° MFT 28° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs

Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 24° APS-H 20° Super 35 17° Normal 35 15° APS-C 15° MFT7 12° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Optics

Compact Prime CP.2 Lenses Innovative 14 blade aperture construction allow nearly circular shape of iris.

Compact Prime CP.2 100 mm/T2.1 CF Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.7 m / 2’6” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 20° APS-H 17° Super 35 14° Normal 35 13° APS-C 13° MFT7 10° Length 132 mm / 5.19” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.49 kg / 3.3 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 135 mm/T2.1 Aperture range T 2.1 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 15° APS-H 13° Super 35 11° Normal 35 9° APS-C 9° MFT7 7° Length 149 mm / 5.86” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.6kg / 3.5 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 35 mm/T1.5 Super Speed Aperture range T 1.5 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.3 m / 12” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 54° APS-H 47° Super 35 39° Normal 35 35° APS-C6 35° MFT7 28° Length8 91 mm / 3.58” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 1.1 kg / 2.4 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 50 mm/T1.5 Super Speed Aperture range T 1.5 to T 22 Close focus distance 0.45 m / 18” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 40° APS-H 34° Super 35 28° Normal 35 25° APS-C 25° MFT7 20° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

Compact Prime CP.2 85 mm/T1.5 Super Speed Aperture range T 1.5 to T 22 Close focus distance 1 m / 3’3” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 24° APS-H 20° Super 3 17° Normal 35 15° APS-C 15° MFT 12° Length 80 mm / 3.15” Front diameter 114 mm / 4.5” Weight 0.9 kg / 2.0 lbs

15 to 30mm CZ.2 Compact Zoom Lens Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Close focus distance 22” (0.55 m) Horizontal angle of view Full Frame : 100 to 62° APS-H: 90 to 54° Super 35: 79 to 46° Standard 35: 72 to 41° APS-C: 73 to 42° MFT: 59 to 33°Length Dimensions (Ø x L) 4.49 x 9.92” (114 x 198 mm) Note: Front to PL mount flange Weight 5.7 lb (2.6 kg)

Compact Zoom CZ.2 28–80 mm/T2.9 Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Focal range 28–80 mm Close focus distance 0.83 m / 2’8” Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 25–66° APS-H 21–57° Super 35 18–48° Normal 35 16–43° APS-C 16–43° MFT 5–14° Length 196 mm / 7.72” Front diameter 95 mm / 3.7” Weight 2.5 kg / 5.5 lbs

Compact Zoom CZ.2 70–200 mm/T2.9 Aperture range T 2.9 to T 22 Focal range 70–200 mm Close focus distance 1.52 m / 5’ Horizontal angle of view Full-Frame 10–29° APS-H 9–24° Super 35 7–20° Normal 35 6–18° APS-C 6–18° MFT 5–14° Length 250 mm / 9.84” Front diameter 95 mm / 3.7” Weight 2.8 kg / 6.2 lbs

Optics

Available Accessories

Optimo 24-290

Optimo 19.5-94

Optimo 28-76

Aperture: f/2.5 - T2.8 Zoom ratio: 12X Weight (approx.): 24.2 lbs - 11kg Length: 440 mm MOD: 4 ft - 1.22 mm Image coverage: 35mm -30mm diagonal* With 1.4 x or 2x extender,image coverage is S35+ (31.4 mm diagonal)

Aperture: f/2.4 - T2.6 Zoom ratio: 4.7X Weight (approx.): 12.3 lbs - 5.6kg Length: 335 mm (PL) 330 mm (Panavision) MOD: 2ft 0.5 in - 0.62 mm& Image coverage: S35 + 31.4mm diagonal

Aperture: f/2.4 - T2.6 Zoom ratio: 2.7X Weight(approx.): 4.2 lbs - 1.92kg Length: 186 mm MOD: 2 ft - 0.6 m Image coverage: S35 + 31.4mm diagonal

Optimo 15-40

Optimo 45-120

Aperture: f/2.4 - T2.6 Zoom ratio: 2.7X Weight (approx.): 4.2 lbs - 1.92kg Length: 186 mm MOD: 2 ft - 0.6m Image Coverage: S35 + 31.4mm diagonal

Aperture: Zoom ration: Weight (approx.): Length: MOD: Image coverage:

Cinema Lens

Optimo 28-340 Cinema Lens

Aperture: f/2.9 - T3.2 Zoom ratio: 12X Weight (approx.): 24.2 lbs - 11kg Length: 454 mm (PL) 449 mm (Panavision) MOD: 4ft 0.5 in - 1.23m Image coverage: S35+:31.4mm diagonal

Cinema Lens

Extender 1.4x & Extender 2x (with or without iris ring)

Cinema Lens

f/2.6 - T2.8 2.7X 4.3 lbs - 1.95kg 203 mm 3 ft 1 in - 0.94 m S35 + 31.4mm diagonal

DSLR Mounts For Selected models

Optics

14.5–45mm / T2.0 (HK3.1x14.5)

Application: PL Mount HD and Film Cameras Focal length 14.5 - 45 mm Zoom ratio 3.1 × T-No. 2.0 M.O.D. from image plane 0.71 m Object dimensions at M.O.D. 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 14.5 mm 693 × 390 mm 45 mm 215 × 121 mm Angular field of view 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 14.5 mm 79°13’ 45 mm 29°52’ Diameter × Length 136 × 310 mm Weight 6.5 kg

18-85mm / T2.0 (HK4.7x18)

Application: PL Mount HD and Film Cameras Focal length 18 - 85 mm Zoom ratio 4.7 × T-No. 2.0 M.O.D. from image plane 0.82 m Object dimensions at M.O.D. 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 18 mm 656 × 369 mm 85 mm 139 × 78 mm Angular field of view 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 18 mm 67°23’ 85 mm 16°04’ Diameter × Length 136 × 352 mm Weight 6.9 kg

24–180mm / T2.6 (HK7.5x24)

Application: PL Mount HD and Film Cameras Focal length 24 - 180 mm Zoom ratio 7.5 × T-No. 2.6 M.O.D. from image plane 1.24 m Object dimensions at M.O.D. 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 24 mm 924 × 520 mm 180 mm 119 × 67 mm Angular field of view 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 14.5 mm 79°13’ 45 mm 29°52’ Diameter × Length 136 × 405 mm Weight 8.9 kg

75–400mm / T2.8 - T3.8 (HK5.3x75) Application: PL Mount HD and Film Cameras Focal length 75 - 400 mm Zoom ratio 5.3 × T-No. 2.8 (75 - 270 mm) 3.8 (400 mm) M.O.D. from image plane 2.0 m Object dimensions at M.O.D. 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 75 mm 580 × 326 mm 400 mm 113 × 64 mm Angular field of view 16 : 9 Aspect ratio 75 mm 18°11’ 400 mm 3°26’ Diameter × Length 136 × 444 mm Weight 8.9 kg

14-35mm Cabrio / T2.9 (ZK2.5x14) Application: PL Mount Cameras Designed using the latest proprietary optical simulation software, the PL 14-35 mm wide angle lens offers exceptional optical performance in the center of the image and in the corners of the frame. The digital servo’s 16-bit encoding assures operators that all lens data output—including the position of the zoom, iris, and focus—is extremely accurate. The PL 14-35mm lens supports Lens Data System (LDS) and /i metadata formats, and can be controlled using cinema industry standard wireless controllers as well as existing FUJINON wired and wireless units. The PL 14-35mm Cabrio lens has a detachable digital servo drive. The Cabrio can be used as a self-contained ENG-style lens or cine style lens. Cinematographers will also be right at home with this lens. With the detachable drive removed, the lens is set to accept industry standard cine motors and matte boxes. The 14-35mm lens is lightweight and comfortable to use with today’s smaller 4K cameras. For shooters looking for a lightweight zoom that can be used as a handheld, capturing wide angles in tight spaces, it’s ideal.

19-90mm Cabrio / T2.9 (ZK4.7x19B) Application: PL Mount Cameras The 19-90mm Cabrio (ZK4.7x19B) features an exclusive detachable servo drive unit, making it suitable for use as a standard PL lens or as an ENG-Style lens. The ZK4.7x19B also features flange focal distance adjustment, macro function, and is LDS (Lens Data System) and /i metadata compatible. With a 19-90mm focal range and weight of only 2.85kg including servo motors, this lens has the longest focal range available in a light weight zoom. Videographers used to shooting video in a typical ENG-style will be very comfortable with the servo. Cinematographers will also be right at home with this lens. With the detachable drive removed, the lens is set to accept industry standard cine motors and matte boxes. Plus, the lens has all the lens data output that appeals to a Cine-style shooter.

85-300mm Cabrio / T2.9 -4.0 (ZK3.5x85B) Application: PL Mount Cameras While the PL 85-300 is similar in size and weight as the PL 19-90, its longer focal length makes it ideal for shooting documentaries, nature and wildlife, and car commercials, among other demanding production scenarios. The PL 85-300 offers a focal length of 85218mm at T2.9 and 300mm at T4.0, with 200-degree focus rotation. Designed using the latest optical simulation technology, the PL 85-300 Cabrio not only offers exceptional optical performance in the center of the image but in the corners of the frame as well. Like the highly acclaimed PL 19-90 Cabrio, the PL 85-300 is equipped with the same indispensable features including flange focal distance adjustment, a MOD of 1.2m, a macro function for objects as close as 97cm (38-inches), and covers a 31.5mm diagonal sensor size.

Optics

HJ22ex7.6B Series ENG Lenses

The HJ22ex7.6B is the longest focal length portable HDTV production lens offered by Canon (without an image stabilization system). It is a smaller and lighter replacement for the former highly popular HJ21ex7.8B lens. It is a strategic member of the family of HD portable EFP lenses – that collectively offers an unusually broad range of creative options.

HJ17ex7.6B Series

KJ20x8.2B IRSD

The KJ17ex7.7B is specifically designed for users whose foremost priority is a lens that delivers a generous range of focal lengths combined with a wide field of view in a lightweight mobile package. The lens design is a fine compromise between the demands for ruggedness and mobility in a handheld camera system and the high imaging performance requirements for HD News and lower budget HD productions. An important aspect of this lens is the cost optimized design concept.

The KJ20x8.2B is Canon’s widest (8.2 mm) lens in the affordable 20x zoom class, and it covers a generous range of focal lengths, particularly when combined with its built-in 2x extender expanding its 8.2mm164mm focal length to 16.4mm-328mm.

KJ22ex7.6B Series

ENG Lenses

The HJ17ex7.6B is a cost-effective new 2/3-inch portable HD lens specifically intended to support the emerging industry interest in high definition electronic newsgathering.

The KJ22ex7.6B is part of a new family of second generation 2/3-inch HDgc portable HD lenses. The new design reflects design refinements to the first generation line of HDgc lenses originally introduced in 2006. The HDgc line of lenses had been specifically developed to achieve a price performance ratio that was commensurate with the new line of cost-effective HD camcorders being introduced by all major camera manufacturers in response to the broadcast industry’s rapidly growing interest in transitioning to HDTV newsgathering, HD reality shows, and other lower-budget HD productions.

It is a key new member of a family of HD portable lenses intended to support the broadening of HDTV production. This particular lens is intended for producers and broadcasters having as their foremost priority an affordable lens-camera system that offers performance tailored for HDTV newsgathering.

ENG Lenses

Canon first introduced its HDgc series of HD portable lenses five years ago to provide high optical performance at competitive prices for the then-emerging generation of lower-cost portable HD video cameras designed for ENG and other types of programming.

KJ20x8.2B KRSD ENG Lenses

As HD camera equipment continues to spread to all facets of professional video production, Canon has been expanding its HDgc lineup of cost-effective lenses for advanced professionals. To help meet this increasing demand for affordable highquality HD ENG lenses, Canon is proud to introduce the KJ20x8.2B KRSD, achieving outstanding optical performance with a light weight of 1.25 kg and wider-angle focal length of 8.2mm.

HJ14ex4.3B Series

KJ10ex4.5B IRSE

KJ13x6B KRS

The HJ14ex4.3B is the new successor to the long-acclaimed wide angle HJ11ex4.7B portable HDTV production lens offered by Canon. The enthusiastic acceptance of the latter all over the world since its introduction in 2001 encouraged Canon to pursue a further expansion of creative capabilities with a new-generation lens that facilitated an even wider angle of view, while also extending the focal range. Imaging performance has been significantly advanced by mobilizing the most contemporary of optical glasses, optical coating materials and processes, and powerful new optical design tools.

The world’s major professional video manufacturers have introduced a diverse range of low-cost tapeless HD camcorders and tape-based HDV professional camcorders. Various design strategies have been adopted by the manufacturers to decisively drive down the costs of these HD acquisition systems. They include different image format sizes, subsampled imagers, and contemporary digital recording techniques. In support of these products Canon designed an entire family of costeffective HD ENG/EFP lenses that seek to match both the performance and the costs of these diverse and still-emerging HD acquisition systems.

ENG Lenses

KJ17ex7.7B Series

ENG Lenses

Optics

ATX 50-135mm T3.0 Cinema ATX Telephoto Zoom Lens

Canon EF Mount

PL Mount

Mount PL, Canon EF Focal Distance 50-135mm Zoom Ratio 2.7:1 Optical Structure 14 groups /18 elements Sensor Size Super 35mm Minimum Focus Distance 1m ( 3.28 ft) Maximum Macro Magnification 1:5.89 Zoom Mode Rotary Zoom Aperture/Iris Blades 9 Depth of Field T3.0 – T22 (F2.8 – F22) Filter Size 112 mm Overall Length PL Mount 159mm (from 142mmmount surface) EF Mount 155.5mm (from 150mm mount surface) Diameter of Front Head 114mm Maximum Diameter 123mm Weight 1.53kg

ATX 11-16 T3.0

ATX 16-28 T3.0

Focal length 11 to 16mm Brightness / Maximum Aperture T3.0 (f/2.8) Minimum aperture T22 (F22) Angle of View 104 to 84° (with APS-C sized image sensor) Zoom Ratio 1.45:1 Lens constitution / Optical Construction 13 Elements / 11 Groups Coating Multilayer coating Gear Pitch 0.8 Minimum focusing distance 13.78” (35 cm) Filter Size 77mm Number of blades diaphragm Nine Greatest dimension 123mm Total length 97.9mm (91.7mm from the mount surface) Weight 680 g Dimensions (Ø x L) 3.31 x 3.82” (84 x 97mm) Maximum magnification 1:5.26 Corresponding mount Canon EF / Micro Four Thirds

Focal length 16-28mm Brightness T3.0 (F2.8) Minimum aperture T22 (F22) Angle of View 107.11 to 76.87° (with 35mm Full Frame image sensor) Zoom Ratio 1.75:1 Lens constitution 15 Elements / 13 Groups Coating Multilayer coating Gear Pitch 0.8 Minimum focusing distance 0.28m Filter Size 112mm Number of blades diaphragm Nine Greatest dimension 123mm Total length 144 mm (127 mm from head mount) Weight 1,500 g Dimensions (Ø x L) 4.49 x 5.67” (114 x 144mm) Maximum magnification 1:5.26 Corresponding mount PL mount / Canon EF Mount

Cinema Lens

Optics

PL to Sony E mount Adaptor

The worlds first Arri PL to Sony E Mount adaptor One box, with a choice of 3 mounts: With the introduction of the Sony NEXFS100 camcorder and working closely with Sony UK we have designed some new products to suit. This Product allows the use of any 35mm format PL mounted lens on the Sony NEX-3, NEX-5 and the new NEX-VG10 As ever with all MTF products, these are manufactured with extreme precision using HE30 aluminium for the main body, and our own stainless steel E mount. • Stainless steel E mount • Provision to accept the MTF M/43 & E Mount Support

MTF EFFECT

A modular Electronic Canon EF adaptor system A modular Electronic Canon EF adaptor system. EF Full Exposure Control Terminal One box, with a choice of 3 mounts, Sony PMW-F3, Sony NEX FS–100 and Panasonic AG-AF 101 (these 3 mounts are sold seperately) Designed and built in England Adjusts aperture in 1/8th stop increments. Displays focal length as well as aperture. Displays focal length while zooming Displays aperture ramping while zooming (for lenses with non constant aperture) Powered by standard AA batteries, enough for a full days shooting

Canon EF to Micro 4/3 adaptor With our own stainless steel Micro 4/3 mount, this adaptor will allow the use of ANY Nikon mounted lens on the Panasonic Lumix GH1, Olympus E-P1, Panasonic AG-AF100 camera and the new Blackmagic Cinema Camera mFT/ Pocket Cinema Camera • Brass/nickel plated Nikon mount • Stainless steel Micro 4/3 mount • Flat black coated internal baffle • Provision to accept the MTF Support bridge MTF M/43 & E Mount Support • Impossible to damage lens during fitting and operation Other Camera Fits: Blackmagic Cinema Camera mFT, Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera, Micro Four Thirds, Olympus E-P1, Panasonic AG-AF101, Panasonic Lumix GH1

B4 2/3” to Micro 4/3 Adaptor The B4 2/3” broadcast lens to Micro 4/3 adaptor is a useful way of utilizing all of your B4 mounted lenses on cameras that utilise a Micro Four Thirds system, such as: • Blackmagic Cinema Camera mFT/ Pocket Cinema Camera • Panasonic AG-AF100 • Panasonic Lumix GH1 • Olympus E-P1 • Original design for intuitive operation • Stainless steel Micro 4/3 mount • Flat black coated internal baffle • Provision to accept the MTF Support bridge MTF M/43 & E Mount Support • Impossible to damage lens during fitting and operation (Please note. An ENG lens support must be used at all times. Only compatible with lenses with built in 2X extender engaged)

B4 2/3” to Sony FZ Package An original design by Mike Tapa and Alister Chapman The B4 2/3” broadcast lens to Sony FZ package is a useful way of utilising all of your B4 mounted lenses on any camera with an FZ mount, such as the Sony F3, F5 and F55. By detaching the FZ mount from the rear of the package, it can also be used on APS-C sized sensor cameras such as the Canon 7D, the new Canon EOS Cinema cameras and both the Blackmagic Cinema (EF) and Production cameras. (Can only be used on B4 2/3” lenses with built in 2X extender engaged, HD lenses recomended)

Nikon G to Sony E Mount Adaptor The worlds first Nikon G to Sony E Mount adaptor. With the introduction of the Sony NEX stills cameras, and NEX-VG10 camcorder later this year, and working closely with Sony UK, we have designed some new products to suit. This Product allows the use of any Nikon mounted lens on the Sony NEX-3, NEX-5 and the new NEX-VG10

Nikon G to Sony FZ The worlds first Nikon G to Sony FZ adaptor. Simply turn the blue ring to adjust aperture.This adaptor incorporates a built in control ring allowing you to visually adjust lens aperture. (Patent pending) Although designed for G series lenses, this adaptor is compatible with ALL Nikon lenses including DX series. (Please note. Using this adaptor will introduce a magnification factor of 1.5X with full frame lenses)

Optics

Speed Booster

New Type of Optical Attachement for Increasing the Speed of Photographic Lenses

Illustration of how the reduced image circles fit to the different sensor sizes

Canon EF Lens to BMCC Speed Booster

Nikon G to BMCC Speed Booster

Nikon G to Fuji X Speed Booster ULTRA

Canon EF Lens to Sony NEX Smart Adapter (Mark IV)

Nikon G to E mount Speed Booster ULTRA

Nikon G to E-mount/ NEX (Black Matt)

Canon EF Lens to Sony NEX Speed Booster ULTRA Basic function of a focal reducer

Optics

OIC-35 Director’s Viewfinder LAFZB1

FZ to B4 lens adapter for F5 & F55 Compatible with most B4-mount (2/3inch) lenses No loss of angle of view (no croppinng) 12-pin connector provides bidirectional communication between lens and camera. Displays lens data: Focus, Zoom and Iris Lens metadata data is recorded, real time onto compressed and/or RAW digital stream. Lens metadata is simultaneously output via SDI following SMPTE RDD18 specification ALAC-2 (H&V Automatic Chromatic Aberration Compensation) with lenses in camera database. Return video button becomes assignable for calling useful functions such as Expanded Focus, last clip review etc. on the viewfinder.

Optitek Canon

Canon Prolock Mark II for Sony F3, F5, and F55 The Prolock EF has electrical contacts to allow powered control over the iris in 1/3rd stop increments via keys on the mount. The mount adapter also provides power to IS stabilization and internal focus servos. When used with the Optitek Optitron Lens Controller, precision repeatable remote focus control is also available. The Optitek Prolock EF draws its power directly from the camera mount, so no additional cable is required.

The Mark Vb Director’s Viewfinder The Mark Vb Director’s Viewfinder accurately defines choice of lenses, angles and coverage in a wide variety of formats for both film and video. It enables filmmakers to communicate their visions to each other quickly and with complete accuracy, allowing the time saved to be used on the art of filmmaking. 16mm film: 8.5-100mm Super 16 film: 10.5-125mm 35mm film: 18-200mm 35 Anamorphic film: 35-420mm Video 2/3” video: 8.5-75mm

The Pocket Mini - 11x Telescoping Director’s Viewfinder The Pocket Mini Director’s Viewfinder is a proven, versatile accessory for directors, cinematographers, production designers, set builders and location scouts in the film and television industry. Used as recommended this instrument will improve creativity and flexibility in defining choices of lenses, angles, and coverage on the set or location.

The director’s viewfinder OIC-35 (Optical Image Control) is an indispensable device for every DOP or Director. The OIC-35 is a precision device, which was conceived for daily film set use. The housing is of light alloy and fitted with a 54 PL - mount. The optical light path in connection with the interchangeable Arriflex 435/535 ground glasses allows the operator to see the complete format unrestricted in the eyepiece.

C100 Z-Finder Pro Features: Optical Viewfinder for Canon C100 LCD 40mm Diameter Lens Magnifies LCD by 1.8x Diopter for Corrected Eyesight Extender Frames for Extended Correction Anti-Fog Coated Protective Cover Snaps On and Off Mounting Frame Z-Band Add Support at Any Angle

Z-Finder Pro 2.5x for 3.2” Screens Features: DSLR Optical Viewfinder Fits 3” LCD Screens 2.5x Magnification -4.75 Diopter Correction Ideal for Nearsighted Shooters 40mm Diameter Lens Anti-fog Coating

Mattebox & Follow Focus

RED Epic / Scarlet Accessories

Fs7 19mm Standard kit

C300/C500 Shoulder kit

Red Epic/Scarlet Basic Kit, MM-5 Mattebox, MCF-1 Follow Focus, 19mm Bridge Plate Kit, Battery Distribution Box, EVF Support Type A

Riser Plate for Sony FS7 Camera Rig Multi-BP Baseplate for FS7 Camera Rig Side Bracket for Sony FS7 Rig Top Clamp for Sony FS7 Camera Rig Rod Clamp for 15mm Systems Power Distribution Box for Sony FS7 Camera Sliding Dovetail Plate for Movcam Bridge Plate 19mm Bridge Plate for Dovetail Plate Top Plate for Movcam Sony FS7 Camera Rig Top Handle with Extensions for Sony PMW-F5/-F55 4K Camcorders H Rosette Spacer Studio Follow Focus 19mm Lens Bridge Mattebox MM1A 4 x 15mm Aluminum Rod - 8” Long 2 x 19mm Stainless Steel Rod (18”)

For Canon C300/C500 Adjustable Shoulder Support Base Plate with Rods Top Handle with Accessory Mounting Holes 2 x Handgrips

Fs7 Base kit Riser Plate for Sony FS7 Camera Rig Multi-BP Baseplate for FS7 Camera Rig Side Bracket for Sony FS7 Rig Top Clamp for Sony FS7 Camera Rig Rod Clamp for 15mm Systems Power Distribution Box for Sony FS7 Camera 4 x 15mm Aluminum Rod - 8” Long

Fs7 15mm Standard kit Riser Plate for Sony FS7 Camera Rig Multi-BP Baseplate for FS7 Camera Rig Side Bracket for Sony FS7 Rig Top Clamp for Sony FS7 Camera Rig Rod Clamp for 15mm Systems Power Distribution Box for Sony FS7 Camera H Rosette Spacer Universal LWS Dovetail Plate Mini Follow Focus MF-2 Universal Lens Support Mattebox MM1 4 x 15mm Aluminum Rod - 8” Long

Fs7 19mm Cine kit Riser Plate for Sony FS7 Camera Rig Multi-BP Baseplate for FS7 Camera Rig Side Bracket for Sony FS7 Rig Top Clamp for Sony FS7 Camera Rig Rod Clamp for 15mm Systems Power Distribution Box for Sony FS7 Camera Sliding Dovetail Plate for Movcam Systems (24”) 19mm Bridge Plate for Dovetail Plate Top Plate for Movcam Sony FS7 Camera Rig Top Handle with Extensions for Sony PMW-F5/-F55 4K Camcorders H Rosette Spacer Studio Follow Focus 19mm Lens Bridge Bridgeplate Rod Support for 19mm Bridgeplate Systems Lens Carry Handle MOV-301-0205 Mattebox MM5 (2 Rotating Filter Holder) 2 x 15mm Aluminum Rod - 8” Long 2 x 19mm Stainless Steel Rod (18”)

Universal BP System Universal Quick Release BP Rossette Bracket Universal LWS Dovetail Plate Riser Plate for C100/C300/C500 Riser Plate for FS700 Riser Plate for F55/F5

MM - 1 Matte Box Kit For Lenses up to 14mm (35mm Academy) 144mm Rear Opening 16:9 Carbon Fiber Housing French Flag and Side Wings One Fixed 4 x 5.65” Filter Holder One Rotating 4 x 5.65” Filter Holder 15mm Mini Swing-Away Bracket 144:114 Rubber Bellows

MM - 5 Matte Box Kit For Lenses up to 14mm (35mm Academy) 156mm Rear Opening 16:9 Carbon Fiber Housing French Flag and Side Wings One Fixed 5.65 x 5.65” Filter Holder Two Rotating 5.65 x 5.65” Filter Holders 15mm Mini Swing-Away Bracket 15:19mm Bridge Plate Adapter 156:114 Rubber Bellows

Wireless Follow Focus

Movcam 3-Axis Lens Control System

Single--Axis Lens Control System

Movcam 3-Axis Control System Lens 3-axis lens control system is ready wireless solution for setting: focus, iris and zoom. This system includes: hand control, wireless motor controller and motor unit, which fit 19-mm and 15-mm tube. Precise control of the camera lens in any configuration to provide flexibility and ease of use.

Silent motor, precision speed reduction mechanism Modular design and zoom extension module Wireless module with ISM 2.4M frequency range Work with all most cameras’ REC/STOP ‘button 1.56”OLED screen, readable under sunlight Software update via miniSD card Lightweight and compact Calibrating and setting limit on both ends of lens automatically Two control modes: wireless control and cable control Control of ENG lens Compatible with Movcam auto follow focus system-- AcFocus Ergonomical design, easy to operate

Wireless Lens Control System

includes: Movcam MCS-1 Hand Control Unit for 3-axis control system MRS-1 Receiver Box Receiver Module Movcam MD-I Iris Module Movcam MD-Z Zoom Module Movcam UM-1 Motor Module (3x)

Wirelerss Lens Control System

3-Axis Lens Control System

Single--Axis Lens Control System

#501-101

#501-102 Single--Axis Lens Control System

3-Axis Lens Control System

#501-102

#501-101 MRS-1

#501-101-02

MD-I

#501-101-03

MD-Z

#501-101-04

UM-1

#501-101-05

MCS-1

#501-101-01

MRS-1

#501-101-02

MD-I

#501-101-03

MD-Z

#501-101-04

UM-1

#501-101-05

#501-101-02

#501-102-01

#501-101-05

Wireless Follow Focus

ALADIN MKII 8 channel wireless remote control system

Lens and camera control

MicroRemote Wireless

Cine Lens Focus / Iris Control Wireless Range of 328 Yards 16 RF Channels at 433-434MHz Compatible with All ENG Style Lenses 3D-Capable 2 Heden Motors Work with 15 / 19mm Rods

Magnum 101 Kit Single Chrosziel ergonomic lightweight lens control.

The ergonomically optimized hand unit Symmetrical design, equally ergonomic for left handed operation The compact size of transmitter and receiver Lightweight Transmits in the worldwide free frequency band of 2,4 GHz Intuitive, menu guided operation by membrane keys and colour-OLED display Four freely assignable hotkeys Spectrum Analyzer, shows the best transmission channel Calibration of lenses also doable with the receiver (controller) Fluid damped hand wheel Electronic “Hold”, captures the actual settings and keeps them Indicator LED for all functions on the receiver (controller) Magnifi er function for „near“ and „remote“ (This means, the range around the nearest or the indefi nite lens setting is spread especially without losing the opportunity to go to the other end stop.) Spreading of any lens range to one turn of the hand wheel Selection between scale ring and scale disk Record start stop signal for the camera Motor power adjustable USB port Battery level indicator for camera and hand unit 5 × ¼”-threads on the hand unit (transmitter) includes rechargeable battery, type Sony FM 50, Li-ion (art. no.: MN-BAT) includes charger for above battery (art. no.: MN-CH)

Red Rockmicro Wireless Follow Focus

Compact One Introducing the new compact ONE compact ONE is the new ready-to-use entry level one axis control system from cmotion. Both the camin and the hand controller follow the same design as the regular compact LCS, making it the most ergonomic system in this competitive price range. The single page menu clearly displayed on the integrated 2.3” screen guarantees an easy plug and play set-up and includes features such as automatic motor calibration, adjustable digital lens limits, motor torque adjustment, direction control and run/stop command. Each compact ONE set is supplied with cmotion`s latest cforce ONE motor. This motor offers equal performance as the compact LCS cforce motor which it is based on. The fixed motor cable on the cforce ONE not only saves time during set-up, it can be replaced on location within a few minutes if needed. With a total on-board weight of less than 600g, compact ONE is the ideal system for any stabilizing system. Additional run/stop cables are available for ARRI, Blackmagic, Canon, Red and Sony. the facts: one axis ready to use lens control system easy set-up and operation simple one page menu cforce ONE motor set * 8 selectable RF channels hardwired operation (optional cable required) automatic motor calibration adjustable lens limits motor torque adjustment direction control wireless run/stop command** *cforce ONE motor set includes: standard rod clamp for 19mm/15mm, 1x gear carrier, gears: 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.8 **run/stop control for ARRI, Blackmagic, Canon C300/C500, Sony F5 / F55 / F65 and Red epic / Scarlet (optional cables required)

Works with virtually all cameras and lenses Automatic lens calibration (with manual calibration option) All lenses map to an expansive 270 degrees of rotation Left- or right-handed operation Lanyard loop Powerful Redrock Torque motor works with both cinema and still lenses Handwheel with adjustable hard stops Camera run/stop feature (with appropriate cable) Fingerwheel can be added for operator control Handheld can be used in tethered or wireless modes All-digital system

Monitors

LMD-941W

LMD-A170

The LMD-941W is a 9-inch*, Full HD resolution (1920 x 1080 pixels) high performance LCD monitor incorporating 10-bit signal processing and Sony’s unique ChromaTRU™ technology to deliver superb picture performance and consistency. It also offers a convenient compact size with the mobility and smart functions required for both indoor and outdoor use. The LMD-941W is ideal for a wide range of professional monitoring applications, including use in an editing studio, for outside broadcast, acquisition, field production, and much more.

The LMD-A170 17-inch LMD-A Series LCD monitor offers Full HD resolution, along with a lightweight and compact design. There is more than a 12% to 22% reduction in mass, 30% reduction in depth, and more than 25% reduction in power consumption, compared to Sony’s previous models. The LMD-A Series offers the same user-interface design, convenient features, functions and operability as PVM-A Series OLED picture monitors. This consistency between the PVM-A and LMD-A Series brings great user benefits when both types of monitor are used in the same network.

LMD-1510W

LMD-2110W

The LMD-1510W is a 15.6-inch WXGA (1366 x 768) multiformat professional monitor specifically designed to provide reference video monitoring solution for entry-level video applications. A 10-bit processor ensures accurate picture reproduction with less image artefacts. Combined with a high purity filter, the LMD-1510W provides excellent colour depth for precise colour reproduction. Equipped with a HDMI interface as standard, this entry-level monitor is an ideal match for professional and semiprofessional High Definition applications

1920 x 1080 170°/160° Viewing Angles NTSC/PAL 10-bit Signal Processing 109% Peak White ChromaTRU Color Matching Color Temperature & Gamma Mode Settings Composite, Y/C, RGB, Component, HDMI SD-SDI Support via Optional Adapter

Full-HD 9-inch LCD monitorwith 2x 3G/HD/SD-SDI inputs and smart functions.

15.6-inch Widescreen Entry-level LCD Monitor

LMD-1530W The LMD-1530W is equipped with the latest generation of LCD panel providing high contrast pictures, detailed images with an excellent viewing angle. It offers same picture height as previous Sony CRT 14-inch which makes this product ideal for CRT replacement for entry level applications. Colour Temperature/Gamma Selection Protected Controls The key-inhibit function helps prevent inadvertent operation from the control panel.

17-inch cost-effective, lightweight Full HD high grade LCD monitor for studio and field use

21.5-inch entry-level LCD monitor

The Sony LMD-2110W is a 21.5” professional LCD monitor that’s capable of tackling a wide range of viewing scenarios.

LMD-A220

22-inch cost-effective, lightweight Full HD high grade LCD monitor for studio and field use The LMD-A220 22-inch LMD-A Series LCD monitor offers Full HD resolution, along with a lightweight and compact design. There is more than a 12% to 22% reduction in mass, 30% reduction in depth, and more than 25% reduction in power consumption, compared to Sony’s previous models. The LMD-A Series offers the same user-interface design, convenient features, functions and operability as PVM-A Series OLED picture monitors. This consistency between the PVM-A and LMD-A Series brings great user benefits when both types of monitor are used in the same network. Furthermore, LMD-A Series monitors provide versatility for a wide range of user applications both in the studio and in the field. These include DC operation, VESA mount and yokemount holes.

Monitors

LMD-A240

24-inch cost-effective, lightweight Full HD high grade LCD monitor for studio and field use The LMD-A240 24-inch LMD-A Series LCD monitor offers Full HD resolution, along with a lightweight and compact design. There is more than a 12% to 22% reduction in mass, 30% reduction in depth, and more than 25% reduction in power consumption, compared to Sony’s previous models. The LMD-A Series offers the same user-interface design, convenient features, functions and operability as PVM-A Series OLED picture monitors. This consistency between the PVM-A and LMD-A Series brings great user benefits when both types of monitor are used in the same network.

PVM-A250

25-inch TRIMASTER EL™ OLED high grade picture monitor 24.5” Diagonal Screen Size 10-Bit OLED with 1920 x 1080 Resolution 3G-SDI, HDMI and Composite Inputs Loop-Out for Both SDI Inputs 89° Angle of View at > 10:1 Contrast Black Pixels Switch Off Completely OSD Waveform and Vector Scope Recessed Rear Connectors Serial and Parallel Remote Ports Portable Design with Built-In Handle

PVM-741

7.4-inch TRIMASTER EL OLED monitor with 2x 3G/HD/SD-SDI inputs and smart functions. The PVM-741 is a high-performance, 7.4-inch (188-mm)* OLED (organic light-emitting diode) monitor backed by TRIMASTER EL™ technology. By optimally combining Sony’s OLED display panel technology with a 10-bit panel driver and Sony’s processing technology, the PVM-741 monitor achieves superb picture quality – unparalleled black performance, a wide colour gamut, and quick pixel response with virtually no motion blur.

PVM-X300 PVM-A170

17-inch TRIMASTER EL™ OLED high grade picture monitor 16.5” Diagonal Screen Size 10-Bit OLED with 1920 x 1080 Resolution 3G-SDI, HDMI and Composite Inputs Loop-Out for Both SDI Inputs 89° Angle of View at > 10:1 Contrast Black Pixels Switch Off Completely OSD Waveform and Vector Scope Recessed Rear Connectors Serial and Parallel Remote Ports Portable Design with Built-In Handle The Sony PVMA170 17” Professional OLED Production Monitor is suitable for both field and studio use.

30-inch 4K TRIMASTER™ LCD professional monitor The PVM-X300 has a 30-inch 4K LCD panel (4096 x 2160) capable of displaying over four times Full HD resolution in a single screen. The professional LCD monitor incorporates Sony’s exclusive TRIMASTER™ technology architecture, achieving excellent colour and picture quality reproduction, which makes this monitor ideal for 4K cinema production (onset monitoring, dailiesand editing), 4K live production (camera control, program preview) and real-time 4K presentation.

Monitors

S-1092H

S-1070C 7” LCD Monitor

Swit 8.9-inch Full HD 3GSDI&HDMI LCD Monitor

7-Inch HDMI TFT Monitor

Full HD 1920*1200, H170°/V170°viewing angle, 800:1 contrast Applied LCD protective glass 3G/HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, CVBS, input and loop through output Under SDI or HDMI input, Pic-in-Pic display another channel of CVBS Peaking focus assist (red/blue switch) 2-ch SDI / HDMI embedded audio meter display SDI timecode display Underscan / Overscan, safe area, 4:3 marker Blue Only / Zebra (SDI&HDMI) Front & rear TALLY light V-mount or Snap-on DV mount: F/P/J/C/U/E/B/V/I

Specification: Input: 1 HDMI: HDMI in 1 BNC: Composite in 2 RCA: L, R stereo audio in Output: 1 BNC : Composite loop through out Signal format: HDMI: 480I / 576I / 480P / 576P / 1080I50 / 1080I60 / 720P50 / 720P60 / 1080P50 / 1080P60

S-1222F

Swit 21.5” Full HD SDI/HDMI Waveform stadio LCD Monitor

S-1090H

8.9-inch 3GSDI&HDMI LCD monitor Features: 8.9-inch LCD 1280×RGB×768 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable 3G/HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, Composite video, Stereo audio Front and rear 3-color TALLY light Underscan / Overscan switch Canon DLSR scale zoom-in Video flip

S-1071HF

7-inch waveform HDSDI/HDMI monitor Features: 1024×RGB×600 - 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, Composite video inputs HDMI converted to SDI output by a Build-in Converter Waveform (Y/Cb/Cr/R/G/B), with full scale Vector scope - R G B Histogram Peaking focus assist (red/blue switch) False color, Blue only, Zebra Underscan / Overscan switch Canon DLSR scale zoom-in

21.5-inch IPS LCD Panel with LED backlight 1920×1080 resolution, 1000:1 contrast H/V 178° viewing angle Underscan / Overscan, safe area HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, CVBS input Build-in HDMI to SDI conversion output Waveform (Y/Cb/Cr/R/G/B), with full scale Vector scope, RGB histogram Peaking focus assist (red/blue switch) Embedded audio meter (SDI 16-ch, HDMI 8-ch) Real time video zoom-in and flip SDI timecode display False color, Blue only, Zebra, colorbar 3-color TALLY light, Support TSL UMD protocol

S-1161H

Swit 15.6-inch 3GSDI/HDMI studio LCD monitor 15.6-inch 10-bit LCD, Full HD 1920x1080 resolution 178(H)/178(V) viewing angle, 700:1 contrast 3G/HD/SD-SDI, HDMI input and loop through output, CVBS input Peaking focus assist, Red/Blue dual color (SDI&HDMI) 2-ch SDI/HDMI embedded audio meter display SDI time code display Blue only, Zebra stripes (SDI&HDMI) Marker:4:3, 13:9, 14:9, 15:9, 1.85:1, 2.35:1 Magnetic LCD protective glass, V-mount / Gold mount plate

Monitors

DVF-EL100 M-1071A

rack mount Audio/Video LCD monitor Specification: 7-inch LCD, 1024×RGB×600 16:9 / 4:3 adjustable HD/SD-SDI, HDMI, CVBS input 3.0-inch antimagnetic coaxial speaker 16-ch VU/PPM audio meters display Lissajous patterns display Audio peak wave display Pair audio Selectable output 3-color TALLY light Underscan / Overscan switch Customer editable video TITLE Video zoom-in Video flip 19-inch 3RU rack mount

DVFL700

LCD 7” FULL HD Monitor 7-inch LCD Viewfinder/Monitor with Full HD 1920x1080 resolution. Digital viewfinder Interface 3G-SDI input plus 4-pin DC input for use as monitor. LCD screen offers 1000:1 contrast ratio; 10x higher contrast than previous similar size LCD panels. Bright, 300cd/m2 screen; 850cd/m2 in High Brightness mode Contrast, Peacking, Focus Magnification and high Brightness function controls Tally Indicator Supplied Flexible positioning arm for most comfortable operation.

OLED 0.7-inch colour HD digital viewfinder Self-Emitting OLED Technology 1280 x 720 Resolution 1000:1 Contrast Ratio Displays 13.28 Stops Nearly 14 Stop Exposure Latitude No Smear or Blur 26-Pin Digital Interface Adjustable Mounting Arm Included

EVF Flip-Up Electronic View Finder External Monitor for DLSR Video Shoots 3.2” (8cm) High Res Monitor:384,000 Dots Enhances Stability for Shooting Video Scaling Function 2 HDMI Standard Ports 3 Assignable Function Buttons Brightness / Contrast Adjustments Audio Meter Indicator Black Sun Protection Disk Included

Gratical HD Micro OLED EVF View Finder

0.61” OLED EVF 24-Bit RGB 1280 x 720 Resolution Zebra, Vectorscope, Waveform, Histogram Peaking, False Color, Test Pattern LUT Creation and Import Audio Meters Four Programmable Buttons Built-In -1 to +4 Diopter Adjustment ARRI Rosette & 1/4”-20 Mounting Powers from Included LP-E6 Battery

DVF-L350

LCD 3.5-inch colour HD digital viewfinder 960 x 540 Resolution 1000:1 Contrast Ratio 270 Nit Brightness Flip-Up Eyecup with Adjustable Diopter Contrast, Image Reversal, Focus Controls Adjustable Mounting Arm Included The Sony DVF-L350 3.5” LCD Viewfinder for F5 & F55 features a 3.5” TFT LCD with a 960 x 540 resolution and a flip-up eyecup with an adjustable diopter. An adjustable mounting arm is included for comfortable positioning.

EVF-035W-3G Magnesium Housing-Light Weight Retina LCD Display; 3,54” (960x640, 16:9) 160˚(H) / 160˚(V) HDMI Input & Output Various Scan Mode Lens Shutter for protection of the EVF LCD Monitor Internal Colourbar + Pluge Pattern HDMI~HDMI A. Loop Through SDI~SDI A. Loop Through Phone Jack for Calibration

Monitors

SmartView 4K

Blackmagic Design Smartscope Duo 4K Rack Mounted Dual 6G-SDI Monitors 15.6” 3840x2160 Active-Matrix TFT LCD Supports Up to Ultra HD 2160p60 Two Multi-Rate 12G-SDI Inputs SDI Loop Output Dual 3D LUT Support H/V Delay, Blue Only, & Frame Markers Front Panel & Ethernet Control 6RU Machined Metal Frame VESA Mounting Holes 12VDC & 110/220 VAC Power Inputs

SmartView Duo

Blackmagic Design SmartView Duo Rackmountable Dual 8” LCD Monitors 3G/HD/SD-SDI Inputs, Both with Loop-Out Integrated Tally for Live Broadcast Ethernet Input for Adjustments Upgradeable Firmware via USB 2K, 1080i/p, 720p & 50/60 Hz SD Support 10-Bit Color & 4:2:2 / 4:4:4 Sampling 800 x 480 Resolution

MultiView

Blackmagic Ultra HD monitor or TV

SmartScope Duo 4K

Blackmagic Design Smartscope Duo 4K Rack Mounted Dual 6G-SDI Monitors Supports SD/HD/3G/6G-SDI Auto Format Sensing & Selection 1 x Loop Through SDI I/O per Monitor Select Video, Waveform, Vectorscope RGB Parade, YUV Parade, Histogram Audio Phase & Levels Software Control via Ethernet Industry Compatible Tally System 3 Rack Unit Size for Mounting Auto Orientation Sensing & Image Flip

16x 6G-SDI Inputs with Loop Outputs 4x SDI & 1x HDMI MultiView Outputs Supports SD, HD, Ultra HD 4K, DCI 4K 2x2, 3x3, 4x4 Multi-View Configurations Built-In LCD with Spin Knob Control Push Buttons on Front Panel Ethernet for Remote Control 1RU Machined Aluminum Chassis Built-In Multi-Voltage Power Supply

Video Assist

HDMI/6G-SDI Recorder and 5” Monitor

SmartView HD

Blackmagic Design 17” SmartView HD Studio Monitor Supports SD/HD/3 Gbps SDI Formats Resolution -1920 x 1080 3 Gb/s SDI Video Inputs Integrated Tally for Live Broadcast Fully Digital Adjustments Built-in Ethernet Centralized Network Based Control For Multi-monitor Installations Free Firmware Updates 6 RU Compact Design

1920 x 1080 Touchscreen LCD Records 1080p up to 60 fps ProRes and DNxHD 10-Bit, 4:2:2 Encoding HDMI and 6G-SDI Video Inputs Loop-Through Video Outputs Stores to Single SDHC/SDXC Memory Card On-Screen Histogram and Audio Levels Dual Canon LP-E6 Type Battery Slots AC Adapter Included

Monitors

DP7-Pro LCD

7” Pro On-Camera Field Monitor (SDI) 7” 1280x800 8-bit IPS LCD 24 Quick-access ‘Smart-Keys’ Full-screen Waveform & Scopes 2-way Cross Conversion Custom Look Support (3D-LUTs) 1x SDI 1x HDMI Composite (CVBS)

AC7 LCD

Small HD 7-inch Field Monitor 7” IPS LCD 1280 x 800 Resolution 8-bit color depth HDMI, Component, Composite Inputs Focus, Exposure, and Framing Tools Adjustable Backlight Push-Select Scroll Wheel Menu Control Two Assignable Function Buttons 800:1 Contrast Ratio Weighs Less than 1 lb Supports V-Mount/Gold-Mount/DV Brackets Sophisticated focus, exposure, and framing tools

AC7 OLED

Small HD 7-inch Field Monitor

DP7-Pro OLED

7” Pro On-Camera Field Monitor + Color Reference Monitor 7.7” 1280x800 OLED Display Custom Look Support (3D-LUTs) High Color Gamut via OLED Technology True Black Point / High Contrast 24 Quick-access ‘Smart-Keys’ Full-screen Waveform & Scopes 2-way Cross Conversion (SDI / HDMI)Composite (CVBS) 2x SDI 1x HDMI Composite (CVBS)

DP7-Pro High Bright

7” Pro On-Camera Field Monitor (Daylight Viewable) 7” 1280x800 8-bit IPS LCD Daylight Viewable (1500 nits) 24 Quick-access ‘Smart-Keys’ Full-screen Waveform & Scopes 2-way Cross Conversion (SDI / HDMI) Custom Look Support (3D-LUTs) 2x SDI 1x HDMI Composite (CVBS)

Rich-Color 7.7” OLED Display Produces True Blacks, High Color Gamut Gorilla Glass Screen 1280 x 800 Resolution SDI, HDMI, Analog Inputs; SDI Output Focus, Exposure, and Framing Tools Push-In Scroll Wheel Menu Control Two Assignable Function Buttons Weighs Less than 1 lb Supports V-Mount/Gold-Mount/DV Brackets

502

The sharpest and smartest 5-inch Full HD on-camera monitor in the world 5” 1920 x 1080, SDI & HDMI Monitor 441 Pixel Per Inch Display 3 Second Boot Time SDI & HDMI In/Out with Cross Conversion User Definable Presets Discrete Display/Output 3D LUT Support Joystick Menu Navigation

Sidefinder

The sharpest and smartest 5-inch Full HD on-camera monitor in the world 720p EVF/1080p LCD HDMI/SDI In and out + Cross Conversion Adjustable Field-of-View, Adjustable Diopter 3D LUTs, Scopes, Waveform, Image Capture, and more... Integrated EVF Mounting Bracket (NATO Rail, ARRI Rosette, 15mm Rod, 1/4” 20) Shock-Mounted Display + Circuit Board

Heads

Delta Rosso

Maxima

GAMMA

Payload Capacity : 52 kg Weight : 15 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: Mitchell/150 mm temp, range: -40°/+60°C (-40°/+158°F)

Payload Capacity : 16 kg Weight : 3,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 with sliding base plate +90/70 with qiuck attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

C60S / C40S Payload Capacity : 40 kg Payload Capacity C60S: 50 kg Weight : 11 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 65 Counter balance: 7 STEPS + 0 Counter balance: 4 STEPS + 0 Fluid darg: 7+7 Bowl diameter: Flat Mitchell/150 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

DELTA Payload Capacity : 22 kg Weight : 3,5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90 with sliding base plate +70/60 with qiuck attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 /+60 C (-40 /,+158 F)

Payload Capacity : 22 kg Weight : 3.5 kg Pan range: 360 Tilt range: +/- 90° with sliding base plate; +70°/-60° with quick attachment plate Counter balance: Continuous Fluid darg: Continuous Bowl diameter: 100 mm temp, range: -40 ~ 158°F (-40 ~ 60°C)

K 435/2 MASTERMK2 2 stage System

Fluid Head flat base H541 + 2 handles + 2 stage aluminum Studio tripod T624/2M + metallic floor spreader S738

LASER Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range: /,+158 F)

12 kg 3 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous 100 mm -40 /+60 C (-40

OB OMEGA1 stage OB System

FOCUS HD Payload Capacity : Weight : Pan range: Tilt range: Counter balance: Fluid darg: Bowl diameter: temp, range: /,+158 F)

• Payload capacity: 150 mm (30KG) • Weight : 8,5 kg (18.7 lbs) • Pan range (°): 360° • Tilt range (°): +/-90° • Counterbalance: Continuous • Fluid drag: Continuous • Bowl diameter: Flat Mitchell/150 mm • Temp. range: -40°/+60°C (40°/+158°F)/,+158 F)

12 kg 2.5 kg 360 +/- 90 Continuous Continuous 100 mm -40 /+60 C (-40

Fluid Head flat base H519 + 2 handles + 1 stage aluminum HD Tripod T625/M + mid level spreader S732/HDML + pivoting feet A865 Payload capacity: Pan range (°): Tilt range (°): Counterbalance: Positioning Fluid drag: Bowl diameter:

(80Kg / 176Lbs) 360° +/-65° Continuous absolute Continuous Flat Mitch ell/150 mm Encoding transmission direct

Heads

MVH500AH Fluid Video Head 5 kg Weight Capacity Wide Platform for HDSLRs Side Lock System for Safer Mounting Aluminum Alloy Construction Spring-loaded Counterbalance Includes Long Quick-release Plate 1/4” and 3/8” Camera Attachment Additional 3/8” Accessory Connection

MVH502A PRO VIDEO HEAD 75MM -M SIZE 5.5 kg Weight Capacity Counterbalance Supports 8.8 lb Bridging Technology Spring-Loaded Counter Balance Continuously Adjustable Pan/Tilt Drag Pan Bar & Sliding Plate Included

MVH500A Pro Fluid Video Head Supports 5 kg Wide Platform for Camcorders & HDSLRs 60 mm Half Ball for Leveling Spring-loaded Counterbalance Integrated Bubble Level Side Lock Quick Release System Includes Long Quick-release Plate 1/4” and 3/8” Camera Tie-Down Screws Left and Right Mounting Rosettes Additional 3/8” Accessory Connection

526 504HD SYSTEMS Supports 16.5 lbs (7.5kg) Unique Bridge Architecture 75mm Half Ball 4-step Counterbalance System Illuminated Bubble Level

MVH502AH

PRO VIDEO HEAD FLAT BASE-MSIZE 5.5 kg Weight Capacity Counterbalance Supports 4 kg Bridging Technology Spring-Loaded Counter Balance Continuously Adjustable Pan/Tilt Drag Pan Bar & Sliding Plate Included Full smoothness control while shooting thanks to the variable fluid mechanisms. Ideal for latest camcorder and HDSLR cameras supplied with external accessories (4kg max capacity). The head can be combined with all photo tripods, thanks to the 3/8” female thread.

509HD Load Capacity up to 29 lb (13.1 kg) 100 mm Half Ball 4-Step Counterbalance Mechanism Ergonomic Adjustments Bridging Technology Advance Balancing Recorder

526 Professional Fluid Video Head The 526 Professional Fluid Video Head directly addresses the heavy-duty, high-end ENG and EFP video market by offering a feature-packed fluid video head that borrows all the combined benefits of our 500 series heads with the ability to support top weight loads over 6.8 kg. The 526 features a replaceable and removable pan arm rosette so if any damage occurs to the side castings, only a small part needs to be replaced; large rubber padded knobs for better grip and all the controls (tilt and pan lock, tilt drag) are located on the left side so they can be easily found.

HI HAT 529B Head Fixing 100 mm Maximum Height Minimum Height Weight

7.7” (19.5 cm) 5.7” (14.4 cm) 5.5 lb (2.5 kg)

The Manfrotto 529B facilitates shots from the lowest possible position. The feet are rubber padded to protect delicate surfaces, and have a hole so that it can be screwed down to a ladder, apple box, or sheet of plywood.

Tripods

526,545GBK KIT

504HD, 546BK KIT

Head: 526HD, Tripod: 545GBK

Head: 504HD, Tripod: 546BKK

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

173 cm 7.1 kg 16 kg 47.5 cm

509HD, 545GBK KIT

169.4 cm 6.1 kg 7.5 kg 45.5 cm

504HD, 536K KIT Head: 504HD, Tripod: 536K

Head: 509HD, Tripod: 545GBK maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

161.5 cm 6.4 kg 8 kg 74.5 cm

504HD,546GBK KIT Head: 504HD, Tripod: 546GBK maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

161.5 cm 6.4 kg 8 kg 74.5 cm

maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

217.5 cm 6.1 kg 9 kg 40.0 cm

MVH 502A, 546 BK KIT Head: 502HD, Tripod: 564GBK maximum height: weight: load capacity: minimum height:

217.5 cm 6.1 kg 9 kg 40.0 cm

Tripods

502A, 546GB-1

502AHD Ball Base Fluid Head / 546GB Tripod 75mm Ball Mount for quick adjustment Ground level spreader for stability Video head gives silky smooth pans and tilts Red & Black Tripod Carrying Bag

MVH 502AM-1

502HD Ball Base Fluid Head / 546GB Tripod 75mm Ball Base Fluid Head 12.2 lb payload Spring-loaded counterbalance supports up to 8.8 lb Patented bridging technology protects the pan friction control from knocks Includes 504PLONG quick release plate and a pan bar Bowl Base Aluminum Tripod Over-the-Shoulder Carrying Bag 504PLONG quick release plate with 1/4” and 3/8” screws Slides 3.27” (8.3 cm) along balance plate

MVH500AH,755XBK MVH500AH Fluid Head & 755XB Tripod

Flat Base Fluid Head with 11 lb Payload Wide Platform Ideal for DSLRs -70° / +90° Tilt & 360° Pan Accepts Camera Plates from Above 500PLONG Camera Plate Included 2-Stage Aluminum Tripod Flip-Lever Lock Clamps Adjustable and Removable Center-Column 65” Max Height w/ Center-Column Raised Padded, Zippered Over-the-Shoulder Bag

MVH500A MVH500A Head

Supports 11 Pounds Wide Platform for Camcorders & HDSLRs 60 mm Half Ball for Leveling Spring-loaded Counterbalance Side Lock Quick Release System Integrated Bubble Level 2 Stage Tripod with Mid Level Spreader 26.57 to 60.63” Height Range Rubber Feet Padded Carry Bag

Tripods

561B VIDEO MONOPOD maximum height: 217.5 cm weight: 6.1 kg load capacity: 9 kg minimum height: 40.0 cm

560B-1 VIDEO MONOPOD maximum height: 65.5” (166 cm) weight: 1.5 lb (700 g) load capacity: 4.4 lb (2 kg)

MVM500A

562B-1

Fluid Video Aluminum Monopod w/ Plate maximum height: 193.0 cm weight: 1.4 kg load capacity: 8 kg minimum height: 69.0 cm

VIDEO DOLLY 114 Diameter weight: load capacity: Height:

1120 6.1 kg 9 kg 11.5cm

557B

Pro Video Monopod with 3272 Sliding Quick Release Plate maximum height: 164.1 cm weight: 1.1 kg load capacity: 11.97 kg minimum height: 66.8 cm

PORTABLE DOLLY 114MV Diameter weight: load capacity: Height:

1120 6.1 kg 9 kg 1.5cm

558B

VIDEO MONOPOD

Video Monopod with 501PL Sliding Q.R. Plate

Maximum Height: 6.6’ (200 cm) Weighs Just 4.6 lbs Fluid Head Included Long Sliding Plate Side Lock System for Safety 3 Mini Legs at Base for Added Stability Supports up to 11 lb

maximum height: 159.0 cm weight: 1.08 kg load capacity: 7.98 kg minimum height: 65.02 cm

FOLDING AUTODOLLY 181B Diameter weight: load capacity: Height:

1120 6.1 kg 9 kg 11.5cm

Tripods

MVR - 901 EPLA FOR SONY/CANON

MVR - 901 EPEX

INTELLIGENT ZOOM REMOTE CONTROL FOR ENG LENSES 524CFi LANC Control on Standard Pan Bar For LANC (Sony and Canon) Cameras The Manfrotto RC Pan Bar EX Remote Control for LANC Cameras comes mounted with a standard pan bar and is compatible with LANC (Sony and Canon) cameras.

Pan-bar remote control for cameras with Lanc (Sony and Canon). REC/ STOP - Zoom direction switch -Maxspeed zoom potentiometer Stand-by push button - RET push buttons (play back latest 5s) - REC, Zoom and Focus indicator LED’s - Zoom and focus direction knob (by software) - Multispeed Zoom and Focus knob - Focus/ Zoom switch Auto/Man Focus switch

MVR - 901 ECPL

Maximum Pressure : 13.0 atm(250 psi) Maximum Capacity : 25 kg Total Weight: 15 kg “Non-shot” Stroke: 40 cm Streeing Wheel Diameter: 26 cm Minimum Hight: 74 cm Maximum Hight: 161 cm Wheels: 3*2 Coupled Wheel Diameter: 100 mm Doorway Tracking Width min: 67 cm Doorway Tracking Width max: 97 cm

Remote control can be set-up for Lanc (Canon/Sony) and Panasonic cameras. Lanc/Panasonic switch Stand-by push button (for Lanc only) REC/STOP push button Multi-speed Zoom knob - Zoomdirection switch - REC/STOP LED (for Lanc only) - Zoom direction knob (by software)

Pedestal P70

FOR SONY/CANON

MVR-901ECEX

REMOTE CONTROL FOR SONY EX1 The 521EX Sony PMW EX1 Remote Control features: Zoom: professional “wheel” zoom for finer adjustments and smoother progressions Zoom Reverse Control - Invertible zoom direction: zoom in/out can be inverted (left to right or right to left) Zoom Speed Control Fast Zoom: preset fast zoom Dedicated plug

Pedestal P20

MVR - 901 ECLA FOR SONY/CANON

Advanced remote control for Lanc (Canon/Sony) cameras. - Stand-by push button - REC/STOP push button - Zoom and focus direction knob (by software ) - Multispeed Zoom and Focus knob Focus/Zoom knob - Max-speed zoom potentiometer - Rec, Zoom and Focus indicator LED’s

Maximum Pressure P50: 17.0 atm Maximum Pressure P70: 12.2 atm Maximum Capacity P50: 55 kg Maximum Capacity P70: 65 kg Total Weight: 28 kg Total Weight: 28 kg “Non-shot” Stroke: 50 cm Dolly Leg Radius: 50 cm Streeing Wheel Diameter: 45 cm Minimum Hight: 75 cm Maximum Hight: 140 cm Wheels: 3*2 Coupled Wheel Diameter: 125 mm Doorway Tracking Width: 100 cm

Tripods

K 530/2 FocusHD System 2 stage aluminum

K 408/C Gamma Aluminum Tripod System

Lightweight FocusHD Head 3-Tube 2-Stage Aluminum Alloy Tripod Floor Spreader ±90° Tilt/360° Pan Constant Variable Fluid Damping System Compatible with ENG & HDV Cameras Maximum Capacity - 26 lb (12 kg) Quick Release Sliding Camera Plate Illuminated Spirit Level/Counter Balance Telescopic Pan Bar/Black Soft Case

Load Capacity 37.0 lbs (17 kg) Mount/Base 100mm 4” Half Ball Balance Plate Yes, 100mm Pan & Tilt Range 360°, -70/+90° Pan & Tilt Drag Infinitely Adjustable with 10 Settings Leveling Bubble/Illuminated Yes / Illuminated Material Aluminum Leg Stages/Sections 2/3 Folded Length 35.75” (90.8 cm) Weight 18.6 lbs (8.43 kg)

K 529/2C FocusHD Carbon Fiber Tripod System

K 406/2C Delta Carbon Fiber Tripod System

Fluid head H529 + 1 handle + 3 tube 2 stage aluminum DV tripod Floor spreader S731/SQR + rubber feet A857

Fluid head H529 + 1 handle + 2 stage carbonfibre ENG tripod T622/2C + metallic floor spreader S732

FocusHD Fluid Head 3-Tube Ultra Light 2-Stage CF Tripod metallic floor spreader Constant Variable Fluid-Damping System 90Â° Tilt & 360Â° Compatible with ENG & HDV Cameras Maximum Capacity - 26 lb (12 kg) Quick-Release Sliding Camera Plate Counterbalance System / Spirit Level Telescopic Pan Bar / Black Soft Case

(H 518 Gamma Head, 2-Stage Tripod, On-Ground Spreader and Softcase Supports 37 lbs)

K 408/2C Gamma Carbon Fiber Tripod System (Fluid head H518 + 1 handle + ENG 2 stage carbonfibre tripod T622/2C + metallic floor spreader S732 37 lbs) Load Capacity 37.0 lbs (17 kg) Mount/Base 100mm 4” Half Ball Balance Plate Yes, 100mm Sliding Plate Pan & Tilt Range 360°, -70/+90° Pan & Tilt Drag Infinitely Adjustable with 10 Settings Leveling Bubble/Illuminated Yes / Illuminated Material Carbon Fiber Leg Stages/Sections 2/3 Folded Length 36.5” (92.71 cm) Weight 16.8 lbs (7.62 kg)

Fluid Head H516 + 1 handle + EFP 2 stage carbonfibre tripod T623/2C + metallic floor spreader S732 Carbon Fiber Tripod System D600 Delta Head L504 2-Stage Tripod On-Ground Spreader and Softcase Supports 48 lbs Use with ENG & EFP Cameras Fluid Damping System Variable Counterbalance Numeric Reference Accommodates Offset Loads

Camera Support

Universal Dolly for Indie Dolly Tracks Curved and Straight Track Compatibility

MICRODOLLY Jib System

“Universal Dolly” is a dolly that works on straight track as well as curved track (without having to add any accessories). This dolly is adjustable to any track width and doesn’t require any tools for set up.

The unique MICRODOLLY Jib System is truly a product of the aerospace age. Designed for the crew that must travel light, the Basic Jib weighs just over 10 pounds (4.5 kg) and can easily carry camera gear loads up to 50 pounds (22.7 kg). It can be mounted on most professional tripods or hi-hats. When needed, the Jib can also be mounted upside down. For low maintenance, heavy-duty use, interior parts are permanently lubricated with baked-on Teflon. As with the MICRODOLLY Camera Dolly and Dolly Track System, the Basic Jib comes in a padded Soft Case only 34 inches (86 cm) long. Set up time is usually less than two minutes.

CAMERA SUCTION MOUNT This CAMERA SUCTION MOUNT is ideal to safely attach a camera on a moving vehicle, aircraft, train or boat. This innovative KIT uses three strong suction cups, six universal joint clamps and a set of three 12 inch and three 18 inch rods that connect in seconds to a camera plate to position a camera or light almost anyplace. A lighting spud and stainless steel safety cable are also included. The MOUNT weighs just six pounds. (3.5.kg) Total holding force is 200 pounds. (90kg) Maximum camera weight is 50 pounds. (22.5 kg)

CARTONI JIBO

Dolly Track System The portable MICRODOLLY Basic Kit Camera Dolly and Dolly Track System is purpose built for crews that must travel light and set up quick. It weighs only 10 pounds (4.5 kg) and fits into a Soft Case only 34 inches (86 cm) long. The Track is spring loaded and snaps together as it is unfolded. The Dolly with 13 feet (4 m) of Track can be set up in less than two minutes and will carry a video camera or film camera weighing up to 100 pounds (45 kg). Silent, smooth, bump free camera moves can be accomplished much quicker than with conventional dollies and dolly equipment.

The new portable 3 section CARTONI JIBO is designed to be one of the most versatile and cost effective lightweight Jibs, carrying up to 15 kg (33 lbs) and fits into a practical lightweight case on wheels. The JIBO‘s innovative unique feature of the 3 easy mounting sections provides fast and easy operational flexibility and can be assembled or disassembled in less than 3 minutes. JIBO adds the benefit of diagonal tracking and elevation to the traditional pan and tilt movement of a standard Fluid Head. This new lightweight Jib weighs only 12 Kg (25 lbs) and folds down to 1 meter (38”) in length and allows shooting from absolute ground level to 2 meters (78”) in height. JIBO interfaces with any 100mm bowl base tripod and for heavier set-ups a Mitchell base adapter is available for sturdier use.

Camera Support

KC-Lite 8.0 Camera Crane

Kessler Pocket Jib PRO

The Kessler KC-Lite 8.0 has been designed to be the best “economy” crane on the market. For the filmmaker shooting on a tight budget, using a lighter digital video or DSLR camera under 10 pounds, we feel the KC-Lite is the highest quality camera crane / jib in the sub $400 price range.

The Pocket Jib PRO has been designed for a greater weight capacity when larger cameras and rigs are being used. With its heavy duty arms, the PJ PRO can handle up to 50 lbs. in any length configuration. This is perfect for RED’s, ALEXA’s or any other rig weighing up to 50 lbs. (We recommend the regular Pocket Jib for cameras under 20 lbs.)

Technical Specs Camera capacity: Up to 10 lbs. (4.5kg) Unit weight: 11.5 lbs. (5.2 kg) Folded length: 48 inches. (122cm) Extended length: 8 ft. (2.4m) Distance from tripod to camera: 5.5 ft (1.7m) Total vertical movement: 10.5 ft. (3.2m) Counter Weight Required: 7.5 lbs + (1.8 X payload weight) (3.4kg)

Pocket Jib Traveler The Pocket Jib Traveler is Kessler’s newest and most compact Pocket Jib designed for shooters that require an ultraportable jib solution. The Pocket Jib Traveler is 27 inches in length when collapsed and has a circular travel distance of 72 inches when fully extended. It surpasses other ultra-portable jibs through is unique design and light footprint, providing shooters with the perfect travel companion as they trek through extreme environments to capture the perfect shot. Weight: 5.5 lbs. Collapsed Length: 27” Circular Travel: 72” Weight Capacity: 10 lbs. Total Vertical Movement: 62.3”

Technical Specs Unit Weight: 25 lbs. Weight Capacity: 50 lbs. (at any length) Collapsed Length: 46” Fully Extended Length: 83.5” (to end of ball relocator) Fully Extended Length: 76” (to end of platform)

Kessler Multi-Angle Mounting Plate The Kessler Multi-Angle Mounting Plate is designed to work in conjunction with the Kessler Low Profile Ball Head. The mounting plate can be attached in a 45° or 90° configuration and, coupled with the range of movement of the Low Profile Ball Head, will allow for configuring you camera at just about any angle you desire. The ability to mount to the LP Ball Head in a 90° configuration is ideal for doing vertical slider moves. With the optional Multi-Angle Cheese Plate, you can also attach various accessories and mounts; even another Multi-Angle Mount. Weight Capacity: 18 Kg

Camera Support

DollyCrane A multi-award winning, counter-balanced, multi-function, multi-angled camera platform combining the function of the slider, camera crane, Mini Jib and tower. Once set up, the system can instantly change its function from slider to dolly crane / Mini Jib and back thanks to its unique construction. The DollyCrane can be assembled quickly by just one operator using standard heavyweight tripod. The DollyCrane will carry payload up to 12kg. Angles DollyCrane supports various angle operations. Uniquely designed counterbalance system ensures smooth and firm camera operation in every angle. Dolly The mobile counterweight allows the camera to reach as far as 160 cm which is much more than in other products. Also the angles of operations are virtually unlimited – up to 60 degrees and 90 degrees vertical. Crane The crane configuration gives such possibilities as the movement of the camera parallel to the ground in 3 axis. Mini Jub The camera crane working as a jib gives the span of operation of 160 cm horizontally plus 360 degree scope of movements of the jib arm. There is also the possibility to tilt or pan the camera. Tower The camera crane jib can also be used as a Tower with the help of the system of two handles which can be simply removed and repositioned. Table Top The DollyCrane has the Table Top configuration as well.

MotionControl MotionControl - Developed specifically for use with the DollyCrane and DollyCrane HD, you’ll enjoy endless possibilities of camera movement and control. MotionControl allows manual and programmed movements. Every movement, manual or programmed, may be recorded and stored for later use. There are nine persistent banks and one volatile bank available. Each movement can be repeated up to 999 times and extended “time extension” up to 99 times, allowing the user more than enough opportunity to get that perfect shot. You’ll really appreciate the wide range of speed settings from 0-20cm/sec. and a speed ramp range from 0.5-2.5 seconds. Due to the patent pending, precision counter balance system on DollyCrane and DollyCrane HD family, only one motor is required for all functions of the motion control. The MotionControl System allows the use of the mutli-angled slider to achieve a wide range of unique shots.

DollyCrane HD The new heavy duty DollyCrane HD features the same revolutionary design features as the standard DC but will accommodate camera and head combinations of up to 32kg, mak ing in an ideal grip companion to more traditional feature, drama and commercial shooting packages. With the increased weight capacity, the DC HD can be used with fully built studio digital cameras such as the Arri Alexa, Sony F35 and Panavision Genesis, as well as traditional 16mm & 35mm film cameras.

Pan & Tilt Head ADAPTER The new, low profile plate for the FloatCam DollyCrane and DollyCrane HD, car mount systems, and many other devices, provides a stable platform when fluid movement is not required. Quite often, when doing timelapse or motion control imaging, it is important to keep the camera steady in a predetermined, locked-down position. The Low Profile Plate allows you to make precise positioning to both pan and tilt functions before securing the camera to begin your shooting sequence. It lowers the center of gravity on the camera package to ensure stable, solid imaging. The Low Profile Tilt Plate can also be used on car mount systems and other applications where camera lock-down is preferred over camera movement.

The unique counterweighted slider can be operated at almost any angle, including vertical, and also doubles as a mini-jib. The DC HD can be ordered with a MOY or 150mm BOWL fitting for use with your existing heavy duty MOY legs or bazooka.

Camera Support

SC-TravelerJIBENG6 Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. The HD signal can go through the slip ring, which means the remote head can output HD signal. Specifications Arm reach: 3.38 m Max. lens height: 4.69 m Min. lens height: -2.69 m Tilt range: -70^ / 60^ Tripod Height Range: 1.47 - 1.75 m

SC-SUPERJIB12

SC-TravelerJIBDV6

Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. Remote head has max payload of 20kg, and it is compatible with most ENG camera with either Canon or Fuji lens.

Very responsive head with smooth movement, matching the level of famous brand in crane and remote head industry. Slip ring installed for pan movement allows remote head could pan unlimited. The HD signal can go through the slip ring, which means the remote head can output HD signal.

Specifications Arm reach: 10 m Distance from the column to end: 2 m Max. lens height: 8.3 m Min. lens height: 6.9 m Height of column (with tripod & dolly): 1.8 m Tilt range: -55^ / 45^ Dolly width: 0.82 m Shipping Weight: 275 kg

Specifications Arm reach: 4.38 m Max. lens height: 4.69 m Min. lens height: -2.69 m Tilt range: -70^ / 60^ Tripod Height Range: 1.47 - 1.75 m

Camera Support

2000 Series Travel Series The world-famous CamMate Travel Series is a more economical version that consists of four-foot sections packed in durable hard cases for frequent location traveling. In addition to our strong aerospace design, the Travel series features 15 minute set up times; configuration changes in 10 minutes and electronic head inversions in less than 30 seconds. All of these design features make your job on location faster and easier.

T 15 CamMate Travel Series Specifications Lens Height: Reach: 9ft - 2.74m Total Length: Ballast Needed: Weight of Crane:

CamMate’s world famous 2000 Series is for applications requiring extended camera height and reach. The NEW CamMate 2000 Series will provide quality, precision moves, and control, allowing you to reach new heights. Constructed with our high strength 6 foot extensions, the CamMate 2000 Series gives you more combinations with greater weight limits. With all the same electronics features as our famous Travel Series, combined with a much greater camera reach, the CamMate 2000 series can’t be beat!

2039 CamMate 2000 Series Lens Height: 34’ 9” - 10.59m Reach: 32’ 11” - 10.03m Total Length: 41’ - 12.50m Ballast Needed: 465 lbs. - 210.92 kilos Weight of Crane: 262 lbs. - 118.84 kilos

15ft - 4.57m 12’5” - 3.78m 61 lbs. - 27.67 kilos 67 lbs - 30.39 kilos

T 25 CamMate Travel Series Specifications Lens Height: 25ft - 7.62m Reach: 21ft - 6.40m Total Length: 25’5” - 7.75m Ballast Needed: 247 lbs. - 112.04 kilos Weight of Crane: 126 lbs - 57.15 kilos17.5ft - 5.31m

2043 CamMate 2000 Series Specifications Lens Height: 40’ 1” - 12.22m Reach: 39’ 4” - 11.99m Total Length: 47’ 5” - 14.45m Ballast Needed: 681 lbs. - 308.90 kilos Weight of Crane: 311 lbs. - 141.41 kilos

Dutch Roll Cradle 360 degree Dutch Roll Head

CamMate Dutch Roll Cradle is the upgrade you need to create more artistic moves that include a variety of Dutch angles. Thanks to our exclusive slipring mechanism, you can now roll your camera 360 degrees and still achieve 360 degree pan moves at the same time. No other system will give you this range of motions with the same smooth results. And the CamMate Dutch Roll Cradle can be added to the Standard L Head or the HD Fiber Optic L Head .

Camera Support

ZENMUSE Z15-BMPCC Three Working Modes · Orientation-locked control · Non orientation-locked control · FPV mode (Reset) Built-in independent IMU module DJI gimbal special servos drive module HDMI-AV/HD module Wireless video transmission supported Camera record control supported Wide range voltage input supported S-Bus/PPM Receiver supported

Spreading Wings S1000+ / S900 Your DSLR in Flight

The S1000+’s V-type mixer design provides large amounts of propulsion while improving power efficiency. Combined with DJI flight controllers like the A2, it is guaranteed to remain stable even with the loss of a rotor. A more reliable, safe, and simplified power wiring system is easy to setup, and eliminates the need for soldering. The main power cord uses an AS150 spark-proof plug and an XT150 plug, preventing creators from mixing up polarity when plugging in the battery, and also helping prevent short circuits. All frame arms and the retractable landing gear are made from carbon fiber, ensuring light weight and high structural stability. Large Carrying Capacity, Strong and Stable Highly Portable, with Foldable Arms New Power Distribution System Removable Upper Center Board Sparkproof Plug Professional Quality Wide Range of Shooting Angles Retractable Landing Gear Compatible with Zenmuse Gimbals Reduced Vibrations, Clearer Footage Greater Power Innovative Arm Design

ZENMUSE Z15-5D 3-axis stabilization Shutter control Record control The maximum angular velocity: Pan 130°/s Tilt 130°/s Roll 30°/s Supported camera and lens: EOS 5D Mark II + EF 24mm f/2.8 ISUSM EOS 5D Mark III + EF 24mm f/2.8 ISUSM

ZENMUSE Z15-A7 Stabilizes Camera and Keeps Shot Level Control Angle Accuracy:±0.01° Variable Speed 360° Panning Tilts up to +50°:/-140° Rolls up to ±40° Integrated IMU Module Remote Shutter Release Operation Three Selectable Control Modes For A2 and WooKong-M Flight Controllers For Octo-rotor Such as S1000 and S800

ZENMUSE H4-3D Keeps Aerial Shots Level and Stabilized 3-Axis Brushless Gimbal Tilt Range of -130° to +45° Independent IMU Provides Motion Data Plug-and-Play with Phantom 2 Optional GCU for Other Aircraft Updatable Firmware Weighs 0.8 Ounces Power From Flight Battery Specifically Balanced for HERO4 Black

Camera Support

Inspire 1

The 1st Transformer Drone in the World Capture 4K video and take 12-megapixel still photos from the air with the DJI Inspire 1 Quadcopter with Integrated Camera and 3-Axis Gimbal. Forgoing the fixed landing gear design found on many earlier quadcopters, the Inspire 1 features a retractable arm system whereby the underside of each prop motor has a foot to act as a landing pod when the arms are lowered. In-flight, the arms lift up to provide the camera an unobstructed 360-degree view. A 3-axis gimbal keeps shots steady and the camera pointed the same direction as the quadcopter banks and turns. The camera records internally to microSDHC/ SDXC memory cards (16GB inlcuded) and can also beam a live 720p feed to a mobile device running the DJI Lightbridge app or a monitor or FPV glasses with an HDMI input. One transmitter (radio controller) is included and a second can be added so that one operator can pilot and another can pan and tilt the camera. Transforming Design 4K Camera Photos: 12 Megapixel Video: 4K @24-30fps/1080p @ 24-60fps Gimbal: 3-axis, 360o Lens: 9 elements in 9 groups Sensor: 1/2.3â&#x20AC;?CMOS FOV: 94o wide-angle Optional Dual-operator control Vision Positioning System Intellegent Power Management System Live HD View Auto-Takeoff & landing Flight Telemetry Live Map and radar

Phantom 3 Professional Quadcopter with 4K Camera and 3-Axis Gimbal

A complete 4K camera and 3-axis gimbal system come integrated with the Phantom 3 Professional edition quadcopter from DJI. In addition to video, the camera is capable shooting up to 12MP still photos using JPEG or nonproprietary DNG RAW format. The three axes of the gimbal give you pan and tilt control, and keep the horizon line level even as the aircraft banks. Different gimbal settings allow the camera to lock onto a fixed subject, be moved manually using transmitter rotaries or the app, or to simply provide camera stabilization. Gimbal Stabilized 4K Camera Camera Takes 12MP Still Photos App for Monitoring / Camera Operation Gimbal Control Dials on Transmitter GPS for Enhanced Stability and Failsafes Auto-Takeoff / Auto Return Home Vision Sensor for Indoor Flight Up to 23 Minutes Flying Time Intelligent LiPo Flight Battery Mobile Device Holder Included

Phantom 3 Advanced

Quadcopter with 1080p Camera and 3-Axis Gimbal A complete 1080p camera and 3-axis gimbal system come integrated with the Phantom 3 Advanced edition quadcopter from DJI. In addition to video, the camera is capable shooting up to 12MP still photos using JPEG or non-proprietary DNG RAW format. The three axes of the gimbal give you pan and tilt control, and keep the horizon line level even as the aircraft banks. Different gimbal settings allow the camera to lock onto a fixed subject, be moved manually using transmitter rotaries or the app, or to simply provide camera stabilization. Gimbal Stabilized 1080p60 Camera Camera Takes 12MP Still Photos App for Monitoring / Camera Operation Gimbal Control Dials on Transmitter GPS for Enhanced Stability and Failsafes Auto-Takeoff / Auto Return Home Vision Sensor for Indoor Flight Up to 23 Minutes Flying Time Intelligent LiPo Flight Battery Mobile Device Holder Included

Camera Support

GF-Primo

GripKit Dolly

Duration of compl. lift range max speed 2,5 seconds Lift range 70cm / 27” Minimum column height 70cm / 27” Maximum column height 140cm / 54” Lift capacity (extended) 250kg / 550lbs Lift capacity (retracted) 900kg / 1980lbs Number of column lifts 200 (approx.) Transport dimensions 107 x 53 x 70cm Transport weight Base 80kg / 176lbs Transport weight Column w/o batteries 68kg /149lbs Operational weight with batteries 60kg / 352lbs

Expanding the Grip Kit system to provide a lightweight, tracking dolly function for standard or narrow guage dolly track (62cm / 24.5” or 38cm / 15”) requires regular Grip Kit components i.e. Bazooka Base Centre Plate, 4 x Extra Long Legs 41cm / 16” 4 x 4 Skateboard Wheels. By using the 21cm / 8” legs the base can be fitted to narrow guage track A, 2 part, hard coated aluminium platform is available for standard track whereas a 1 part platform can be used for narrow guage. A turnstile mount is also available in addition to the standard Euro-adapter mount. The skateboard wheels, designed and produced by GFM, offer a smooth and easy tracking movement enhancing the Grip Kit’s use as a multi-functional rigging tool.

As the deluxe model, the GF-Primo Base has a central “one touch” selector allowing for immediate, one handed, switch over to crab, front or rear wheel steering. Its telescopic and inclining steering rod perfects the GF-Primo’s manoeuvrability and puts it in a league of its own.

GF-Secondo Dolly

The GF-Secondo Dolly’s multifunctional turnstile mount accepts four adapters to provide more seating and camera positions than other central column dolly Duration of compl. lift range max speed 2,5 seconds Lift range 70cm / 27” Minimum column height 72cm / 28 Maximum column height 142cm 55” Lift capacity (extended) 250kg capacity (retracted) 900kg Number of column lifts 200 (approx.) Transport dimensions 79 x 68,5 x 72cm Transport weight Base 69kg Transport weight Column w/o batteries 68kg Operational weight with batteries 149kg

The GF-Grip Kit System is a multifunctional rigging tool for building various sized bazooka bases, track dollies, rolling spiders as well as customized camera mounts, built on set to suit the operational requirements.

GF-Track

GF-Track is a dolly and crane track system that perfectly combines the advantages of both aluminium and stainless steel as the working materials. Robust design Stable under heavy loads Foldable or fixed Exchangeable end sections High precision TÜV Certified Standard widths are 62cm (24,5”) and 100cm (39”) Standard lengths: 90cm / 3ft - 160cm / 5ft - 230cm / 7.5ft Curved track is available in 62cm (24,5”) width and can be connected to straight track in either a left or right-hand curve.

Camera Support

GF-Quad Dolly

Designed to provide the ultimate in mobilty and versatility. With it’s 3 way steering system the GF-Quad manouvres on small sets like no other platform dolly Front wheel steering Rear wheel steering 4 wheel inverted steering Smallest circle = 80cm / 31”- Straight wheel lock of Quick release pneumatic, track or skateboard wheels Steering transmission lock off Removeable steering rod with angle adjuster Mounts on standard dolly track (62cm / 24,5”) Hard coated aluminium construction

GF-TELE JIB ARM

lightweight, stable and variable length jib arm It carries camera packages up to 45kg / 99lbs and has the ability to change length via a hand crank system. The advantage here is a very fast resetting of the arm by telescoping in or out and then being locked off at the required working length. It offers smooth, vibration free movements, without the operator having to compromise the designed shot and provides added flexibility when working on tight sets. The counterweight end of the GF-Tele Jib is also telescopic and can be very comfortably hand cranked to the required length, ensuring perfect balance at any angle.

GF-8 CAMERA CRANE

It’s versatile, durable and provides unmatched ease of movement and steady crane moves.

GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets

The new GF-HiLo Swivel Brackets enable a change of camera position from high to low or underslung to overslung within seconds. The speed clamps have an automatic engage and disengage locking mechanism. The brackets can be used on most dollies and the modular concept accepts not only GFM accessories but also accessories from other manufacturers can be used with the Combi-rig tubes or independently as off-set arms for mounting off-set bowls or Mitchell mounts. 41cm/16” bracket as off/set arm with Double ended Euro-Adapter Connect camera mount and rotate as required 41cm/16” bracket with 35cm extension tube 41cm/16” bracket and 23cm/9” bracket with 35cm extension tube With an Off-set Ball Adapter

Ultra modular design No numerical set-up procedure No dedicated front or back Easy rigging assembly Fast and logical set-up Lightweight parts Extremely stable arm Choice of 3 base dollies Bases double as Western or Track Dolly Surface hardened finish (Hart-Coat ®) Dedicated transport trolley TÜV Certified & Safety Type Tested

GF-SLIDER

The new tracking and sliding system Tracking range: Max. payload: Weight: Outside dimensions:

91 cm / 2’ 11” 40 kg / 88 lbs 17,6 kg / 38 lbs 107 x 23 cm / 3’6” x 9”

Camera Support

The ISO Dampener

The Mini Shock Absorber

The Iso Dampener increases the efficiency of gyro stabilized heads by reducing rotational stress and smoothening out pan starts and stops on telescopic and fixed arm cranes by isolating high frequency vibrations between the mount and head. The Iso Dampener is mounted with a Mitchell connection to the crane or Mini and Maxi Shock Absorber, allowing individual adjustment and tuning, to best suit the choice of stabilized head as well as the shooting environment.

The Mini Shock Absorber is for use with gyro stabilized heads to reduce high & low frequency vibrations and semi-hard impact shocks during high speed chases and rough crane moves. The best results are achieved when used with the Iso Dampener. It connects to Mitchell plates and can mount either under or over slung as well as allowing the stabilized head to mount under or over slung.

Suspension Rigs

Weight: 9.1 kg / 20 lbs Payload: 85 kg / 189 lbs Temperature range: -20° to +50° Celsius -4° to +122° Fahrenheit Dimensions (L x W x H): 42 x 42 x 22 cm 16” x 16” x 8” Mounting: Mitchell to Mitchell

Suspension Rigs

Weight: Max. Payload: Temperature range: Dimensions (L x W x H):

8.5 kg / 18 lbs 56 kg / 123 lbs -20° to +50° Celsius -4° to +122° Fahrenheit 54 x 21 x 50 cm 21” x 8” x 19”

The Maxi Shock Absorber Suspension Rigs

The Maxi Shock Absorber is for use with gyro stabilized heads to reduce high & low frequency vibrations and hard impact shocks during high speed chases on rough and bumpy terrain. It connects to 48mm scaffold tube or 150mm pole system and has a 180° horizontal adjustment range. The front Mitchell mount can be set for top mounting or underslung use of the stabilized head. The best results are achieved when used with the IsoDampener. The Maxi Shock Absorber allows for individual adjustment and setting, depending on the choice of stabilized head and taking into consideration the terrain of the shooting environment. Weight: Max. Payload: Temperature range: Dimensions (L x W x H):

41 kg / 90 lbs 100 kg / 220 lbs -20° to +50° Celsius -4° to +122° Fahrenheit 42 x 42 x 22 cm 40” x 10” x 15”

Camera Support

SMOOTH SHOOTER

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM

SteadyGim3 EVO 3 AxisGoPro Stabilizer Bestablecam Handheld Gimbal

Hidden wires routed through gimbal frame GoPro chargeable directly from gimbal power 7-12 hours of extended battery life Longer field use without charging/changing batteries Thumb screws enable quick-release of camera bracket Non-GUI settings,plug and play Electronic slow-down for “follow” mode on both Yaw and Pitch axes. Equipped with four rechargeable batteries and one battery charger. Each battery type is 18350, and rated 3.7 volts @1800mAh. Compatible with the Lumenier LayerLens protection for GoPro Hero 3.

SteadyGim3 RIDER 3-axis Stabilizer Bestable 3-axis GoPro Stabilizer System

The BeStableCam SteadyGim3 -RIDER is a model designed for Hi-speed sports purpose,you can mount the gimbal easily by GoPro accessories Non-GUI settings,plug and play Electronic slow-down for “follow” mode on both Yaw and Pitch axes. Equipped with four rechargeable batteries and one battery charger. Each battery type is 18350, and rated 3.7 volts @900mAh. Over 5 hours of use time Compatible with the Lumenier LayerLens protection for GoPro Hero 3. Supports Remote Control Support to mount Gopro LCD Bacpac Supports extended battery types to work for longer hours High torque motors for better gripping power.

The GLIDECAM SMOOTH SHOOTER is the World’s most sophisticated and affordable body mounted Camera Stabilization System designed for Cameras weighing up to 6 pounds when used with the Glidecam 2000 Pro, or for Cameras weighing from 4 to 10 pounds when used with the Glidecam 4000 Pro. The GLIDECAM SMOOTH SHOOTER system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The SMOOTH SHOOTER system works by isolating your body’s motion from your camera, while your camera is balanced in a relatively motionless and isolated state.

THE GLIDECAM X-10

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM The GLIDECAM X-10 is a highly advanced, professional camera stabilization system designed for cameras weighing up to 6 pounds when used with the Glidecam 2000 Pro, or for Cameras weighing from 4 to 10 pounds when used with the Glidecam 4000 Pro. The GLIDECAM X-10 system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The GLIDECAM X-10 is very similar in design to the Glidecam Smooth Shooter; however the X-10 comes with both sections of its support arm being able to move vertically, whereas the Smooth Shooter comes with only the front section of its support arm being able to move vertically. Also, the X-10 comes with a trimmable Arm-to-Vest Connector, whereas the Smooth Shooter’s Arm-to-Vest Connector is not trimmable.

GLIDECAM X-20

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM The GLIDECAM X-20 is a highly advanced, professional camera stabilization system designed for film and video cameras weighing from 10 to 20 pounds. The GLIDECAM X-20 System incorporates advanced engineering and precision machining, making it the most sophisticated and versatile system in its price range. The GLIDECAM X-20 system will allow you to walk, run, go up and down stairs, shoot from moving vehicles and travel over uneven terrain without any camera instability or shake. The complete X-20 system is comprised of a Support Arm, a Support Vest and a Support Sled.

Camera Support

GLIDECAM HD-2000

PROFESSIONAL CAMERA STABILIZATION SYSTEM The amazingly advanced and totally re-engineered Glidecam HD-Series™ from Glidecam Industries represents the top of the line in hand-held Camera Stabilization. The lightweight and state-of-the-art Glidecam HD-1000, HD-2000 and HD-4000 hand-held Camera Stabilizers will transform your hard to watch, shaky camera footage into hypnotically smooth, professional footage. The Glidecam HD-Series offers advanced features and a degree of sophistication never before seen in a line of Handheld Camera Stabilizers. With the Glidecam HD-Series hand-held Stabilizers your camcorder seems to float, always balanced, isolated from your hands undesirable motions. Now you are free to move with your camera - panning, tilting, booming or running without any camera instability or shake.

GLIDECAM HD-4000 The Glidecam HD4000 is a lightweight, hand-held camcorder stabilizing system. This system is upgraded from the 4000 Pro and offers fine adjustments and an improved gimbal and balance system. Camera stabilization systems like this one work to provide camera stability during movement for dynamic and subjective camera shots. It utilizes a balancing system that dampens the user’s body movement, providing a smooth, floating moving image appearance usually achieved with more expensive equipment.

iGlide

Glidecam Handheld Stabilizer for Cameras Up to 16 oz Camera Mounting Head Dimensions: 4 7/8” x 2 1/4” x 5/8” Base Platform Dimensions: 7 1/4” x 2 1/2” Central Support Post: .625” diameter 9 7/8” tall in shortest mode 13 1/4” tall in longest mode Weight: 13 5/8 ounces without Counter Weight Discs. Each small Counter Weight Disc averages 7/8 ounces 2 small Counter Weight Discs Camera Mounting Plate has 1/4” mounting holes.

Devin Graham Signature Series Glidecam Stabilizer

Designed for low profile cameras weighing from 2 to 12 pounds. X,Y Head Dimensions: 4.25” x 3.25” x 1.5” (with knobs 5.5” x 5” x 1.5”) Base Platform Dimensions: Shortest - 11.5” x 4”, Longest - 15” x 4” Central Support Post: 1” diameter 20” tall in shortest mode 28” tall in longest mode Weight: 2.11 pounds without Counter Weight Plates. Each Custom Counter Weight Plate averages .272 pounds The Glidecam DEVIN GRAHAM Signature Series includes 12 custom Counter Weight Plates. 12 Counter Weight Plates = 3.264 pounds. Camera Mounting Plate has 1/4” mounting screw. Base Platform has 1/4” mounting hole for optional LCD Monitor attachment. Engineered and Designed in Massachusetts, USA.

Camera Support

MŌVI 15

MŌVI XL

Designed for Hand-Held Use For Cinema Cameras & DSLRs up to 15 lb Keeps Horizon Level & Counteracts Drift Single and Dual Operator Control Modes Supports DSMX and SBUS RC Transmitters Bluetooth Interface for Configuration Software for Android and Windows Shot Recorder Remembers Camera Position Fully Tool-Less Balancing Two Batteries and a Charger Included

There is a segment of high-end cameras that we have not tackled until now. The MōVI XL’s design delivers the familiar benefits mobile stabilization and control to cameras such as the Phantom Flex 4K and the ARRI ALEXA for a MōVI with the largest productions in mind.

The Cinema-Ready Stabilizer

The Biggest Best Camera Movement System

MŌVI Mimic

The Biggest Best Camera Movement System

MŌVI M10

The Ultimate Handheld Camera Stabilizer Translation Compensation Remote Firmware Updatable Drift Free Horizon Silent Drive Shot Recorde Custom Direct Drive Motors User Adjustable Shakey Cam

MŌVI M5

A Stabilized Gimbal Born inTha Sky Reimagined For The Ground Bring big budget moves to your productions. The compact form factor and lightweight nature of the MōVI M5 continue to push the boundaries of what’s possible with hand-held camera movement. From weddings to indie features, the M5 will raise the production value on any project out there. Majestic Mode (Pan/Tilt) Live Wireless Tuning & Graphing Remote Firmware Updatable Silent Drive Custom Direct Drive Motors User Adjustable Shakey Cam

The MIMIC controller for MōVI is moving gimbal operation away from unintuitive controllers with joysticks and knobs, and it’s making the process easy enough for everyone to do it. Essentially, it’s a handheld controller that you can move kinetically, and through some sort of wireless engineering magic, the gimbal follows those movements seamlessly.

MŌVI Alta

The Definitive Aerial Platform The Freefly ALTA unpacks, ready to shoot, in under five minutes. It is easy to fly, powerful, rigid, adaptable, reliable, and optimized for up to fifteen-pound payloads. Confidently fly RED, ARRI and other professional cameras, guided by our state-of-the-art Synapse Flight Controller. Capture aerials like never before with the option to mount the MōVI on top.

Freefly TERO The New Camera Car

Vibration Isolation - Advanced wire rope isolators tuned for this unique application ensure amazing shot stability, even in the most demanding environments. Aluminum mounting Cheeseplate - The TERO features a robust and adaptable cheeseplate to quickly mount your MōVI and all accessories. Incredible perspective - The TERO can move the camera into situations that simply would not be safe for a human. Put the camera in the middle of a stunt scene while maintaining complete control and stability. Brushless Motor - The TERO features a high performance brushless motor which translates to long run times and incredible peak power.

RONIN - M Free Yourself. Capture The World. Compact, lightweight, and remarkably easy to use, the Ronin-M gives you what every filmmaker dreams of: freedom.

Camera Support

DJI Ronin

DJI Ronin-M

The DJI Ronin Handheld Gimbal System has been developed for the cinematographer with pro-grade build quality keeping up with the demands of everyday use and aerial film making in professional environments. Just hold it in your hands and you’ll achieve smooth and stable footage with the highest levels of precision. Even when mounted to an aircraft in high-speed flight, precise control can be achieved with the highest level of stability. Along with our attention to detail, custom built super fast processors, sensors, and algorithms offer an extreme precision of control angle within the range of ±0.02°. This puts world class leading technology into your hands offering the highest standards when it comes to picture or video stabilization.

The Ronin 3-Axis Brushless Gimbal Stabilizer from DJI is a camera stabilization system designed to give the operator close to the freedom of unencumbered handheld shooting but without the hand-shake. Suitable for most camera types and configurations up to 16 pounds, Ronin uses brushless motors that work on three axes: one for side-to-side “roll” - keeping the horizon level - one for tilt, and one for pan. The system is computer-controlled and boasts a precision of control of ±0.02°. An IMU (inertial measurement movement) detects movement and engages the motors to react, using algorithms to differentiate between intentional movement such as pans and tracking shots from unwanted shake. In addition to handheld shooting, the gimbal can be used in vehicle mounting scenarios and other contexts where vibrations or other abrupt movements would make tripods and rigid camera support systems unsuitable.

Additional MōVI MR Features: 3-Axis Stabilized Gimbal System Supports A Multitude Of Cameras & Lenses (From Micro Four-Thirds To Red Epic Sized) Simple 5 Minute Setup & Balance Built-In Tool-Less Balance Adjustment System Built-In Receiver & Remote Control Available Mobile Bluetooth Assistant Software Based On Dji Zenmuse Technology

Supports Cameras up to 16 Pounds Precision of Control: ±0.02° Transmitter for Remote Pan/Tilt Control Tool-Less Balance Adjustment System Assistant Software for iOS and Windows Bluetooth Wireless Interface for Setup 15mm Rods + Mount Points for Accessories USB and PowerTap Power Outputs Gimbal Tuning Stand Included Included Hard Case Holds Gimbal and More

Ronin Thumb Controller Simple to set up and use, the DJI Ronin Wireless Thumb Controller makes controlling your Ronin or Ronin-M easier and more intuitive, even with only a single operator. Capture shots that are difficult or impossible now, and start using your gimbal to its full potential. Operate with Just Your Thumb Manually Adjust Camera Angle Clamps Onto Handle for Single-Operator Works Wirelessly Up to 200’ OLED Display for Menu / Status Save Preset Settings Up to 18 Hours Battery Life USB for Charging / Firmware Updates Use Alongside Ronin Controller For Ronin Only

• Uses 1:7 Gear Ratio • 35mm Ball-Head • Wire Safety Loop Bolts • 1/4 Inch Holes • Dampeners • Universal Dovetail • Wireless Controller • 6mm Climbing Rope 50M • V-Mount Battery Bracket

Camera Support

FS700 shoulder rig kit 15mm Baseplate with Arri-Style Rosettes Numerous Mounting Threads Protective Side Cage Comfortabl e Shoulder Pad Optionally Compatible with 19mm Rods

THE CLUTCH

Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera Cages Body Cage for Pocket Camera Anodized Aluminum Construction Multiple 1/4”-20 Threaded Mounting Holes Removable Wood Handgrip Allows Full Access to Camera Functions Accessory Strap Slots NATO Rail Top Handle for Body Cage Lightweight Rod Support Spacer Block for Pocket Camera Lens Support & Pair of 15mm Rods

Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera Cage Kit V2

At the heart of RED’s new Rail Hardware System is a package that includes all components necessary for operating a RED camera on the shoulder. THE CLUTCH™ Shoulder Rig comes with a Mounting Plate [DSMC] for EPIC and SCARLET configurations. THE CLUTCH is compatible with the RED ONE when using the RED ONE Riser Plate (sold separately). At 8 lbs, THE CLUTCH Shoulder Rig provides perfect balance, versatility and function to suit every user’s needs.

SIX (RD) STARTER PACKAGE (BMC) Consists of the SIX RD Top Base (BMC) 15mm rods SIX RD Top handle Cold shoe Mounting accessories (screws and Allen key)

Top Handle Kit Side Handle Riser Block Handgrip (L) Handgrip (R) Base Plate LWS Base Plate Rossette Bracket

Camera Support

SIX (RD) BULLIT PACKAGE 1 (BMC) The six bullit (bmc) offers plenty of possibilities as a cage system and do not limit the functions and handle of the camera in any way. All sides to the camera - for connectors, memory cards and the camera buttons - are freely accessible. Six bullit (bmc) is crowned by many as the best cage system on the market. The six (rd) bullit package (bmc) includes: Six (rd) base Six (rd) starter package (bmc) Six (rd) bullit for bmc Six 15mm rods

SIX SHOULDER RIG “HEAVY

DUTY” (C100/C300/C500)

The six shoulder rig “heavy duty” for the c100, c300 and c500 allows to operate the camera comfortable from the shoulder. You can also use 15mm lws-accessories over the 15mm lws-adapter. This package includes: Six reaper Six module heavy duty + adapter Six shoulder pad Six 15mm lightweight adapter (for c100/c300/c500) 2X six 15mm rods (150mm) 2X six masterkey handle package Noga arm short

SIX SHOULDER RIG “HEAVY DUTY” (DSLR) The six shoulder rig “heavy duty” for dslr cameras allows to operate the camera comfortable from the shoulder. It gives you a variety of configuration possibilities - you can use it with external monitors or you can operate the camera by the camera-display. You can also use 15mm lws-accessories over the 15mm lws-adapter. This package includes: Six reaper + camera adapter Six module heavy duty Six shoulder pad Six 15mm lightweight adapter 2X six 15mm rods (150mm) 2X six masterkey handle package Noga arm short

Scorpion The Scorpion rig is the ultimate solution to DSLR shoulder mounted shooting with an EVF. At the center of the Scorpion is our highly adjustable DSLR Baseplate, which allows you to mount any DSLR to the rig and mount your rig onto a tripod. The baseplate attaches to your tripod using the standard tripod plate screws; (2) 1/4” 20 and (1) 3/8” 16. You can also easily quick release your camera from the rig by turning the red knob on the side of the baseplate and pulling up on your camera. This unique feature allows you to quickly switch between using the camera on its own or as part of your rig.

Z-Focus with ZipGear Prime Lens Kit Zacuto’s Z-focus is an extremely accurate follow focus that allows the operator or assistant to pull focus. The mechanism utilizes a set of gears that connect to and spin the focus ring or a Zacuto ZipGear Universal on the camera lens. This kit is our Z-Focus with four ZipGear Universal. The ZipGears are cut to fit the circumference of your lens and tighten with a connector and Allen key. These straps are pitched to .8 and are 13.5” long.

Stinger For Canon C100-

C300-C500

The Stinger for Canon C100-C300-C500 is an in-line system best used on long shooting days. It is a balanced shoulder mounted rig. It features our C300 Studio Baseplate which attaches to the camera with 3/8” 16 and ¼” 20 screws. This baseplate features a pair of 15mm rods that are 12” long running through the length of the baseplate. You can quickly reposition the rods for various lens lengths by loosening the 2 levers, one on each side of the baseplate. On each side of the baseplate there is a set of 15mm lightweight holes. The side holes take 15mm female rods that are locked via an Allen screw. You can add an arm, a rod or an EVF Mount. Or you could add two short female/female rods and mount a Zwiss Plate V2 with professional batteries off of the side when shooting on a tripod for better balance.

Camera Support

Z-Drive

Sony F5/F55 Recoil

Follow Focus for Shoulder-Mounted Rigs 60° Curved Design Single 15mm Rod Port 0.8 Pitch, 1.75” Diameter Gear Standard Accessory Port for Whips/Cranks No Internal Gears for Zero Play

Shoulder Support Rig for Sony F5/F55 Provides Correct Rod to Lens Distance Includes Two 15mm Rods Contoured Shoulder Pad Viscoelastic Rubber Cushioned Pad QR Plate Adjustable Arms and Handgrips Quick Configuration Change Aluminum Construction

The Zacuto Z-Drive is a follow focus unit designed for singleoperator shoulder mounted rigs. It attaches to a single 15mm rod and features a curved design that creates space and distance from the lens. This extra space provides for more comfortable use when the camera rig is on your shoulder.

DSLR Recoil The DSLR Recoil is the perfect rig for starting to build your Recoil rig. It includes our Mini DSLR Baseplate with 6.5” rods, a QR Shoulder Pad, and the Recoil Handgrip Kit – a unique mechanical handgrip follow focus set up. This Recoil kit is designed to be used with an offset monitor or viewfinder like the Zacuto EVF. (Not included.) Want to attach our Zacuto Z-Finder EVF Pro? Add an Axis EVF Mount. The Mini DSLR Baseplate* attaches to your camera with a single ¼ 20 screw and has one (1) ¼ 20 and one (1) 3/8 16 screw underneath for tripod attachment.

UB3 Recoil Shoulder Rig for Flat-Bottomed Cameras Provides Correct Rod to Lens Distance Contoured Shoulder Pad Viscoelastic Rubber Cushioned Pad QR Plate Adjustable Arms and Handgrips Quick Configuration Change Aluminum Construction The UB3 Recoil Shoulder Rig is a stable rig for various flatbottom video cameras. It includes a universal baseplate, a QR shoulder pad, and the Recoil handgrip kit - a unique mechanical handgrip follow focus set up. At the center of this rig is the Z-UB3 universal baseplate with 12” rods. The lowprofile baseplate allows for flat-bottom cameras.

The Zacuto Recoil Shoulder Rig for Sony F5/F55 features a base plate specifically designed for the Sony F5/F55, Zacuto’s QR shoulder pad, and Zgrips V3 lightweight handgrips. This system allows you to quickly and easily move from shoulder rig configuration to tripod-mounted camera and back again.

Half Cage Mounts 15mm Rods Independently of Camera Leaves One Side of Camera Open 5.5” - 9” Camera Clearance Hand-Fitting, Maple Wood Handle 1/4” Accessory Threads Single-Rod, 15mm Rod Port Double-Sided Top Z-Rail Magnetically Holds Included Allen Key The Zacuto Half Cage mounts onto 15mm rods in front or behind your camera, independently of the camera or baseplate, and leaves one side of the camera completely open.

Marauder For DSLR Cameras or Small Camcorders Foldable Design Adjustable Camera Support Arm Gunstock with Angle Adjustment Articulating Handgrip Zacuto Gorilla Plate V2 Included The Zacuto Marauder Foldable Camera Rig provides stable camera support for run-and-gun, gorilla-style shooting with DSLR cameras or small camcorders. The Marauder was designed to offer the same type of support as Zacuto’s Striker model, but in an all-in-one, fold-away design.

Camera Support

SYMPLA

Shoulder Support System Highly Adjustable DSLR Shoulder Rig Camera Can Be Adjusted Along 3 Axes Handles Adjust into Most Any Position Handles Can Be Used as Pan Bars Features Fittings for Lights / Monitors The Manfrotto SYMPLA Shoulder Support System combines several SYMPLA components into a highly adjustable DSLR shoulder rig. SYMPLA is built for flexibility and speed, so you can change anything and everything easily and quickly: hand grip positions, counterbalance, camera body, lens, accessories, filters, light-shielding angle; shoulder-supported, hand-held, or tripod/monopod-mounted… whatever you need to get the shot, the second you need it. SYMPLA is quick to fine-tune, so even when you need to make changes to your rig on-location and mid-shoot, SYMPLA’s minimal locks and tool-free adjusters will let you get back to shooting quickly. Thanks to our revolutionary camera remotes which fit the rig handgrips, SYMPLA allows precise fingertip control of framing and camera functions without losing the grip position and keeping your eyes on the frame, helping you capture stable, usable, creative footage. And SYMPLA can quickly be extended: whether you start from one of our kits, or from single components, you can build the exact rig you need for the shot, as soon as you need it.

FIGRIG SYSTEM The Fig Rig Stabilizer from Manfrotto is non-traditional in design, yet simple and effective. It’s a modular system that smoothly supports the DV camera and acts as a frame to mount all the accessories. A circular frame with a crossbar to mount most mini DV cameras, allows the Fig Rig to become part of the body to produce smooth, steady traveling shots. As the operator walks, his/her muscles and tendons absorb all the shocks, transferring only fluid movements to the camera. As there are no straps or harnesses attached to the Fig Rig, quick and wide movements can be made within the same shot - from ground level to overhead, in one smooth movement.

MVA525WK Sympla Lightweight Shoulder Mounted Rig The Manfrotto SYMPLA Lightweight Shoulder Mounted Rig is a ready-to-go solution that includes all the necessary pieces inside one box, even the counterbalance weight. The Lightweight Shoulder Mounted Rig is the Manfrotto lightweight solution that allows support of camera equipment on your shoulder, with swivel-joint handles for control and flexibility . This rig is for use with HDSLRs featuring fast camera connection thanks to the RC2 quickrelease plate.

Aero SD Lite

Camera Slider

Portable Mini Dolly / Slider Produce Smooth Tracking Shots Perfect for DSLR Video Self-lubricating 10mm Rails Anodized Aluminum Setup in Less Than 30 Seconds Light and Strong Supports Up to 8.8 lbs (4kg) Lenght 1.0 m / 0.64 m

HD Aero

System Camera Slider

Incorporates both sliding AND roller bearings Industrial grade rail System Adjustable high grip, non marking rubber feet Can be used for huge variety of shots including; horizontally, vertically, at inclines and even upside down! includes Manfrotto 500AH Video Head Lenght 1.0 m / 1.5 m / 2.0 m

Camera Slider

HD AeroPro

Lenght 1.0 m / 0.64 m The Glidetrack HD AeroPro system is perfect for those filming with DSLR’s and camcorders. The Glidetrack Aero Pro carriage is a beautiful CNC machined carriage which runs on 4 precision machined wheels with 8 precision bearings. Two of the wheels are mounted on a custom designed cam system for precise adjustment of the wheels to eliminate any play in the carriage. The carriage also features an adjustable friction screw on the side which can also be used for temporary locking of the carriage to the rail.

Camera Support

Kessler CineSlider w/ Soft Case - 5ft The Kessler CineSlider 5ft version, is a heavy duty portable mini-dolly / linear slider system for camera rigs weighing up to 80 pounds. Weighing in at only 12 pounds, with a length of 60.5 inches, 5 inches wide, and a total camera travel distance or 51 inches, the CineSlider is a very portable solution to get those quick, smooth short-run dolly movements, without having to transport a large dolly system.

Philip Bloom Pocket Dolly™ Traveler Kit (Length 29.5” - BLACK / RED)

The Philip Bloom Signature Series Pocket Dolly™ is a hybrid slider that combines the lightweight portable rail & carriage system of our standard Pocket Dolly™ with the adjustable arc diameter handle and drag control of our CineSlider™.

Features include drag control and locking, handle with adjustable arc diameter for ultimate movement control, smooth rolling precision stainless steel ball bearing wheels, and multple mounting options.

elektraDRIVE BUNDLE PACKAGE with BASIC Controller for CineSlider Items included in bundle: Basic Controller 2.0 Motor Mount ElektraDRIVE Motor Pod Becor 7.2 ah Battery 12v DC Power Adapter

Philip Bloom Pocket Dolly™ Standard Kit (Length 41.5” - BLACK / RED)

elektraDRIVE BUNDLE PACKAGE with BASIC Controller Items included in bundle: Basic Controller 2.0 Motor Mount ElektraDRIVE Motor Pod Becor 7.2 ah Battery 12v DC Power Adapter

Camera Support

Pocket Dolly v2.0 - Traveler

Cinema Skater Dolly System

The TRAVELER length is a shorter, 27.5” long & 6 lbs version of our standard length Pocket Dolly™. We developed this after feedback from our customers that stated they loved our Pocket Dolly™, but would like to have a shorter version that they could easily throw in a backpack or bag for easier traveling. Cameras weighing up to 15 pounds are supported. Because of the shorter length, the TRAVELER size Pocket Dolly™ can be center mounted to any sturdy tripod fluid head with a quick plate that attaches with a standard 3/8” mount.

The Kamerar Cinema Skater is the perfect tool for quick cinematic camera movements. The unique articulating three wheels allow smooth tracking movements from side to side, forward / back, and rotational tracking that basic linear sliders cannot perform. The extra large platform can mount large video fluid heads, and heavy camera equipment. Features: All CNC made Aircraft Aluminum construction Made with high quality bearing and three adjustable locking skater wheels. Overall length 10.2”

(Length - 27.5”)

REV 2 Pan and Tilt Head

Originally, when we designed version one of this product, it was to be used in the underslung position on cranes. However, because of the ability to use it for shooting a timelapse, people started to use it in the over-slung position. In this position, the centre of gravity is higher. This forces you to ensure your base is secure because as your setup gets higher, the more unstable it becomes.

ORACLE Control System The ORACLE Control System is the core of our elektraDRIVE line of products. Almost two years in development, we set out to make the ultimate multi-function controller for our line of electronic products. The ORACLE Control System is interchangeable between multiple products, like our REVOLUTION Pan / Tilt System, elektraDRIVE motor pods for the CineSlider & Pocket Dolly, and other products to be released in the future.

Second Shooter (3-Axis)

Kessler 3-axis bundle perfect for motion controlled sliding, panning & tilting 3-Axis Control 3 Speed/Torque Options Keyframeable Positions Built-in Intervalometer Built-in Flashlight CANbus Connection Compact Design Micro USB Port Bubble Level Magnalink™ Connection

PSL-60 Slider Kamerar camera slider dslr

Weight: 2.1Kg Slider Length - 39” (100cm) Optimum Load Capacity - 20 lb (9 kg) Integrated Brake / Damping System Supports Inverted Operation 3 Oil-filled Bearings High-grade Aluminum Construction

47” Video Camera Slider Kamerar’s K-47 Video camera slider offers almost 4 Feet of tracking in a lightweight unit. Custom designed from the ground up, the all metal slider is machined with a black anodized finish to provide lasting durability. The red anodized carrier slides using Kamerar’s compound friction bearings for smooth noise-free operation. Features Black Anodized Linear Rail Red Anodized Slider Carrier w/ Bubble Level Compound Friction Bearings for Low Noise Tracking Adjustable Feet for Leveling

P&C Prime Video Shoulder Rig Kamerar Bundle The P&C Prime Video Shoulder Rig Kit (Kamerar Bundle) from PhotographyandCinema.com is a solid foundation for video shooters looking to start out in 15mm Rail systems. The Prime Rig Kit can be configured as a basic lightweight camera stabilizer.

Camera Support

Kamerar Tank TK-2 cage with rods support The Tank DSLR video cage provides an infinite combination of mounting points for virtually any setup you can think of. A great platform for mounting preview monitors, microphones, sound recorders, lights, and more. Features: Quality CNC all Metal Construction Tough built for long last The Tank video cage provides (23) 1/4-20 threaded mounting points on the Top plate along with (2) 3/8” sized female threads The Side handles of the Tank incorporate the P&C Swiss Rod design allowing access to more than 60 possible mounting points

7” Tough Friction Arm The KAMERAR ‘TOUGH’ Friction Magic Arm was exclusively designed from the ground up. Every section of the ‘Tough’ Arms were improved over other existing arms on the market. The stainless steel accents and black anodized finish provide both a professional aesthetic and an extremely long lasting durable finish.

11” Tough Friction Arm Features: Each side provides 1/4-20 male threaded stud with knurled textured locking discs Center Joint with thrust bearing locking knob Stainless Steel Ball Joints with Micro Textured Surface

Kamerar FF-3 Follow Focus w/ 15mm Quick Release Rods Clamp

The Kamerar FF-3 Follow Focus mounts with a single 15mm Quick Release Rod Clamp and can be quickly removed from the rail system, making it easier to change lenses and gear positions. The FF-3 has a removable dry erase marking disc to mark your A/B Points for accurate repeating focus pulls.

Matte Box MAX-1 The Kamerar MAX-1 Video Matte Box is constructed from aluminum and molded plastic. It can support a non-rotating single 4x4 Neutral Density Filter through a removable locking tray. The adjustable metal side and top flags shade the camera lens and can be removed easily for easy transporting.

Skater Mini Video Dolly At just 7” long and at just 5” wide, the Skater Mini is our smallest table top rotating camera dolly. It allows small video cameras such as the iPhone or Compact Point and Shoot cameras to create cinematic movements on any smooth surface. The Skater Mini can easily perform side-to-side (tracking), forward/back (push-pull), to unique rotational tracking movements.

Skater Mini Pro Video Dolly The SKATER MINI PRO is a tool for creating fluid and dynamic video footage; compatible with all cameras and affordable to all videographers. This SKATER MINI PRO has a small footprint while still offering the same smooth, fluid tracking, and rotational dolly shots that normally can only be achieved with very large and expensive systems.

Chroma Key

MVS-3000A

Affordable compact SD / HD video switcher

Reflecmedia Chromatte™ Chromatte is a fabric designed specifically for use as a background for chroma key production. Unlike conventional chroma key fabrics that are usually blue or green in colour, in ambient light Chromatte is grey to the eye. The fabric contains millions of tiny glass beads that act as reflectors: when any light - such as the directional light from Reflecmedia’s lens-mounted LiteRing – hits the fabric, it is returned on the same path back into the camera’s lens. This retro-reflectice process means the camera ‘sees’ the apparently grey fabric as a perfectly even blue or green background. LiteRing Chromatte fabric is designed to work in conjunction with a LiteRing. The LiteRing features Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) that are arranged in a circular casing that is positioned in front of the camera lens. This provides all the light required to illuminate the Chromatte background for chroma key production. LiteRings are available in green and blue and in three sizes to fit different size lenses. Each size has a series of adapters to ensure maximum compatibility. These specially designed adapter rings simply screw into the filter thread on the front of the lens and then the LiteRing is placed on to the adapter and locked with a single screw, significantly reducing the setup time associated with conventional chroma key. ChromaFlex™ / ChromaFlex EL™ ChromaFlexTM / ChromaFlex EL TM ImageChromaFlex provides all the benefits of Reflecmedia’s revolutionary Chromatte fabric in the most portable form, making it easier and more affordable than ever to take chroma key production out of the studio and into any controlled lighting environment. The results are as good as those achieved in a dedicated studio, but this way you can take your chroma key BaseMatte - specialist Chromatte flooring BaseMatte - specialist Chromatte flooring ImageBasematte is specifically designed for use as flooring. It is Chromatte cloth laminated to a close cell, high density, resilient neoprene rubber base to provide a flat, even and non-slip surface. It forms easily to most carpets and solid floors. When used with ChromaFlex or a Chromatte curtain, it enables the cameraman to frame full body shots. And should an accident happen in the studio, it is easy to replace BaseMatte - unlike a studio floor.

2 M/Es, 4 Keyers per M/E with Chroma Key 32 Inputs and 16 Outputs 2.5D Resizers Color Correction Multi-Viewer Output A choice of 16 or 24 button control panels option OLED Mnemonic Displays Self-Contained 4RU Processor Background Transition Effects MKS-6570 - DME Board ( optional ) The Sony MVS-3000APAC HD/SD Multi-format Switcher with 24-Button Control Panel is ideally suited for production studios, stadiums, houses of worship, and OB vehicles requiring multiple inputs in a limited space. It comes with two mix effects (M/Es), four keyers per M/E (each with chroma key), 2.5D resizers, color correction, and more.

AWS-750

Anycast Touch portable live content producer Features: All-in-One Live Production Solution Touchscreen Viewing and Control Displays 6 Video and 5 Audio Inputs Outputs to Displays and to the Web Connections Include SDI, XLR, and RJ-45 Audio Mixer with EQ, Limiter, and More Multi-Language Titler Stores Effects and Scene Lists Applies Multiple Effects Simultaneously 192GB Internal SSD The Sony Anycast Touch Live Content Producer is a portable live production solution with a 15.6” viewing display and 10.6” control display, both touchscreen.

MCS-8M

2D / 3D compact SD / HD audio and video switcher Features: 6-Channel Audio Mixer Built-In Frame Synchronizer Integrated Multi-Viewer Single-Channel Frame Memory Output Input Freeze, Snapshot Functions SDI With Embedded Audio, HDMI, DVI 1920 x 1080, 1280 x 1024 Resolution Import Still Images Via USB Port 3D Mode Function, Preset Effects Creative AUX MIX Function

Switchers / Mixers

ATEM 1 M/E Broadcast Panel Features: Ideal for 24/7 Production Environments High Quality Buttons / Knobs / Controls Connection using an Ethernet Cable Loop Thru Connection Rack Mountable The Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 M/E Broadcast Panel gives you full control over the ATEM 1 M/E Production Switcher for switching cameras and for applying transitions, keyers, fader, DVE control, etc. Designed to fulfill requirements of 24/7 production environments, the 1 M/E broadcast panel features high quality buttons, knobs, and controls for an easy operation with a professional outcome. Using an Ethernet cable for connection, it includes a loop thru connection for more than one panel or computer.

ATEM 2 M/E Broadcast Panel Features: Professional Panel for Live Switcher High-Quality Buttons / Knobs / Controls Ethernet Connection to Switcher Loop Output for Ethernet USB Input for Firmware Updates Aerospace-Certified Embedded OS Tri-Color LED Crosspoint Buttons RGB Bitmap Crosspoint Labels Redundant Power Supply The Blackmagic Design ATEM 2 M/E Broadcast Panel is a perfect companion to a professional live switcher, such as Blackmagic Design’s ATEM 2 M/E Production Switcher (not included). With a broad field populated by high-quality buttons, knobs, T-bars, and a 3-axis joystick, you’ll be able to customize your panel’s operation to your exact needs and preferences – without compromise.

ATEM Software Control Pane For the ultimate in portability, every ATEM production switcher includes beautifully designed control panel software for Mac and Windows, so you can even use your switcher from your laptop! ATEM software control provides a professional M/E workflow control panel with parameter adjustments in simple to use palettes. You can manage the switcher media pool and set all adjustments, and switcher control includes full keyboard shortcuts! Only ATEM lets you start at a lower cost because you’re not forced to buy a hardware control panel!

ATEM 2 M/E Production Studio 4K Full 2 M/E switcher with each M/E featuring media players, chroma key, transitions and more. Switcher can be switched between SD, HD and Ultra HD video formats instantly. 2 x built in multi view allows 16 sources, 2 x previews and program on HD-SDI and HDMI outputs. 20 x inputs for a total of 20 x 6G-SDI and 1 x HDMI input. All inputs feature auto re-sync. 2 x 6G-SDI program outputs, 1 HDMI 4K program out and 1 down converted HD-SDI program out. Built in media pool graphics storage for 32 RGBA Ultra HD stills and 180 frame Ultra HD clips. Built in full motion 2D DVE with position, scale, resize and rotate features. Built in SuperSource allows 4 DVE’s and 4 keys layered as an independent video source. 2 media players allow graphics to be connected to keyers for fill and key layering. Transitions include cut, mix, dip to color, SMPTE wipes and more. 4 upstream keyers include chroma keyer and 2 downstream keyers are included.

ATEM 1 M/E Production Studio 4K Features: Supports NTSC/PAL/HD/UltraHD 4K @ 10-bit Supports 4K Resolution Over SDI or HDMI 10 x 6G-SDI & 1 x HDMI Inputs (SD/HD/4K) Tri-Sync/Blackburst Ref. Sync Input 10 x Built-In Frame Synchronizers Multiview Monitoring in HD Program Outputs in SD/HD/4K HD 4 x Keyers Total: 3 x Luma, 1 x Chroma 12 x Channel Audio Mixer Hardware or Software Mac/PC Control

ATEM Production Studio 4K Features: Supports NTSC/PAL/HD/UltraHD 4K @ 10-bit Supports 4K Resolution Over SDI or HDMI 4 x 6G-SDI & 4 x HDMI Inputs (4k/HD/SD) Tri-Sync/Blackburst Ref. Sync Input 8 x Built-in Frame Synchronizers Multiview Monitoring in HD Program Outputs in SD/HD/4K HD 4 x Keyers Total: 3 x Luma, 1 x Chroma Audio: 10 x Input, 2 Channel Mixer Hardware or Software Mac/PC Control

Switchers / Mixers

ATEM Television Studio Features: (6) Inputs - Multiple HDMI and HD/SD-SDI Professional M/E-Style Switcher Real-Time H.264 Encoding for Web Output HD/SD-SDI & HDMI Program Outputs (3) Keyers, Including Chroma Key SDI & HDMI Multi-View Output Frame Sync for Each Input ATEM Control Panel Software (Mac/PC)

ATEM Talkback Converter 4K Features: Communicate with up to 8 Cameras 8 x SDI I/O Camera Talkback via XLR, Mini/ Fits in 1 Standard Rack Unit Supports SDI Tally Output Camera Talkback Upgradeable to Accept 8 x Fiber I/O

AG-HMX100

HD/SD and 3D Compatible Digital AV Mixer

ATEM Studio Converter Features: 4 Bi-Directional Converters in 1RU Unit Optical Fiber Signal Range 28 Miles Connects up to 4 ATEM Camera Converters 4 x Fiber to SDI 10 bit Converters 4 x Switchable SD/HD-SDI Outputs Camera Talkback with Select, Vol & Mute Connect to ATEM Switchers/Converters Supports SDI Switcher Tally Output Send PGM Feed to Fiber Connected Cameras

ATEM Camera Converter Enables Extension of SDI/HDMI Cameras Transmission Distance - 28 miles (45km) Internal Battery Talkback Function 12V Power Connection 2 Tally LEDs Integrated Belt Clip / Camera Mount Microphone Inputs Aircraft-grade Aluminum Construction Built-in Button Pad

Features: Multi-Format Video Switcher/Audio Mixer Frame Synchronizer/Digital Effector Dual SDI Input 3D Switcher 12-bit Internal Processing Speed 4:2:2:4 Broadcast-grade Component 7 Video Inputs / 6 Video Outputs Over 100 Wipe Patterns & Mixes 10 Audio Inputs (AUX & MIC) Audio Level as Multi-view Overlay 50/60Hz Switchable / Supports PAL & NTSC

HVS-390HS Video Switcher Features: Main Unit of the HVS-390 System 16 SDI Inputs / 8 SDI and 1 HDMI Outputs Inputs 13 - 16 Resize from SD to HD Upgradeable to 24 Inputs and 13 Outputs 4:2:2 Processing / 10-Bit Quantization Supports up to 1.5G and 1080/59.94i/50i 4 Keyers Each with Bus/Luminance/DVE 2 Multi-Viewers Each with 16-Splits Stores 100 Events / One-Button Recall Highly Upgradeable

Switchers / Mixers

Mobile Studio StudiCase is a Compact, Light Weight and carry-on All-in-one solution designed by Advanced Media Engineers to answer the needs of the market. Including the High Quality products from well-known brands. Highlights 8-Channel HD/SD Video Mixer 6-Channel Audio Mixer Built-In Frame Synchronizer Integrated 24” Multi-Viewer SDI With Embedded Audio, HDMI, DVI Import Still Images Via USB Port Digital Hi-Quality Recorder / Player Integrated Intercom and Tally system Light weight and Portable Carry-on The MCS8M Compact Audio Video Mixing Switcher from Sony is an A/V switcher with an integrated audio mixer and frame synchronizer. A user-friendly device, it boasts numerous preset DME wipe patterns, a built-in multi-viewer, single-channel frame memory output, and an Input Freeze function for every source. It also features the ability to import still images using a USB port, plus a 3D Mode function, six-channel audio mixer, AUX MIX and more! Designed for easy, intuitive operation, the MCS8M contains tools ideal for content creation and event programming. Here is a powerful, versatile and affordable switcher, great for small live productions, church presentations, school sports, corporate events, weddings, fly packs, music videos, conferencing and more.

Mobile Studio

Advanced Media is proud to introduce StudiRack as a versatile, flexible and expandable Mobile Studio in a 14RU portable Rack. Up to 16 inputs of HD-SDI, Fibre Optic connectivity, Dual Multiviewer, Built-in Recorder / Player, ability of adding CG and Logo inserter in the same unit are only some of the great features of StudiRack. By adding Teranex to this setup you are free to handle any kind of signals and/or standard formats from or to other devices. Whenever you have 3G/4G signals we can integrate Teradek Bond along with a Cube to go On-Air live through cellular network up to 6Mbps, without a need for a costly satellite uplink. The most advanced broadcast grade production switchers is in heart of StudiRack. Fast and user friendly ATEM switchers include advanced technology with powerful unique features all built into a familiar M/E setup. With an advanced broadcast SDI based design, ATEM also includes bunch of HDMI connections for connecting low cost HDMI consumer cameras! Now with world’s cost effective solution you can start the live production and produce professional video contents in the fastest way!

HyperDeck Studio disk recorders let you record the highest quality uncompressed and compressed ProRes and DNxHD video formats using fast 2.5” SSDs. Designed with familiar VTR controls, HyperDeck Studio includes innovative features that extend beyond the capabilities of traditional decks. Dual SSD slots let you record continuously, when one disk is full recording automatically continues on the next SSD. You can mount an SSD recorded using HyperDeck Studio on to any computer to access your files, so you don’t need multiple decks to work with your media! There are two great HyperDeck Studio models to choose from.

Switchers / Mixers

Fiber Optic Studio Solution

fiberbrik Panel for Duplex Optical Connector

Blackmagic Design Studio Converter to Duplex optical Connector Features: fiberbrik panel is a robust 19 inch rack mount connector panel, steel with black finish, 1RU height, to be mounted directly above or below Blackmagic Design Studio Converter™ fiberbrik fiberbrik panel features four Rosenberger OSI Duplex™ chassis connectors: now you can connect four Rosenberger OSI Duplex cable connectors to Blackmagic Design Studio Converter

Modern media technology permits high-resolution motion pictures for almost all end devices. And for sport events almost always live and in real-time. Vast amounts of data must be processed on site in the mobile production unit and delivered in the shortest time from the place of origin to the consumer’s screen. The special challenge for optical fiber cabling is to be found in the incredible number of mating cycles, the very complex connectors are subjected to. Above that consider the rough treatment of cables on site. The conditions for which our Heavy Duty Series are predestinated for.

fiberbrik adapter for Duplex Optical Connector Blackmagic Design Camera Converter to Duplex optical Connector

Features: fiberbrik adapter features a custom Rosenberger OSI Duplex™ chassis connector: now you can connect Rosenberger OSI Duplex cable connector straight to Blackmagic Design Camera Converter™ fiberbrik adapter only changes the sensitive LC Duplex connection into a very robust Rosenberger OSI Duplex connection; all features of Camera Converter remain completely unchanged fiberbrik adapter is a robust all aluminum solution, built around a milled out block completely covering and protecting the vulnerable LC connections to the SFP of Camera Converter fiberbrik adapter only covers the LC connectors of Camera Converter, leaving all other Camera Converter connectivity completely free and accessible fiberbrik adapter mounts to the back of Camera Converter using the four taps of its housing; no customizing whatsoever, no drilling, no glueing, and you can use the mounting hole and the belt clip as you did before

fiberbrik panel uses connectors with integrated bendinsensitive LC patch cables that connect straight to the fiber connectors of Studio Converter; they are short length to prevent any cable clutter fiberbrik panel does not change anything to the functionality of Blackmagic Design Studio Converter, it simply bridges from the vulnerable LC standards to the very robust RDC standard!

DUPLEX CONNECTOR (RDC) Robust connector system with screwed coupling mechanism for 2 fibers. It is designed for robust applications and outdoor use. With the use of components of the N-coax connector according to MIL-PRF-39012, the receptacle can easily replace a coax type. Mated or with attached protection cap, plug and receptacle are sealed according to EN 60529 IP67. Captive protection caps are available. multimode or singlemode captive protection caps Applications outdoor use robust applications

Schill HT 380 RM Black Schill HT 380 RM Cable Drum, Steel frame with intergrated handle and brake, Solid PVC Drum with steel sides thomann and steel winding handle, will fit upto 30 meter cable with a maximum of 18mm diameter, Colour Black

Teleprompter

ENT-1717PT

Entry-level VGA Studio Prompter (17”) Features: 17’’ LCD Display with 10’ VGA Cable Wide-angle Trapezoidal Assembly Easy-mount Support System Sliding Rear Counterbalance SXGA resolution - 1280 x 1024 Brightness - 300 cd/m2 Contrast Ratio - 2000:1 Aspect Ratio - 4:3 For over 10 lb (4.5 kg) ENG Cameras Viewing Angle - 160° (H/V)

PW-10DVC

Teleprompter for Tablet Computers Features: Works with Most 6.2 - 7.5” Tablets Free PromptWare PLUS Software Download Includes Camera Mounting Hardware Compact Folding Hood with Side Shades Readable From up to 15’ Away Wireless QWERTY Keyboard Controller

PW-04

Listec PromptWare

The Listec PromptWare PW-04 is a 4.0” teleprompter that attaches to your small video camera via one of the 5 included lens adapter rings. Professional quality prompting, formerly available only in large studios is now available in the field or on the road in a handheld model. Handheld or Tripod Mount Use Droid as Prompting Source Use iPhone, iPod Touch as Source Includes Software 9 Lens Adapters Remote Control

Lighting

STUDIO LED X4

Entry-level VGA Studio Prompter (17”) QUARTZCOLOQUARTZCOLOR introduces STUDIO LED X4, finally a high performing professional LED fresnel spotlight for the television and the lighting industry. One-for-one replacement The STUDIO LED X4 light output is equivalent to a traditional halogen source and permits a one-for-one replacement without compromises in the quality of the light: same brightness, same smoothness, same even and shadowless illumination as you expect from a traditional fresnel spotlight. DMX RDM control The STUDIO LED X4 is RDM, providing bi-directional feedback and the possibility to assign and address all fixtures remotely in a DMX network. Electronic dimming 16 bit The STUDIO LED X4 is fully dimmable 0-100, up to 16 bit for a more accurate and precise dimming. On-board control A local potentiometer allows to control light intensity manually with rapidity and precision. The dimming level is shown in the display.

COSMOKIT BASIC WITH 2 COSMOBEAMS 2000W 3200K Includes: (2) Cosmolight RC 200, (2) Cosmolight RC 202C/R, Cosmolight RC 207, Cosmolight RC 201, Cosmolight RC 212B and HARD CASE RK-1/200 Cosmolight COSMOKIT BASIC WITH 2 COSMOBEAMS 2000W - 3200K is the perfect partner for photographers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. It is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents. Standard Cosmokits are available with one and two cosmobeams, with basic and full accessories configuration, with hard case, with or without wheels.

COSMOKIT BASIC WITH 3 COSMOBEAMS 800/1000W - 3200K Includes: (3) Cosmolight RC 80F, (3) Cosmolight RC 103C/R, Cosmolight RC 211B, Cosmolight RC 201, Lamps and HARD CASE RK-2 Cosmolight COSMOKIT BASIC WITH 3 COSMOBEAMS 800/1000W - 3200K is the perfect partner for photographers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. It is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents.

COSMOKIT BASIC 300/650W - 3200K Includes: Cosmolight RC 1650V, Cosmolight RC 1653, Cosmolight RC 211B and HARD CASE RK-3U Cosmolight COSMOKIT BASIC 300/650W - 3200K is the perfect partner for photographers, reporters and video makers that need quick set-up when shooting on location. It is equipped with a wide range of accessories that enable multiple applications but it can also be customized according to operator’s requirements to meet their specific needs. It is offered in a variety of configurations with different sizes and contents.

RC/BR 255 Features: Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

AddynTechTM is a global supplier of high performance, single source LED lighting fixtures for film, television, and mobile production industries. Designed, developed, engineered and assembled in the USA using CREE LEDs, the ground breaking fixtures are sought by lighting professionals and field crews worldwide, and have illuminated some of the most prestigious events such as the London and Sochi Olympics, Major League Baseball World Series, the Daytime Emmy Awards and several feature films.

No. 410, 4th floor. Al Khaleej Center, Bur Dubai P.O.Box: 44156, Dubai-UAE Tel.: +9714 3529977 Fax: +9714 3529976 Email: info@amt.tv

Lighting

RC/BR 455 MAIN FEATURES Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

RC/BR 655 MAIN FEATURES Compact aluminium housing, robust and lightweight. Highly engineered special reflex optical reflector shape. User-friendly digital display. Metal clamps to prevent loosening due to heat and consequent risk of lamp falling. Built-in power supply system utilizing high frequency flicker free electronic ballast, 40K Hz at 100% luminous flux. Superior CRI (95) levels for excellent color rendering. Dimming 0%-100% @230V. A complete set of accessories available to create effects and control the light. Four configurations: 2 lamps, 4 lamps, 6 lamps, 8 lamps. Available in both manual and pole operated versions.

Flo-Box 4 Bank 4ft Capacity 75Wx4 Input voltage 90-250V weight 4.7kg Bulb type T12-48 in.(1200mm) Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket Lamp holder G13

Daylight Fresnel 575W SE Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

575W 95V Ø130mm (5-1/8 in.) 6.4 kg 7.0 kg 575W SE 5600K G22 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 160 ºC 45 ºC 1m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Daylight Fresnel 1200W SE Flo-Box 4 Bank 2ft Capacity 75Wx4 Input voltage 90-250V weight 3.7kg Bulb type T12-24 in.(590mm) Color Temp. 5600 K/3200 k Stirrup 16mm(5/8 in.) socket Lamp holder G1

Capacity: 1,200W Lamp Bulb Voltage: 100V Fresnel Lens: Ø175mm (6-7/8 in.) Weight (without barndoor): 9.7 kg Weight (with barndoor): 10.7 kg Lamp Type: 1200W SE 5600K Lamp Holder: G38 Stirrup: Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot Class / IP Rating: 1 / 23 Max. Surface Temp.: 180 ºC Max. Ambient Temp.: 45 ºC Min. Distance to Illuminated Object: 2 m Min. Distance to Flammable Object: 0.5 m Operating Range: 45º - 0º - 45º

Lighting

Daylight Fresnel 2500W SE Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

2,500W 115V Ø250mm (9-7/8 in.) 17.1 kg 18.8 kg 2500W SE 5600K G38 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / IP 23 160 ºC 45 ºC 8m 1m 45º - 0º - 45º

Tungsten Fresnel 150W Junior Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

150W 220V or 110V Ø50mm (2 in.) 1.4 kg 1.5 kg 150W SE 3200K GX6.35 Ø16mm (5/8 in.) Socket 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 0.5 m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Tungsten Fresnel 650W Junior Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

650W 220V or 110V Ø112mm (4-3/8 in.) 3.0 kg 3.5 kg 650W SE 3200K GY9.5 Ø16mm (5/8 in.) Socket 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 1m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Tungsten Fresnel 1000W Studio Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

1,000W 220V or 110V Ø175mm (6-7/8 in.) 6.5 kg 7.5 kg 1000W SE 3200K G22 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 1.5 m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

Tungsten Fresnel 300W Junior

Tungsten Fresnel 2000W Studio

Capacity Lamp Bulb Voltage Fresnel Lens Weight (without barndoor) Weight (with barndoor) Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Operating Range

300W 220V or 110V Ø80mm (3-1/8 in.) 2.3 kg 2.6 kg 300W SE 3200K GY9.5 Ø16mm (5/8 in.) Socket 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 1m 0.5 m 45º - 0º - 45º

2,000W 220V or 110V Ø250mm (9-7/8 in.) 12.2 kg 13.9 kg 2000W SE 3200K G38 Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / 23 190 ºC 45 ºC 2m 1m 45º - 0º - 45º

Lighting

Power LED 240W Capacity Input Voltage Input Current Color Temp. CRI Dimming Range Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Weight

240W 220V or 110V 15V - 36V DC 1.2A @220V 50Hz AC 2.4A @110V 60Hz AC 8A @30V DC 3200K / 5600K / Bi-color >90 0 - 100% Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / IP 22 60 ºC (140°F) 45 ºC (113°F) 14.0 kg

Power LED 360W Capacity Input Voltage Input Current Color Temp. CRI Dimming Range Stirrup Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Weight

360W 220V or 110V 15V - 36V DC 1.75A @220V 50Hz AC 3.5A @110V 60Hz AC 12A @30V DC 3200K / 5600K / Bi-color >90 0 - 100% Ø28mm (1-1/8 in.) Spigot 1 / IP 22 70°C (158°F) 45°C (113°F) 16.5 kg

Space Light 2000W Capacity Voltage Lamp Type Lamp Holder Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Weight (Lamphead) Weight (with black & silk skirt and target)

2,000W 220V or 110V 1000W 230V 3200K (P2/20) 800W 230V 3200K (P2/11) R7s 1 / 20 180 ºC 45 ºC 1.5 m 0.5 m 5.0 kg 10.4 kg

Space Light 6000W Capacity Voltage Lamp Type Lamp Holder Class / IP Rating Max. Surface Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Min. Distance to Illuminated Object Min. Distance to Flammable Object Weight (Lamphead) Weight (with black & silk skirt and target)

6,000W 220V or 110V 1000W 230V 3200K (P2/20) 800W 230V 3200K (P2/11) R7s 1 / 20 220 ºC 45 ºC 5m 1.5 m 9.4 kg 18.3 kg

Daylight Par 400w Mini Par Kit Lamp Head Capacity 400w Voltage Protective Lens Par Lens Weight Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup

(L00400dm) 400w 220-240v 0130mm(5-1/8 In.) 0130mm(5-5/8 In.) 3.2kg 400w Sf 5600k Czz9.5 16mm (5/8 In.) Socket

Daylight Par 200w Mini Par Twins Set Lamp Head Capacity 400w Voltage Protective Lens Par Lens Weight Lamp Type Lamp Holder Stirrup

(L00200dm) 200w 220-240v 0112mm(4-3/8 In.) 0112mm(4-3/8 In.) 1.7kg 200w Se 5600k Gy9.5 16mm (5/8 In.) Socket

Lighting

Rigging Systems

Mod. 1082/100/200/300/400/500 • Rail H 82 Rail in aluminium 6060 T6. It is designed for lighting suspension systems in television studios and for theatre, auditoriums and conference rooms applications.

Thanks to its wide range of accessories, it is possible to design systems of any shape and length by connecting several rails. It is available with following dimensions: 1 mt, 2 mt, 3 mt, 4 mt, 5 mt, and can be supplied on customer’s specifics.

Flo-box 4b2f Twin Kit Capacity Input voltage weight Bulb type Color Temp. Stirrup Lamp holder

Mod. 2080040 • Carriage with four wheels for rail H 82

75Wx4 (x2) 90-250V 3.7kg (Each) T12-24 in.(590mm) 5600 K/3200 k 16mm(5/8 in.) socket G13

Carriage in steel with four wheels for rail h 82. It can be used both with linear and curved rail. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,350 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Flo-box 4b4f Twin Kit Capacity Input voltage weight Bulb type Color Temp. Stirrup Lamp holder

Mod. 2080041 • Detachable carriage with four wheels for rail H 82

75Wx4 (x2) 90-250V 4.7kg (Each) T12-48 in.(1200mm) 5600 K/3200 k 16mm(5/8 in.) socket G13 ÷

Detachable carriage in steel with four wheels for rail h 82. It can be used both with linear and curved rail. It can be easily mounted on the rail in addition to carriages already installed. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,550 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Lighting Support

Mod. 2080060 • Carriage with six wheels for rail H 82

Mod. 3080010 • Ceiling bracket for rail H 82

Carriage in steel with six wheels for rail h 82. It can be used with linear rail. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,600 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Ceiling bracket for rail h 82. It is used to fix the rail directly to the ceiling. The kit includes: the bracket, two clamps, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 0,570 kg N.A. 200 kg

Mod. 2080061 • Detachable carriage with six wheels for rail H 82

Mod. 3080011-12-13 • Extension bracket for rail H 82

Detachable carriage in steel with six wheels for rail h 82. It can be used with linear rail. It can be easily mounted on the rail in addition to carriages already installed. Connection with socket 29 mm (1-1/8”). Pole operated brake. Complete with safety pin with stainless steel holding cable. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,850 kg 28x21x10 cm 90 kg

Mod. 2080062 • Double carriage with six wheels for rail H 82 Double carriage with six wheels for rail h 82. It is used to move the rail h 82 in any direction. Pole operated brake. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,900 kg 28x21x10 cm 200 kg

Mod. 2080020 • Cable carriage for rail H 82 Double carriage with six wheels for rail h 82. It is used to move the rail h 82 in any direction. Pole operated brake. Weight Dim. packaging Max load 1,900 kg 28x21x10 cm 200 kg

Extension bracket to place the rail h 82 at a distance from the ceiling or existing grids. The kit includes: extension bracket, two clamps, nuts, bolts and washers. Available in the following lengths: 25 cm (mod. 3080011), 50 cm (mod. 3080012), 65 cm (mod. 3080013) and on customer’s specifics. Code Length Weight Max load (cm) (kg) (kg) 3080011 25 1,9 200 3080012 50 3,0 200 3080013 65 3,6 200

Mod. 3080050 • End stops kit for rail H 82 End stops kit for rail h 82. It must be mounted at the end of the rail to avoid the carriages to get out of the rail. Weight: 0,042 kg

Mod. 3080030 • Connection flanges for rail H 82 Flanges in steel to connect two o more rails among them. The kit includes: two flanges, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight: 0,280 kg

Lighting Support

Mod. RC 4340/Mod. RC 109 • Safety cable Stainless steel safety cable complete with spring clip. It is used to fasten luminaires or accessories to carriages. Highly recommended to avoid accidental falls. Mod. RC 4340 Safety cable 4 mm. Length 82 cm. Mod. RC 109 Safety cable 2 mm. Length 65 cm.

Mod. 427B-4.0/Mod. 427B-6.5 • Telescopic operating pole Flanges in steel to connect two o more rails among them. The kit includes: two flanges, nuts, bolts and washers. Weight: 0,280 kg

Pantographs

Niki junior • Manual Pantograph

• Two independent lifting rope with leveling system • Double stabilizing device to avoid lateral sway • Extremely smooth and silent movement

Series Niki DS 3/4/5/6 • Pole Operated Pantograph double scissors Compact and light manual aluminium pantograph (P-Al MgSi UNI3569). It is ideal for applications in small and medium TV studios. It can cope with loads up to 12 kg using only the patented friction device and up to maximum 18 kg by using optional springs. The balance of suspended loads can be regulated adjusting the friction by turning the coloured notched ring. The friction system allows the loads from 1 to 18 Kg to remain stable when set in position and at the same time to move the pantograph smoothly up an down.

Series Niki SS 3/4/5/6 • Pole Operated Pantograph Single Scissors

Drop Arm

Pole Operated Pantograph double scissors Compact and light pole operated pantograph. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40kg. It is ideal for medium and large studios. The mechanism system with double scissors and double ropes ensure stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN15560-46

Series Niki DSM 3/4/5/6 • Motorized Pantograph

The drop arm is the simplest suspension tool designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40kg which don’t need adjustment in height. It is configurated with 28 mm (1 1/8”) spigot top attachment and 28 mm (1 1/8”) socket or universal head 28F-16M/F (1 1/8” 5/8” female plus 5/8” male) bottom attachment. The drop arm is compliant to DIN 15560-46.

Telescopic Drop Arm The telescopic drop arm is a simple suspension tool designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. The extension is manually adjusted by loosening and blocking the nut. It is configurated with 28 mm (1 1/8”) spigot top attachment and 28 mm (1 1/8”) socket or universal head 28F-16M/F (1 1/8” 5/8” female plus 5/8” male) bottom attachment. The telescopic drop arm is compliant to DIN 15560-46.

Pole Operated Pantograph Single Scissors Compact and light pole operated pantograph. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. It is ideal for small, medium and large studios. The mechanism system with single scissor and double ropes ensure stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN 15560-46 Features • Modern and attractive design • 40 kg max load • Mechanical top and bottom limits

Motorized version of Niki pantograph, it allows quick, easy, and precise positioning of lighting fixtures in a studio or stage. Designed to suspend luminaires with loads of up to 40 kg. It is ideal for medium and large studios. The mechanism system with double scissors and double ropes ensure stability and great performances. It is equipped with a top and bottom end stop safety system. The pantograph is compliant with DIN 15560-46

Lighting Support

A1045CS

A2030D

A3059CS

Minimum Height: 5.5’ (1.7 m) Maximum Height: 14.76’ (4.5 m) Closed Length: 4.7’ (1.4 m) Footprint Diameter: 1.4’ (1.3 m) Weight: 26.9 lbs (12.2kg) Maximum Load: 40kg @ min height 7kg @ max height Attachment Size: 5/8” (16mm) stud and 1-1/8” (28mm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes- (109, 110, 110G ) Air Cushioned: No

Minimum Height: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Maximum Height: Stand: 9.8’ (3 m) Arm: 40” (1 m) Closed Length: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Footprint Diameter: 37” (94cm) Weight: 13.7 lbs (6.2kg) Maximum Load: 22 lbs (10kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: No

Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 588.0 cm Closed Length: 167.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 129.0 cm Weight: 14 kg Maximum Load: 40 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

A1035CS

B7035CS

B7047CS

Minimum Height: 5.5’ (1.7 m) Maximum Height: 11.5’ (3.5 m) Closed Length: 4.7’ (1.4 m) Footprint Diameter: 4.4’ (1.4 m) Weight: 26.5 lbs (12kg) Maximum Load: 40kg @ min height Attachment Size: 5/8” (16mm) stud and 1-1/8” (28mm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes- (A9000) for 25mm square legs Air Cushioned: No

Minimum Height: 155.0 cm Maximum Height: 350.0 cm Closed Length: 186.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 182.0 cm Weight: 64 kg Maximum Load: 90 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

Minimum Height: 172.0 cm Maximum Height: 467.0 cm Closed Length: 209.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 213.0 cm Weight: 62 kg Maximum Load: 70 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

Steel Combo Stand with Leveling Leg

COMBO STEEL STAND 35

Turtle Base Century C Stand Grip Arm Kit

STARO SAFE STAND 35

OVERHEAD 59

STRATO SAFE 47

425B A2030D

Turtle Base Century C Stand with Detachable Base Minimum Height: 4.4’ (1.34 m) Maximum Height: 9.8’ (3 m) Closed Length: 4.4’ (1.32 m) Footprint Diameter: 37” (94cm) Weight: 13.7 lbs (6.2kg) Maximum Load: 22 lbs (10kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” stud Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: No

B7057

LONG JOHN SILVER 5 SECTIONS Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 570.0 cm Closed Length: 224.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 240.0 cm Weight: 85 kg Maximum Load: 120 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

MEGA BOOM BLACK Dimensions Minimum extension: 19.7” (48.25cm) Maximum extension: 12’ (3.7 m) from stand mount Closed: 7.1’ (2.2 m) Tube Diameters: 2.2” (55.45mm) Weight: 33 lbs (15.3kg) Maximum Load: 13 lbs (5.9kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” locking socket with 5/8” double threaded stud 1-1/8” locking female receptor

Lighting Support

MKSTR01 Max. Height: 195cm Min. Height: 49cm Transport length: 49cm Weight: 1kg The width of the legs assembled: 100cm Load capacity: 1.5kg

087NW WIND-UP

Minimum Height: 65.8 in (1.6 M) Maximum Height: 12 ft (3.6 M) Closed Length: 65.8 in (1.6 M) Footprint Diameter: 50.4 in (1.27 M) Weight: 47.2 lbs (21.45 kg) Maximum Load: 66.2 lbs (30 kg) Attachment Size: 1-1/8 in, 5/8 in female socket and 5/8 in male stud Accepts Wheels: Yes (104, 104G) Air Cushioned: No - Safety cable controls rise and fall

025BS 1004BAC MASTER STAND

Minimum Height: 42.1” (107cm) Maximum Height: 12’ (3.6 m) Closed Length: 42.1” (106.7cm) Footprint Diameter: 41.7” (106cm) Weight: 6.6 lbs (3kg) Maximum Load: 20 lbs (9kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud with 1/4”-20 and 3/8” threaded top Accepts Wheels: No Air Cushioned: Yes

SUPERBOOM BLACK A17+014 W/008 Minimum Height: 46.4” (117.9cm) Maximum Height: 7’ (2.2 m) Boom Length: 8’ (2.5 m) Closed Length: 45.7” (116.1cm) Footprint Diameter: 46.4” (117.9cm) Weight: Stand & Boom: (21kg) Maximum Load: With Boom Extended: 15 lbs (6.8kg) Attachment Size: 5/8” (1.6cm) stud and 1 1/8” (2.8cm) female receiver Accepts Wheels: Yes -- included Air Cushioned: No

850

BACKGROUND ROLL SUPPORTING SPIGOTS

026

Baby female Swivelling multi-Adapter free to rotate Color: black load capacity: 2.5 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 0.38 kg

852

CONTROL BOX - 220V

420B

Black Aluminium Combi-Boom Stand with Sandbag

5001B

load capacity: 9 kg maximum height: 392.0 cm minimum height: 131.0 cm weight: 2.7 kg

BLACK ALU NANO STAND Minimum Height: 177.0 cm Maximum Height: 588.0 cm Closed Length: 167.0 cm Footprint Diameter: 129.0 cm Weight: 14 kg Maximum Load: 40 kg Attachment Size: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded

FF3054 TOP SYSTEM 54

C100

JR PIPE CLAMP W/TOMMY BAR &PAD attachment 01: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded load capacity: 250 kg material: aluminum weight: 1.13 kg

Complete kit for larg studios composed of 2 fixed rails 5 m long, 3 mobile rails 3m long and supports for 5 light sources (4 top pantographs).

Lighting Support

C337

QUICK ACTION CLAMP Attachment 01: 1 1/8 (28 mm) bushing not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 100 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 1.27 kg

1314B SET Color: black color Material: aluminum Load capacity: 10 kg Weight: 4.2 kg

F831TH

BABY FEMALE SWIVEL PIN W/BALL F831TH is completely in steel with ball join and double baby female attachments (16mm). Load capacity: 0.80 kg

C500

143F

241 PUMP CUP

Attachment 01: 17 mm bushing not threaded Attachment 02: 5/8 (16 mm) Spiggot not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 10 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 1.4 kg

Color: black Weight: 0.14 kg

Suction cup for small fixtures and lightweight equipment. 16 mm bushing with safety pin. Load capacity: 1.20 kg

PELICAN GAFFER GRIP

FORK FOR STYRENE GOBOS

W/SWIVEL 5/8 SOCKET

D200 2 1/2”

C338 QUICK ACTION

GRIP HEAD

BABY CLAMP 5/8pin

C1575B

Avenger’s most popular grip accessory. The D200 Grip Head has hundreds of functions. Load capacity: 0.55 kg

Works on diameters from 20 mm to 52 mm Load capacity: 50 kg Weight: 0.76 kg

Attachment 01: 5/8 (16 mm) bushing not threaded Color: black Load capacity: 15 kg Material: aluminum Weight: 0.45 kg

D520 40”

D750

Normally used in combination with a Grip head (art. D200) it provides an extended grip point for scrims and flags or small lights. Load capacity: 1.60 kg

Attachment 01 5/8 (16 mm) Spiggot not threaded Closed length: 91.0 cm Color: black Load capacity: 15 kg Weight: 2.5 kg

G100

MN046 Expan Set

AVENGER SUPER CLAMP

220B

EXTENSION ARM

Still Life Table Color: silver color Distance from floor to flat surface: 83.0 cm Height: 193.0 cm Load capacity: 15 kg Material: perspex Panel size: 200x122cm Weight: 28.26 kg

SAND BAG SMALL 6 KG Weight: 6.00 kg

40MM (1,6”) TELESC.POLYHOLDER

Background paper drive set for one roll. Including plastic chain and weight. Expands from: 1.8” to 3”. Load capacity: 10 kg Weight: 1.2 kg

Lighting Support

045

D700B

Set of two background paper holders for three Expan 046. Weight: 2.05 kg

Extension Arm Section centre column: 3 Weight: 0.7 kg

386B NANO CLAMP

F1000

BACKGROUND PAPER TRIPLE HOOKS

Works on diameters from 13mm to 35mm. Weight: 110 g load capacity: 4 kg

081

BACKGROUND BABY HOOKS The “Baby Hook for Expan” is easily attachable to the 16mm (5/8’’) connection on top riser of the stand. Weight: 0.20 kg

Clamps onto bars up to Ø 35mm. It can be mounted also on 16mm extension arms. Weight: 0.11 kg

PUMP CUP W/BABY SWIVEL PIN Ideal for mounting small lights. Load Capacity 4.41 lbs (2kg) Mount 5/8” spigot Weight 2.43 lbs (2.1kg)

179

RAPIDAPT .3/8”W+DISCO DM 80 Extension Arm Section centre column: 3 Weight: 0.30 kg

275

MINI SPRING CLAMP 5/8 F ATTACH

EXTENSION HOLDER F/OVAL REFL

013

244N

VARIABLE FRICTION ARM ALONE Attachment (top): type 17 Color: black color Material: aluminum Load capacity: 3 kg Weight: 1.09 kg

ADAPTER SPIGOT Universal 16 mm spigot with double male thread 1/4” and Weight: 0.07 kg

254 175

SPRING CLAMP, 5/8 F ATTACHMENT Clamps onto bars up to Ø 40mm Weight: 0.32 kg

E200

Stand Adapter, 1-1/8” to 5/8” Stud Thie E200 Cine Stand Adapter fits into the 1-1/8” female receptor on heavy-duty light stands and grip clamps. Weight: 622 g

AUTOBOOM A25 + 013 load capacity at maximum extension 4.0 kg load capacity at minimum extension 8.0 kg maximum extension: 200 minimum extension: 110 Weight: 5.3 kg

Lighting Support

Cross Pole

Flexible Lighting hangign system The Avenger CrossPole is a heavy-duty telescopic pole designed to span gaps from 80cm (2.7ft) up to 6 meters (19.7ft) and support up to 75kg (165lb) of lighting equipment and grip gear at any height from the ground. A protective plate at each end allows the pole to expand between ordinary upright walls without damaging them and without the use of nails, screws or glue. Safety and security features make it ideal even for the kind of heavy loads that film lighting demands. Applications: You can’t use the floor because of the set.

Expander

H2000M

20X20 MODULAR OVERHEAD FRAME

Tubes

The X400KIT is supplied with six tubes in special aluminum to cover any distance between two walls from 80cm (2.7ft) up to 4 meters (13.1ft). The 3m (9.8ft) tubes used to bridge 6m (19.7ft) spans are available as an accessory - code X406.

You can’t use the floor or the ceiling because you don’t have either!

Static Plate The wall plates have a special component that pivots to allow the tubes to bend and guarantees the maximum grip with your wall. Provided with levelling bubble and assembled with bolts (no rivets).

Locking Collar Dedicated component that prevents the telescopic tube from sliding under load. Provided with aluminum handle grips and rubber covers.

You have to fix your lights in window or door frames.

Max. Load The max load in the most extreme scenario: When using one CrossPole at 6m (19.7ft) length, the max load is 75kg (165lb)!

Crosscoupler Dedicated component to create a combination of two or more Crosspoles.

Heavy duty 3mm wall thickness tube slot and pin lock together, rapidly providing a stable frame for lighting control textiles. By reducing or adding tubes you can create any combination of frame size. Frame Size 20’ x 20’ (610 x 610cm) No. of Tubes per Side 5 Tube Length 47.4” (120cm) Tube Connection Pin Frame Support 2 Ear Type

H600M

6X6 MODULAR FRAME Heavy duty 3mm wall thickness tube slot and pin lock together, rapidly providing a stable frame for lighting control textiles. By reducing or adding tubes you can create any combination of frame size.Frame Size 6’ x 6’ (183 x 183cm) No. of Tubes per Side 2 Tube Length 1- 47.4” (120cm) 1- 15” (38cm) Tube Connection Pin Frame Support 2 Ear Type

X400KIT

6X6 MODULAR FRAME For rigging of heavy light fixtures and grip, consider this Avenger X400 CrossPole Kit. It was developed by Avenger engineers after they visited a film set where crews faced a lack of a floor or ceiling on which to mount lighting equipment. Extension X401: 2.62 - 4.26’ (0.8 - 1.3 m) X402: 4.26 - 7.21’ (1.3 - 2.2 m) X404: 7.21 - 13.1’ (2.2 - 4 m) Load Capacity 165 lbs (75 kg) Diameter 3- 50 mm ø, telescopic 3- 45mm ø Kit Weight 29 lbs (13.2 kg)

Professional Audio

PRO 31

Cardioid Dynamic Handheld Microphone This affordable cardioid dynamic microphone is designed for close-up vocal performance. The PRO 31 offers a broad frequency response and low handling noise in a tough, durable design that delivers consistent performance on the road. The mic sets price/performance standards for intelligibility, transparent sound quality and noise suppression. Available in two models for easy use with consumer and pro electronics: PRO 31 (XLRF-XLRM cable) and PRO 31QTR (XLRF¼” cable).

PRO24-CMF

Product Highlights Side-Address Studio Condenser Cardioid Pattern Rejects Off-Axis Sound Superior Transient Response 144dB SPL Handling Wide, Linear Frequency Response Low-Mass Diaphragm

The Audio-Technica Pro-24CM Compact Stereo Condenser Microphone delivers pro-level stereo reproduction for video camera mounting. The compact Pro-24CM features a pair of cardioid elements in an X-Y configuration to provide the spatial impact and realism of a live sound field. The result is a realistic stereo sound with pristine fidelity and minimal noise. The condenser element is powered with an LR44 battery or with plug-in power wherever provided.

Cardioid Condenser Microphone

The Audio-Technica AT2020 is a cost effective studio condenser microphone intended for vocal and general instrument capturing in project and professional studio environments.

AT8004

AT2020 USB

Product Highlights Ideal for ENG Internal Shock Mount Omnidirectional Polar Pattern

Product Highlights USB Connection for Windows and Mac Crystal-clear, Sound for Podcasting Cardioid Polar Pattern

The Audio-Technica AT8004 Handheld Microphone is a rugged omnidirectional microphone designed for ENG style interviews, speech capturing, etc. The omnidirectional polar pattern is ideal for capturing surrounding ambiance or providing a “forgiving” pick-up area for talkers who tend to move and change positions.

The Audio-Technica AT2020USB is a cost effective condenser microphone with a USB connector for direct integration with Windows and Mac computers. Podcasting, studio recording and other computer recording applications are achieved with superb results, low noise and crystal-clear quality.

Omnidirectional Dynamic Microphone

AT8031

Cardioid Condenser Handheld Microphone The Audio-Technica AT8031 is a widerange condenser mic with a cardioid (uni-dierctional) polar pattern. The AT8031 was designed for professional recording and sound reinforcement applications. Utilizaing the latest low-mass technology, frequency and transient response is improved, while distortion is reduced. Controls feedback and minimizes pickup of unwanted sounds and is enclosed in a rugged housing with a low-reflective matte finish.

AT2020

USB Cardioid Condenser Microphone

AT2050

Multi-pattern Condenser Microphone Product Highlights Cardioid, Omni and Figure-Eight 80Hz High-Pass Filter -10dB Pad Switch Shock Mount and Protective Pouch The Audio-Technica AT2050 Multi-Pattern Condenser Microphone is a well suited solution for home studios, project recording and live sound reinforcement alike.

Stereo Condenser Microphone

AT 875R

Short Condenser Shotgun Microphone For Video Production and Broadcast Extra Short for Use with Compact Cameras Sound Rejection From Sides and Rear Designed for Minimized Handling Noise

AT897

Line + Gradient Condenser Microphone

The Audio Technica AT897 is a short shotgun condenser microphone designed for audio capturing in video and broadcast applications. The microphone’s unobtrusive length of 11” (279.40mm) ensures that the microphone remains out of the frame when mounted on compact, consumer video cameras.

Professional Audio

ATH-M20x

ATH-M70x

Advanced build quality and engineering 40 mm drivers with rare earth magnets and copper-clad aluminum wire voice coils Tuned for enhanced low-frequency performance Circumaural design contours around the ears for excellent sound isolation in loud environments Convenient single-side cable exit Designed for studio tracking and mixing

M-Series flagship model, tuned for extremely accurate reproduction and carefully crafted using key metal components for lasting durability Proprietary 45 mm large-aperture drivers with rare earth magnets and copper-clad aluminum wire voice coils Extended response accurately reproduces extreme low and high frequencies while maintaining perfect balance Circumaural design contours around the ears for excellent sound isolation in loud environments 90째 swiveling earcups for easy, one-ear monitoring Professional-grade earpads and headband provide excellent durability and comfort, and detach for easy replacement Perfect for studio mixing and tracking, mastering and audio forensics Fold-flat design for space-saving portability Detachable cables (includes 1.2 m - 3.0 m coiled cable, 3.0 m straight cable and 1.2 m straight cable)

High-fidelity sound with clean, articulate mix allows performers to hear themselves clearly at lower volume 1321 selectable UHF channels with automatic frequency scanning Up to 16 simultaneous systems per frequency band Three receiver modes: Personal Mix, stereo, and mono Personal Mix Control allows volume and mix control of two independent signals at the receiver LCD information display offers stepthrough menus for setting preferences XLR loop output (true pass-through) connects signal to mixing console, additional IEM system or recording device with no signal degradation Adjustable squelch eliminates annoying static Pilot tone protects against RF interference when transmitter is turned off Multi-level limiter (defeatable) helps protect hearing from sudden peaks Portable system is quick to load and set up

Professional Monitor Headphones

ATH-M30x

Professional Monitor Headphones The M-Series ATH-M30x professional monitor headphones combine modern engineering and high-quality materials to deliver a comfortable listening experience, with enhanced audio clarity and sound isolation. Tuned for highly detailed audio, with strong mid-range definition, these versatile monitoring headphones are ideal in a variety of situations. Designed primarily for studio tracking and mixing, they offer added features for increased portability, making them a great choice for field recording.

Professional Monitor Headphones

Wireless In-Ear Monitor System

ATH-M50x

Professional Monitor Headphones As the most critically acclaimed model in the M-Series line, the ATH-M50 is praised by top audio engineers and pro audio reviewers year after year. Now, the ATHM50x professional monitor headphones feature the same coveted sonic signature, with the added feature of detachable cables. From the large aperture drivers, sound isolating earcups and robust construction, the M50x provides an unmatched experience for the most critical audio professionals.

Professional Audio

System 10 Pro

Digital Wireless Receiver and Pocket Transmitter Use AT Mics with 4-pin UniPak Connector Use with AT-GcW Guitar Cable ATW-T1001 UniPak Transmitter ATW-R1100 Digital Receiver Use Up To 8 Systems Simultaneously Digital 24-bit/48 kHz Wireless TV Interference Free 2.4 GHz Range Automatic Frequency Selection Frequency, Time, & Space Diversity Balanced XLR and Unbalanced 1/4â&#x20AC;? Outputs

System 10 Camera-Mount

Portable Camera-Mount Digital Wireless Systems Digital 24-bit/48 kHz wireless operation for ultimate sound quality and dependable performance Operates in the 2.4 GHz range â&#x20AC;&#x201C; completely free from TV interference Ultra compact receiver size with multiple mounting options Selectable balanced and unbalanced output jacks with level control for use with most cameras and recording devices Internal rechargeable 12-hr battery Separate headphone port and volume control for local audio monitoring Multi-pairing function to link a single receiver with up to eight body-pack or handheld transmitters Three levels of diversity assurance: frequency, time & space Automatic frequency selection for seamless, interference free operation Extremely easy operation with instantaneous channel selection, sync and setup Convenient single-side cable exit Designed for studio tracking and mixing

100

AT2020USBi

Cardioid Condenser USB Microphone Condenser microphone with digital output for convenient, highresolution recording High-quality A/D converter with 24-bit/96 kHz sampling rate for superb, high-resolution audio Mic gain control allows you to adjust input level on the mic itself Smooth, extended frequency response ideally suited for podcasting, home studio recording, field recording and voiceover use Compatible with Windows 7 and above, Mac OS 10.6 and above, and iOS 7.02 and above (requires Lightning connector). Tripod desk stand with folding legs for secure and easily portable tabletop use Included USB and Lightning cables provide ready connectivity to computers and iOS devices

Professional Audio

F780/9X

ECM674/9X

Product Highlights 782MHz to 806MHz Range PLL-Synthesized Tunning Dynamic Element 94 Selectable Frequencies

Supercardioid Polar Pattern Battery or Phantom Power 3-pin XLR Output Includes Windscreen and Spacer Fits HDV, DVCAM, XDCAM Camcorders

The Sony WRT-807B is a high-quality handheld dynamic microphone transmitter that operates in the 782MHz to 806MHz UHF band range. It incorporates a PLL synthesized design with 94 user-selectable, UHF frequencies of interference-free operation.

The Sony ECM-674/9X Shotgun Microphone provides professional level signal reproduction while remaining cost effective. The ECM-674/9Xâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s compact size, audio character and sensitivity result in the level of performance suitable for use with professional and semi-professional video cameras.

Dynamic Handheld Microphone

Shotgun Microphone

UWP-D11

Belt-pack UWP-D wireless microphone package UTX-B03 Bodypack Transmitter URX-P03 Portable True Diversity Receiver ECM-V1BMP Electret Condenser Lavalier Digital Companding Circuitry Selectable Mic/Line Input USB Charging and Power Tone Squelch Suppression Circuitry Automatic Channel Scanning Infrared Synchronization Simultaneous Multi-Channel Operation

UWP-D12 F720

UWP-X8

Quality dynamic hand-held uni-directional microphone. Rugged construction. Built-in LC switch. Efficient one-piece shock mount to protect the capsule from external noise and vibration. Integral double windscreen to prevent pop/wind noise. Reasonably priced to suit both professional and institutional applications.

UTX-H2 Handheld Transmitter Unidirectional Handheld URX-M2 Tuner Module

Dynamic Handheld Microphone

UWP Wireless Microphone package

UWP Series UHF synthesized wireless microphone system. Package includes a handheld microphone and tuner module. Channels 30 to 33. The UWP-X8 includes extremely robust metal construction with a newly designed hand held transmitter. UWP Series transmitters and receivers can also be purchased separately.

UWP-D wireless microphone package with handheld transmitter UTX-M03 Microphone Transmitter Interchangeable Microphone Capsule URX-P03 Portable True Diversity Receiver Digital Companding Circuitry Automatic Channel Scanning Shoe-Mount Adapter for Receiver Selectable Mic/Line Input USB Charging and Power Tone Squelch Suppression Circuitry UWP and WL-800 Series Compatibility

UWP-D16 ECM-678

Shotgun Microphone Features: Supercardioid Polar Pattern Suitable for Sony Pro Cameras High Sensitivity & Low Noise The Sony ECM-678/9X short shotgun microphone delivers professional audio signal reproduction while remaining camera mountable and cost effective.

UWPX7

Lav Mic, Bodypack TX and RX Module Wireless System Features: UT-B2X Bodypack Transmitter Unidirectional Lavalier Microphone URX-M2 Tuner Module The Sony UWP-X7 Wireless Microphone System consists of the UT-B2X bodypack transmitter, unidirectional (cardioid) lavalier microphone and URX-M2 tuner module.

Belt-pack UWP-D wireless microphone package with XLR plug-on transmitter UTX-P03 Plug-on Transmitter with +48V UTX-B03 Bodypack Transmitter URX-P03 Portable True Diversity Receiver ECM-V1BMP Electret Condenser Lavalier Digital Companding Circuitry Selectable Mic/Line Input USB Power and Battery Charging Automatic Channel Scanning Tone Squelch Suppression Circuitry Simultaneous Multi-Channel Operation

101

Professional Audio

ECM77B

DWZ-B30GB

MDR-7506

Digital wireless set for guitar and bass

Professional Headphones

Perfect for television applications, Sony’s ECM77B Omni-Directional Electret Condenser Microphone is a miniature lavalier microphone designed to be inconspicuous. This tiny mic runs on either phantom power or AA battery operation. The ECM77B comes with an XLR connector

ZTX-B01 Bodypack Transmitter ZRX-C30 Receiver 24-bit Linear PCM Audio Transmission Flexible Powering Options Balanced XLR Output Two 1/4” Unbalanced Outputs

The MDR-7506 is a staple within the recording, film and live arenas. Due to its low impedance and closed ear design, the headphone does an outstanding job of cutting down background noise while providing plenty of volume in the studio or in the field. Additionally, the closed design helps eliminate “headphone bleed” when overdubbing in the studio.

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone

The Sony DWZ-B30GB Digital Wireless Guitar/Bass Set features 24-bit linear PCM audio transmission and is ideal for use with both guitar and bass. The set includes both a ZTX-B01 bodypack transmitter and a ZRX-C30 receiver.

ECM44B

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone Product Highlights Electret Condenser Wide Frequency Response Battery Powered Only Single AA Battery Provides 5000 Hours For Live Sound and Broadcast The Sony ECM-44B Lavalier Microphone makes the exceptional quality of Sony’s electret condenser microphones available for budget conscious productions, and a variety of sound reinforcement requirements, such as lectures and demonstrations.

Digital wireless lavalier sets

2.4GHz ISM Band Operation 1x ZTX-B02RC Body Pack Transmitter 1x ECM-HZ1UBMP Headset Mic 1x ECM-LZ1UBMP Lavalier Mic 1x ZRX-HR70 Half-Rack Receiver Built-In 5-Band Graphic EQ 24-Bit Linear PCM Digital Audio Intelligent Feedback Reducer Includes Body Pack Belt Clip & Tie Clip Includes 2 Windscreens & 2 Antennas

ECM88B

DWZ-M50

The Sony ECM 88B is a miniature condenser, lavalier microphone. This version includes the DC-78 power supply with XLR output connection. The capsule is 3.5 x 3.5 x 16.8mm, allowing naturallooking concealment on stage or camera. The electret condenser element uses a dual-diaphragm mechanism, resulting in high sensitivity.

Features: For Use in DWZ Wireless Systems 2.4GHz Bandwidth Unidirectional Dynamic Capsule Metal Body 2402.0 to 2478.5MHz Frequency Range Compatible with Sony DWX Capsules

Electret Condenser Lavalier Microphone

102

DWZ-B70HL

Digital wireless vocal set

High quality sound with up to six simultaneous channels and 5-band equalizer

MDR-7510

Sony Professional Studio Headphones 50mm PET Diaphragms Neodymium Magnets Closed-Back Design Around-Ear Cushions Adjustable, Padded Headband Single-Sided OFC Cable Gold-Plated 3.5mm Plug and 1/4” Adapter Soft Case Included

MDR-7520

Professional Headphones The Sony MDR-7520 Professional Studio Headphones provide high-quality audio in a durable design, perfect for use in demanding professional applications such as studio and broadcast monitoring. The headphones feature 50mm drivers with LCP diaphragms and neodymium magnets to deliver highly accurate sound with an extended frequency response that brings out the deepest bass and crisp treble

Professional Audio

AVX ME2 SET

Mountable Lavalier Digital Wireless Set

EW 112-p G3

EKP XLR Receiver SK Bodypack Transmitter ME2 Lavalier Microphone Plug and Record Functionality Automatic Sensitivity Adjustment Receiver Switches On/Off Via 48V AES 256-bit Encryption Metal Housing

Product Highlights: EK 100 G3 Camera Mountable Receiver SK 100 G3 Bodypack Transmitter ME2 Clip-On Lavalier Mic 1680 Tunable Frequencies Across 42 MHz Auto Frequency Scan Finds Open Bands 3 Level Squelch To Block Interference 20 Banks With 12 Channel Presets Each Compander For Clearer Sound Auto-Lock Prevents Accidental Adjustment The Sennheiser ew 112-p G3 Wireless Portable Microphone System is intended for portable wireless operation, such as video and field recording applications.

EW 135-P G3 A handheld system designed for field operation: this system is the perfect choice for ENG professionals. The rugged hand-held cardioid wireless microphone provides professional sound quality for interviews and reporting, even under unfavorable conditions. At the camera end of the wireless signal path is the portable and reliable EK 100 G3 adaptive diversity receiver.

EW 100-ENG G3 Product Highlights: 2 x EK 100 G3 Bodypack Receivers 2 x SK 100 G3 Bodypack Transmitters 2 x ME2 Clip-On Lavalier Mics AT8004L Omni-Directional Handheld Mic Plug-On Transmitter for Handheld Mic Plug-On Transmitter Holster Case V-Bracket Shoe Mount Custom Road Case with Foam Inserts The Sennheiser ew 100 ENG G3 Dual Wireless Basic Kit provides a complete basic solution for camera operators engaged in ENG (Electronic News Gathering) who require professional in-camera audio capture but need to cover dual audio sources, either using two lavalieres, or a lavalier and a handheld microphone.

AVX 835 Set

Mountable Digital Handheld Wireless Microphone Set The AVX-835 SET includes a handheld microphone, the plug on receiver and all accesories to operate out of the box with camcorders as well as DSLR cameras. It features self configuring digital transmission which eliminates time-consuming radio frequency setup. The ultra compact receiver rotates around the XLR connector to avoid collision with other devices mounted on your camera. It switches on and off automatically with your camera - saving battery power. The AVX matches perfectly to your camera’s input sensitivity without having to adjust the audio level on the microphone. From professional wedding video to documentaries, from street interviews to corporate videos, the AVX just works allowing you to concentrate on creativity. Very fast setup Plugs directly into XLR audio input Ultra compact receiver Switches on/off by P48 Phantom power Optimized dynamic range Auto frequency management AES 256 encryption License free Accessories included for DSLR use Metal housing

HD 202

Dynamic hi-fi stereo headphones Product Highlights: Lightweight Closed-Back Construction Lightweight Turbine Diaphragms Neodymium Magnets Special Damping Material Semi-Circumaural Design Detachable Earcups Replaceable Leatherette Ear Cushions Belt Clip with Cord Take-Up 3.5mm Plug with 1/4” Adapter The HD 202-II headphones from Sennheiser provide high-quality audio with exceptional bass response in a lightweight design, ideal for DJ applications and monitoring.

HD 280 PRO Product Highlights: Leatherette Cushions Padded, Adjustable Headband Noise Isolating Standard 3.5mm Plug with 1/4” Adapter The Sennheiser HD 280 Pro Circumaural Closed-Back Monitor Headphones feature a collapsible design with swiveling earcups and extended low end reproduction.

EW 300 IEM G3 Product Highlights: Includes SR 300 G3 Transmitter Includes EK 300 G3 Receiver Metal Construction Selectable Tuning Wireless Syncing The ew 300 IEM G3 Wireless In-Ear Monitoring System from Sennheiser is a wireless stereo audio system that provides terrific versatility in a compact package. The system consists of an SR 300 G3 transmitter and an EK 300 G3 receiver.

103

Professional Audio

Ear set 1-EW Head Worn Microphone

MKH 416-P48U3 short gun interference tube microphone

Increased directivity due to interference tube principle Very low inherent self-noise High sensitivity Transformerless and fully floating balanced output Rugged, suitable for adverse climatic conditions Matt black all-metal body.

ME 66/K6

Back-Electret Microphone Head Suitable for K6 and K6P Powering Modules

1/8” (3.5mm) Mini Connection Compatible with Sennheiser Transmitters Omnidirectional Polar Pattern 3.3mm Miniature Capsule Adjustable Earloop Impervious to Pop and Wind Noise

HSP 4 EW

Head Worn Microphone 1/8” (3.5mm) Mini Connector Black

Mic

Omnidirectional Mic For iOS Devices 8.0 and Later ME 2 Microphone Capsule Apogee 24-bit/96 kHz Converter Apogee MetaRecorder App Included Includes Mic Clip Foam Windscreen Metal Windscreen Carrying Pouch

104

Modular Mic and Input System Includes XY Microphone Module Four Simultaneous Inputs Uses SD Memory Cards Compatible with H6 Mic Modules Optional Shotgun Mic and XLR/TRS Inputs Record up to 24-bit/96kHz Audio Doubles as USB Audio Interface Optional Hot Shoe Mount

Handy Recorder with Interchangeable Microphone System Product Highlights: Modular Mic and Input System Includes XY Microphone Module Includes Mid-Side Microphone Module Four XLR/TRS Inputs Record up to 6 Simultaneous Channels Record up to 24-bit/96kHz Audio Doubles as USB Audio Interface Uses SDXC Memory Cards Optional Shotgun Mic and XLR/TRS Inputs Optional Hot Shoe Mount

MKE 1-EW-3

Professional Lavalier Microphone for EW Series Wireless

CLIP-MIC Digital

Zoom Handy Recorder with Interchangeable Microphone System

Features: Super-cardioid/lobar pick-up pattern Highly directional Low inherent self-noise High sensitivity Wide frequency response. The Sennheiser ME66 short shotgun microphone is a popular choice among video, film and ENG / EFP professionals.

Miniature 3.5mm Capsule Omnidirectional Polar Pattern EW Series 1/8” (3.5mm) Connection MZQ222 Mic Clip Included Storage Pouch Included Reduced Sensitivity Moisture Resistant Beige

Invisible wireless earpiece With TX-300N invisity by Phonak is the smallest in-ear radio receiver in the world. This comfortable wireless earpiece offers market-leading sound quality and allows broadcast and stage teams to discreetly prompt any presenter or performer, providing a valuable safety net and ensuring that broadcasts and performances always run smoothly.

Professional Audio

Assistive Listening

TX-300V

Anchor 4-User Wireless Assistive Listening System

PRO-540

TX-300V transmitter The TX-300V is a wide area FM transmitter and perfect for covering large areas such as auditoriums, lecture rooms, houses of worship, town halls, movie theaters, theaters, universities, sports venues, shopping malls, railway stations and other public places.

4-User ProLink Dual-Ear Wireless Beltpack Intercom System

Easy-to-use system includes everything you need to support four wireless users Additional receivers can be purchased separately to support an unlimited number of users Up to 300’ line of sight range between the transmitter and receivers Transmitter has 16 user-selectable channels Slim beltpack receivers operate on a pair of standard “AA” batteries Earbuds are included for use right out of the box Convenient carrying case holds the entire system

Easy connection Automatic synchronization with WallPilot Available with charging suitcas Compatible with all Phonak FM receivers Perfect for any facility with a capacity of over 50 people.

MICC Series MIC. STAND CHROME attachment number attachment type material closed length load capacity maximum height weight

type 36 chrome steel 108.0 cm 2 kg 195.0 cm 1.4 kg

Table Top Tripod

Product Highlights: No Base Station Needed 1 Master and 3 Remote Beltpacks A/B Channel Selection PTT or Always On Modes Dual-Ear Headsets Flexible Boom Mics Bluetooth Capability Uses Rechargeable AA Batteries No FCC License Needed

The PRO-540 4-User ProLink Dual-Ear Wireless Beltpack Intercom System from PortaCom is a complete 4-user wireless intercom system. It includes a master beltpack, 3 remote beltpacks, and 4 dualear headsets. Each beltpack features a compact and portable design and offers full-duplex communication without the need for a base station.

PRO-570

7-User ProLink Dual-Ear Wireless Beltpack Intercom System

attaches by. 3/8’’ screw attachment type Color black color leg angles 75° working height 13.0 cm load capacity 2 kg minimum height 4.5 cm weight 0.094 kg

Telikou 4 channel wireless intercom TELIKOU MDS-400 4 channel wireless intercom main station adopts 2.4GHz frequency. It is full two-way audio transmitter and receiver. MDS-400 is suitable for stage communication, outside broadcast van, show, and other applications where wireless communication is required. 1 x Telikou MDS-400 4-channel Base Station 4 x Telikou BK-2400 Wireless Belt Packs 5 x Telikou HE-121 Headsets 4 x Antennas

Microphone Stand Anodised aluminium microphone stand features a ‘Quick release and lock collar’, allowing the stand to be set at the required height with a single operation. The lightweight rubber base reduces ‘bottomend’ frequencies being trasmitted through the stage floor. Complete with rubber base, 3/8’ top attachment for microphone. Supplied without microphone holder.

MDS-400 Wireless Intercom Kit

Product Highlights: No Base Station Needed 2 Master and 5 Remote Beltpacks A/B Channel Selection PTT or Always On Modes Dual-Ear Headsets Flexible Boom Mics Bluetooth Capability Uses Rechargeable AA Batteries No FCC License Needed

The PRO-570 7-User ProLink Dual-Ear Wireless Beltpack Intercom System from PortaCom is a complete 7-user wireless intercom system. It includes a pair of master beltpacks, 5 remote beltpacks, and 7 dual-ear headsets.ks, and 4 dual-ear headsets. Each beltpack features a compact and portable design and offers full-duplex communication without the need for a base station.

105

Professional Audio

Eclipse-PiCo Features: User menu for I/O levels, routing and status Intelligent trunk linking Seamless interfacing with Clear-Com IMF modules DTMF inward access and outward dialing 4 on-board configurations selectable by front menu Individual level control adjustments Eclipse PiCo is ideal for communication needs in small to mid-size production environments such as OB vans, studio and sports facilities. It provides high-quality full-duplex communication requiring a moderate number of ports in a compact 1RU form. The front user menu enables quick and easy changes to input/output levels, routes and configurations.

i-Series panel The 1RU i-Series panels are engineered and built to be rugged and reliable. i-Series panels are factory built with two to four 5-character display selector modules and a microphone headset module. The fully fitted 4 module panels also includes a keypad. There are 5 standard variants available: I-1110E 1x8-key display key module, no keypad I-1210E 2x8-key display key modules, no keypad I-1410E 4x8-key display key modules, no keypad I-1430E 4x8-key display key modules with keypad (dial and assignment menus) I-1470E as per I-1430E but with AUX-101 option (local audio and GPIs plus the I-1410E 4 x 8 display key extension panel)

WBS-680 Two-Channel Wireless Supports up to four full-duplex wireless beltpacks per base station Able to connect the wireless beltpacks, via the base station, to two channels of wired intercom “wireless talk around” button places the user’s voice on the wireless-only bus “Stage Announce” feature available on beltpack Different communications routings are activated from the beltpacks, with each beltpack user having full control

WBS-670 Single-Channel Wireless Supports up to four full-duplex wireless beltpacks with its 1-RU base station Low-profile on/off/volume control and a momentary/ latching talk button Rugged detachable antennas are easily field-replaceable. Integral LCD window shows channel and frequency information, and allows the programming of beltpack channels and functions 3-pin XLR loop-through connectors for one channel of partyline intercom, an RJ-45 connector for direct connection to a digital intercom port, and a pair of auxiliary connectors Compatible with virtually all wired party-line and matrix intercom systems.

AP-22 20-Key IFB assignment panel (with LED displays), 1RU. Select 110V or 220V operation.

RM-704 Remote Station Remote station provides four independent intercom channels, with programmable front-panel buttons for versatility. Separate volume controls for each channel, and four separate audio program inputs. Three interruptible IFB channels for talent cueing and announce button/relay for paging. Powered by the intercom line.

106

DHY-03

Digital Telephone Hybrid The digital DHY-03 telephone hybrid is probably the best performing digital hybrid in the world, with simply stunning line balance rejection figures. The DHY-03 has the following features : Fully automatic - adapts to varying line conditions and has automatic signal limiting. Fully adaptive echo cancellation to 127msec - default is 24msec. 72dB typical line balance rejection offering superb performance and crystal clear audio. Front panel input and output gain controls. Front panel LED metering of receive and send signals. Built-in conferencing for 2 hybrids, so that a single telco channel on a mixing desk can receive 2 calls.

Professional Audio

Phone In 6

DMXP01

The Phone In 6 is a telephone switching system for radio talkshows. It consists of one or more desktop Remote Control Panels for call control, and a rackmount Base Console which contains all of the audio and telephony connections, including two superb quality digital telephone hybrids. Connected via Ethernet, the units make up a simple, easy to use talkshow system. The Base Console can be loaded with 1, 2, or 3 modules, where each module can have 2 x PSTN (normal telephone) lines, 1 x ISDN BRI line or 1 x GSM line. The ISDN basic rate interface allows two calls to be handled, one on each ISDN B channel. The PSTN module has two interfaces each using a modern digital hybrid interface, which is settable by software to handle a variety of PSTN and PABX systems with varying impedances, call connection & disconnection tones. The GSM unit handles one call and requires an external antenna to be mounted close to the Base Console but with an interference-free line-of-sight to the nearest cell

The Sony DMX-P01 is a professional digital field mixer that combines the convenience of portable studio grade audio mixing, with the pristine fidelity of high resolution digital technology. Features: 24 Bit Converters 32 Bit Processing 48kHz & 96kHz Sampling Frequencies 4 Balanced XLR Inputs Set Up Recall & Storage Programmable Metering AES/EBU & S/PDIF Output Flexible Monitoring

PI-6R Remote Control Unit. Features: Simple installation using CAT5 Ethernet connection to the remote control panels. Automatic call answering. Automatic call disconnection. Self-op or call screening modes. Caller conferencing. Headset included with all systems. Simple switch button control of callers. Receive, route, drop or make calls. 12 digit keypad to make calls, recall favourite settings and for speed-dialling. Graphic LCD display. Phonebook for automatic dialing. Responsive illuminated switch buttons. Programmable GPIO. Ethernet control/connectivity. Two superb quality digital telephone hybrids. Modular PSTN, ISDN & GSM telephony inputs. Hardware metering of send & receive levels. Send & receive level adjustment. Wide range of impedance matching options. Music on hold input. AGC, automatic gain control of send & receive signals. Echo cancellation. Noise gate. Automatic caller ducking. Share or switch the hybrid audio to multiple studios. The Remote Control Panel (RCP) has 3 rows of 6 Line selection buttons, with the top LINE HOLD buttons used to receive or drop a call from a line and the HYBRID 1 and HYBRID 2 buttons used to send the caller to the respective hybrid.

Portable Battery Powered Digital Mixer with 4 XLR Mic Inputs, 24-Bit/96k Resolution, AES/EBU Digital Output and Recallable Setup Memory

EPM 6 Low-cost high-performance mixers Frame sizes 6+2, 8+2 and 12+2 2 configurable auxiliary buses XLR-type and Âźâ&#x20AC;? metal jack connector sockets RCA phono stereo playback inputs and record outputs 3-band EQ with a swept mid on mono inputs 2-band EQ on stereo inputs TRS insert sockets and inserts on all mono inputs and mix output Ten-segment LED output metering Intuitive and comprehensive solo system Headphone output Easily rack mountable

DM1000VCM Digital Production Console

Features: Precise 24-bit/96-kHz Audio and High-performance Head Amps 48-input 18-bus Mix Capacity at 96 kHz Powerful Channel Functions with Flexible Control and Patching Versatile Connectivity for a Wide Range of Applications Two I/O Expansion Slots for Easy Expansion in a Variety of Formats Four Advanced Multi-effect Processors Include Surround Effects Comprehensive Interface with Touch-sensitive 100-mm Motor Faders Scene Memory and Automix Functions for Efficient Workflow Versatile Pairing and Grouping Functions Enhance Mixing Efficiency DM1000 Editor Software Supplied Sophisticated DAW or Digital Recorder Integration An Ideal Platform for Surround Production Enhanced Surround Monitoring Environment Includes Bass Management A Powerful Performer in Live Sound Settings Functions and Performance Fine-tuned for Professional Use Powerful New Functions for Applications from Production to Live Sound to Broadcast.(Version2)

107

Professional Audio

01V96V2

Digital Recording Mixer Much like the Yamaha 01V, the 01V96 is a compact digital mixer with 16 1/4” TRS Phone line level inputs and 12 XLR Mic preamps. In addition, 8 channels of ADAT optical I/O are provided on the rear. A Mini-YGDAI card slot enables users to expand the mixers I/O section when necessary. 16 I/O Series cards provide 16 additional digital inputs and outputs of either ADAT, TDIF or AES/ EBU formats. 8 Channel I/O cards are available as well and include analog I/O as well. Version 2 software further enhances DAW integration with Nuendo and CubaseSX. Studio Manager Version 2 is also included and features enhancements such as multiple hardware, editor and window support and multiple Undo capability.

MG82CX

8-Input Stereo Mixer with Digital Effects MG mixers are lighter and smaller than ever while offering some innovative new features. The MG82CX is an ideal mixer for basic music production or live sound applications that require high sound quality from a relatively small number of input sources. The MG82CX is remarkably compact and lightweight, but no compromises have been made in sound quality. They even have built-in channel compressors that, although easy to operate, can significantly enhance the quality of your mixes. An optional adaptor allows these mixers to be mounted on a microphone stand for easy access and convenient positioning on stage. The MG82CX features top-quality SPX digital effects built in, so you won’t need any extra equipment for many applications.

Blackmagic Audio Monitor Incredible quality audio monitoring with Ultra HD 4K technology 2 x Channel AES/EBU Digital Audio Input L/R Balanced & Unbalanced Analog Input 2 x 27-Segment LED VU Meters Front Panel Illuminated Keypad Front Panel 1/4” Headphone Jack Supports SD/HD/Ultra HD @ 10-bit via SDI 16 x Channels Audio Output via SDI Out 2 x Channels Embedded Audio via HDMI Out Available Dolby Decoder Upgrade Card 1RU-Sized Unit with Class A/B Amplifier

Professional Boom Poles MX42

Stereo Mini Mixer The MX42 is a four channel stereo mixer. The unit mixes up to four stereo RCA signals such as CD or cassette players with VCR units, even computer sound cards or MP3 players. All signals are mixed via stereo 100K ohm potentiometers to stereo RCA output connectors. The unit is passive, requiring no power.

MX422 The Rolls MX422 is a 4-channel professional field mixer designed for Electronic Field Production (EFP), Electronic News Gathering (ENG), video, and more. The mixer includes a feature set that meets the demands of the professional field audio engineer while remaining at a modest price point. The MX422 features 4 balanced XLR inputs that are capable of accepting line level or microphone signal. The stereo XLR outputs feature a -30dB pad switch for feeding low impedance inputs.

108

The Cavision SGP535R 5-Section Microphone Boom Pole is made of durable, lightweight mixed fiber, features concentric locking collars and features a 3/8” thread at the top. The primary tube is specially coated to minimize handling noise and the concentric collars provide perfect microphone positioning from any point within the section. The removable top enables users to internally thread the boom pole with a microphone cable.

Rycote Full Windshield System The full windshield system is made up of the following elements: Modular Suspension (shock mount) Modular Windshield (windscreen, blimp or zeppelin) Windjammer (furry cover).

Interfaces

5600MSC DVI 201 / DVI Extender The Extron DVI 201 is a transmitter and receiver set that enables DVI - Digital Visual Interface or HDMI - High Definition Multimedia Interface signals to be carried over distances significantly greater than the specified 5 meter (15 foot) limitation for standard DVI cables. Linked together using two economical and integration friendly CAT 5, CAT 5e, CAT 6, or CAT 7 cables, the DVI 201 transmitter and receiver work together to send single link DVI-D or HDMI signals over 200 feet (60 meters) for HDTV and XGA (1024x768).

Master SPG / Master Clock Combo The 5600MSC Master Sync and Clock Generator, is both a broadcast quality master sync pulse generator (SPG) and a master clock. It provides all of the synchronizing signals needed in a 21st century TV station at the same time as solving the problem of locking the inhouse master clock system to the master video sync pulse generator.

1200DD & 1201DD Data Digital Display

Pro Patch™

Programmable Audio Patchbay • Unprecedented reliability and flexibility in a convenient, space-saving size and lightweight package. • High density 2x48 WECO-compliant bantam jacks on 0.312-inch centers • DIP switch selectable circuits normals and grounds • Ultra-shallow five-inch depth • Modular design allows individual jack access/configuration without affecting other circuits • Largest designations on the market, 0.410-inch top and bottom for 1 rack unit, 0.680-inch top and bottom for 1.5 rack unit.

MonitorScope MS9000

Worlds first modular 3G,HD,SD SDI and composite capable 3U rack measuring instrumentr The MonitorScope MS9000 is a compact ½ rack 3RU high, low power rasterizer for measurement and monitoring of video and audio in all areas of production and engineering. The MS9000 is a modular instrument so it is easy for the user to upgrade at any time. With a user friendly interface and ease of use top of the agenda the MS9000 comes with a built in XVGA display. Applications include: EFP, OB vehicles, pre and post production, editing and graphics suites, tele-cine, colouring... Indeed anywhere serial digital signals or multi-format measurement are required. The MS9000 is capable of measurement, monitoring and error detection of 3G, HD, SD and composite video signals and audio in its embedded, or AES/EBU formats, depending on the module options selected. Generator and EYE modules covering 3G, HD, SD and composite video and audio signals complete the range. With waveform, vector, multiple linear audio peak bar graphs and phase displays with program picture available for display as required the MS9000 fulfils operational and front line engineering requirements.

Kaleido-X 1212 & 1216 Remote Time Display

PKG9625SW

SDI Mini Master Control Switcher Package

7767VIP4-HSN & 7767VIP4-SN The 5600MSC Master Sync and Clock Generator, is both a broadcast quality master sync pulse generator (SPG) and a master clock. It provides all of the synchronizing signals needed in a 21st century TV station at the same time as solving the problem of locking the inhouse master clock system to the master video sync pulse generator.

The Kaleido-X multi-viewers offer the highest picture quality, along with unmatched flexibility in display configuration, and exceptional resilience. Two frames are available with up to 96 inputs and 8 multi-viewer outputs (7RU), or with up to 32 inputs and 4 multi-viewer outputs (4RU), making it ideal for applications demanding high picture counts per display. Kaleido-X’s advanced Metadata extraction, signal probing, and alarming capabilities make it highly suitable for master control and head-end environments. It also offers triple rate 3Gbps/HD/SD performance, with Stereoscopic 3D support. The multi-viewer can be tightly integrated with routers to create very large and versatile monitoring systems. Features: Unmatched image quality Highly resilient Advanced Metadata extraction, probing and alarming Layout flexibility Multi-room oriented Triple rate performance with Stereoscopic 3D support Router integration

109

Video Routers

several units. One module can be hot-swapped without affecting other modules in the cascade. A non-looped version, the DA-3GHD-8, is also available with improved cable equalization. Key Features: 1 x 8 distribution amplifier ASI support on all outputs Passive loop-through on backplane On board LED for status On board DIP for configuration

AAV-HD-XMUX

HD-SDI audio embedder for analog and digital audio

SL-16XY-CP Programmable multibus X-Y control panel series

robust buttons designed to handle everyday use. Key Features: Ranges from 8x8 in 1RU to 64x64 in 4RU Ethernet/RS-232/NCB control Programmable Full button flexilbility Robust buttons Live button status feedback Size: 19inch - 1RU, 2RU or 4RU - depth 5cm Low power

DA-3GHD-8 Nevion series of Sublime control panels provides powerful control features to a large range of routing application with their high flexibility thru their programmability, multi-router/ multi vendor support and multiple control interfaces. Sublime control panels support both serial and IP-based control. The panels are compact and lightweight, easily mounted in desks or racks. They are all 19â&#x20AC;? wide, and ranges from 1RU 8x8 single bus to 4RU 64x64 CY multibus. They are equipped with

110

1x8 3G/HD/SD-SDI and DVB-ASI distribution amplifier The Flashlink DA-3GHD-8/DA-3GHD8-PL is a multi bit-rate distribution amplifier that provides high performance media distribution for signal formats from 19.4Mbps to 2970Mbps in studio and broadcast applications. This unit is automatically configurable for cable equalizing and reclocking of DVB-ASI, SD/HD/3G-SDI signal formats. The DA-3GHD-8-PL module features a passive loop-thru function that enables cascading of

The AAV-HD-XMUX is a multi-rate highly integrated audio embedding module in the Flashlink range, offering simultaneous embedding and deembedding of audio from a digital HD or SD serial video signal. The AAV-HD-XMUXâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s small footprint, low power and Nevion panel control support are ideal for outside broadcast applications.The extensive manual control thru DIP switches enables the module to be efficiently used as a stand-alone unit enclosed in the small Flashlink N-box enclosure. The built-in de-glitcher makes the AAV-HD-XMUX the preferred choice for analog audio embedding applications since any switching is presented seemlessly at the AAV-HD-MUX output.

Digital video cable

success. VikinX Sublime is ideal for general purpose facilities, on-air routing, mobile outside broadcast applications and sophisticated A/V applications. By providing critical 3rd party control interfaces through 3rd party management software Sublime enables the utilization of existing routers and management systems from other manufacturers and maintains the advantages of implementing VikinX Sublime in routing applications. With the ultra-slim, multi-format and flexible product range, Sublime fulfils the most demanding requirements from the professional broadcast market.

Flashlink Micro

SL-3GHD1616-N-CP

3G-SDI router range with control panel and redundant system controller support The SL-3GHDXXXX-CP is a router series supporting 3G/HD/SD-SDI and DVB-ASI, providing reclocking to all its outputs. An XY control panel is making this router series ideal for small studio applications. VikinX Sublime provides many of the powerful control features that drove the VikinX Modular range to

Modules for desktop and standalone applications have until now been associated with medium-low to medium-high performance with little or no reconfiguration possibilities. With Flashlink Micro, those days are gone. Flashlink Micro, your ideal choice for desktop applications Interchangeable modules Minimum setup time Monitoring and configuration Flexible mounting Maximum functionality Low power consumption Ruggedised enclosure design Future-proofed upgrade path

HDTV/SDI video cables usually have solid center conductors and dual shields. The dielectrics can either be foamed PE or for better crush resistance foamed HDPE insulation. Tighter impedance and attenuation tolerances, superior Return Loss (RL) specifications and improved shielding give precision video cables their nocompromise performance

Video Routers

Smart Videohub 12G 40x40

Videohub Smart Control

Routing Switcher 40 x 12G-SDI Inputs / 40 x 12G-SDI Outputs Supports SD, HD, Ultra HD 4K, DCI 4K 4:2:2 and 4:4:4 Sampling 10-Bit Processing SDI Reclocking Built-In LCD with Spin Knob Control Push Buttons on Front Panel Ethernet for Remote Control Videohub Control Software Included

Controls the Router from the Desktop 40 YRGB Illuminated Buttons Buttons Can Be Backlit USB Connection Windows & Mac Software Single & Multiple Destination Options Take Button Compact - 1U Rack Size Power over Ethernet (PoE) Power Fail Protection

Smart Videohub 20x20 Routing Switcher 20 x 6G-SDI Inputs / 20 x 6G-SDI Outputs Supports SD, HD, Ultra HD 4K, DCI 4K 4:2:2 and 4:4:4 Sampling 10-Bit Processing SDI Reclocking Built-In LCD with Spin Knob Control Push Buttons on Front Panel Ethernet for Remote Control Videohub Control Software Included

Smart Videohub 12x12 Routing Switcher 12 x 6G-SDI Inputs / 12 x 6G-SDI Outputs Supports SD, HD, Ultra HD 4K, DCI 4K 4:2:2 and 4:4:4 Sampling 10-Bit Processing SDI Reclocking Built-In LCD with Spin Knob Control Push Buttons on Front Panel Ethernet for Remote Control Videohub Control Software Included

Videohub Master Control FEATURES: Controls All Videohubs Small to Large Cycles Through, Selects, Routes Inputs Locks and Unlocks Routes Labels Routes and Searches by Label Connects by Ethernet

Studio Videohub Router FEATURES: Eliminates Manual Patching Software-Controlled Routing Multiple Input, Output & Control Ports Supports SD, HD & 3Gbps SDI Rackmountable Slimline Profile

Broadcast Videohub FEATURES: Broadcast Routing Switcher Computer Control Rackmount Design

Smart Videohub CleanSwitch Routing Switcher with Frame Syncing 12 x 6G-SDI Inputs / 12 x 6G-SDI Outputs Supports SD, HD, Ultra HD 4K, DCI 4K 4:2:2 and 4:4:4 Sampling 10-Bit Processing SDI Reclocking Built-In LCD with Spin Knob Control Push Buttons on Front Panel Ethernet for Remote Control Videohub Control Software Included

Video Hub Software / Ipad Available free from the App Store, the Videohub Pushbutton View looks stunning on your Apple iPad. That means you can use an iPad over your wireless network to change routing from any room in your studio, all without using dedicated panels or computers!

111

Converters

Teranex 3D Processor Standards/Format Converter & I/O Device Advanced 3D Tools Simultaneously Converts and Captures Up/Down/Cross Format Conversions Aspect Ratio Conversion Adjustable Scaling 16 Channel Audio Conversion Teranex-Patented SIMD Technology Instant Sophisticated Calculations High-Quality De-Interlacing

Teranex 2D Processor MAIN FEATURES Standards/Format Converter & I/O Device Simultaneously Converts and Captures Up/Down/Cross Format Conversions Aspect Ratio Conversion Adjustable Scaling 16 Channel Audio Conversion Teranex-Patented SIMD Technology Instant Sophisticated Calculations High-Quality De-Interlacing Converts Indistinguishably from Master

Teranex Mini Models: HDMI to SDI 4K, SDI to HDMI 4K, SDI to Analog 4K, Analog to SDI, Audio to SDI 4K, SDI to Audio 4K. All models available SDI or optical fiber.

Mini Converters Models: Mini Converter SDI to HDMI 4K, Mini Converter HDMI to SDI 4K Mini Converter SDI to Analog 4K, Mini Converter Analog to SDI Mini Converter SDI to Audio 4K, Mini Converter Audio to SDI 4K Mini Converter Optical Fiber 4K, Mini Converter Optical Fiber Mini Converter SDI Multiplex 4K, Mini Converter SDI Distribution 4K Mini Converter UpDownCross, Mini Converter Sync Generator Mini Converter Quad SDI to HDMI 4K

Battery Converters

Tough machined metal converters with built in battery for live events. Models: Battery Converter SDI to HDMI Battery Converter HDMI to SDI

Mini Converter Heavy Duty

Super strong machined metal mini converters for live production. Models: Analog to SDI SDI to Analog HDMI to SDI SDI to HDMI

OpenGear Converters

Broadcast quality industry standard rack converters.

Teranex Express Teranex Express, is the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s first real time SD, HD and Ultra HD broadcast up and down converter! Featuring advanced patented algorithms, Teranex Express gives you the visually transparent quality conversions and are mandated by major broadcasters and studios worldwide! You get an incredible 178 SD, HD and Ultra HD up and down conversions in full 10bit quality complete with embedded audio, closed captions, timecode and more

112

Models: OpenGear Converter SDI to Analog OpenGear Converter Analog to SDI OpenGear Converter SDI to HDMI OpenGear Converter HDMI to SDI OpenGear Converter SDI to Audio OpenGear Converter Audio to SDI OpenGear Converter Optical Fiber OpenGear Converter UpDownross OpenGear Converter Sync Generator OpenGear Converter SDI Distribution

Media Storage

Atomos Connect H2S

Atomos Connect-AC H2S

The Atomos Connect H2S Converter with 2600mAh Battery converts a single HDMI input to two SDI outputs in resolutions up to 1080i60/50.

The Atomos Connect-AC H2S Converter with AC Cable converts an HDMI signal to two SDI outputs, supporting resolutions up to 1080i60/50, including 1080p30/25. The device also features a test pattern generator, audio test tone, flashlight mode for use in dark locations, and performs pulldown removal and insertion.

Connect H2S is battery-powered -- it features an internal one-hour battery and comes with a 10-hour external NPseries battery. It also supports higher capacity 7.4V NP-series batteries for up to 32 hours of power. Multiple Connect H2S and Connect S2H units can be vertically stacked together and powered by one battery attached to the topmost unit. Connects are designed for a perfect fit with Atomos Recorders but can fit any device that has a NP-series battery plate. An AC power supply is included for charging the internal battery and can charge up to three Connect units simultaneously. Converts HDMI Input to 2 SDI Outputs Supports Resolutions Up to 1080i60/50 1-Hour Internal Battery 10-Hour External Battery Included Stackable with Additional Units Performs 3:2 / 2:2 Pulldown Removal Test Pattern Generator / Audio Test Tone Perfect Fit with Atomos Recorders Fits Any Device with NP-Series Plate

A figure-of-8 AC cable is included for power. You can use the converter table-top or rack-mounted in an optional Atomos Connect-AC Rack-Mount Kit, which can hold four units. Converts HDMI Input to 2x SDI Outputs Supports 1080p30/25 & 1080i60/50 Test Pattern Generator Audio Test Tone Flashlight Mode Pulldown Removal / Insertion Powers by Included Figure-of-8 Cable

Atomos Connect S2H

Atomos Connect-AC S2H

The Atomos Connect S2H Converter with 2600mAh Battery converts an SDI input to an HDMI output and SDI loop output in resolutions up to 1080i60/50.

Connect S2H is battery-powered -- it features an internal one-hour battery and comes with a 10-hour external NPseries battery. It also supports higher capacity 7.4V NP-series batteries for up to 32 hours of power. Multiple Connect S2H and Connect H2S units can be vertically stacked together and powered by one battery attached to the topmost unit. Connects are designed for a perfect fit with Atomos Recorders but can fit any device that has a NP-series battery plate. An AC power supply is included for charging the internal battery and can charge up to three Connect units simultaneously. Converts SDI Input to HDMI Output SDI Loop Output Supports Resolutions Up to 1080i60/50 1-Hour Internal Battery 10-Hour External Battery Included Stackable with Additional Units Performs 3:2 / 2:2 Pulldown Removal Test Pattern Generator / Audio Test Tone Perfect Fit with Atomos Recorders Fits Any Device with NP-Series Plate

113

Media Storage

A08S3-PS

The ExaSAN PCIe 3.0 RAID System For Your Desktop The next-generation 8 bay storage tower with more depth and faster performance. The first PCIe 3.0 desktop model of the ExaSAN family, this 8-bay RAID system will support SAS and SATA drives(4TB and above). It retains the style and professional design of its predecessor but has had a major upgrade to its central core. It now uses PCIe 3.0 technology with throughput of up to 1200 MB/s. Expansion is easy – double up performance with a Dual Port 3.0 HBA Card. The Feature Supports RAID Level 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, JBOD PCIe 3.0, 32 Gb bandwidth Compatible with 3.5” and 2.5” SATA/SAS enterprise hard disks PCIe SAN ready Redundant power supply (Optional)

SWF16 V2

The Perfect integration for SANit file system. Since 2008, Accusys has designed and developed an entirely new out-of-the-box family of high performance storage and switch products based on using PCIexpress as the core technology for data transport. Beginning with DAS (Direct Attached Storage) products based on PCIe1.1, to switch products that allowed 12 client workstations to share storage at speeds exceeding Fibrechannel storage capabilities at the time, Accusys is an innovator of the first order. Initial products transferred data at 10Gb/s based on PCIe1.1 technology. The 10Gb/s data pipe is available to each client workstation as well as to/from PCIe RAID storage. Currently Accusys is shipping a broad line of high speed, expandable family of PCIe2.0 storage and switch products called ExaSAN. PCIe2.0 protocol supports 20Gb/s speeds allowing a single ExaSAN 12bay RAID to provide 1200MB/s data rate to connected client workstations in a PCIe SAN (Storage Area Network) or in DAS.

SW04/08 series A16S3-PS

The Ultimate ExaSAN 16 Bay Rackmount RAID Storage 16 Bay, maximum 3 JBOD Compatible with C1M, PCIe to Thunderbolt convertor. Supports RAID Level 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, JBOD PCIe 3.0 32 Gb bandwidth Compatible with 3.5” and 2.5” SATA/SAS enterprise hard disks PCIe SAN ready Redundant power supply (Optional)

B08S3-PS

The Just the right size for high speed data transfer Focus on Content Creation, Not on Storage Speed Limitations B08S3-PS Bundle for 4K DPX Workflow Performance optimization Set it up and ready to go

The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch (SW04/08) is an innovative member of the ExaSAN storage solution family. An increase in editing workstations brings an increase in accessible storage capacity. The ExaSAN Compact Solution Switch satisfies all your requirements for complete 2 to 8 workstation SAN Switch solutions that provides full scalability options and shared workflow speeds all in a small size. Feature Highlights Delivers up to 20Gb per client & 40Gb combined storage bandwidth. Designed for small workgroup collaborative workflows Supports multiple uncompressed HD, 2K, 4K DPX streams All storage components from one vendor for shorter setup time

SANit 2 File system

Post production groups need storage with high bandwidth, low latency and more extension flexibility. In order to increase the efficiency of HD video editing, user purchase work environments that provide more efficiency and data editing security. In the past, video editing groups were unable to enter SAN environments because of its special technical maintenance requirements and high cost, although, SAN provides the best efficiency for them, SOHOs were limited in their ability to have such SAN systems. Thus, people expect lower construction costs to easily upgrade to SAN.

114

Media Storage

The lightweight and portable 1TB G-DRIVE ev ATC with Thunderbolt from G-Technology is a rugged, bus powered, all-terrain drive solution with a tethered Thunderbolt cable that helps shield and protect a removable G-DRIVE ev RaW USB hard drive. While properly encased in its enclosure, the drive is well protected against falls up to 6.6’ / 2.0m on a carpeted concrete floor. The watertight enclosure will float, and if it happens to become submerged, the watertight compartment will protect the drive in up to 1.0’ / 0.3m of water for up to 30 seconds. The watertight compartment will also help to further protect your data from pressure, shock, and dust. The ev All-Terrain Case is compatible with the Evolution Series, which also fits the G-DRIVE ev or G-DRIVE ev SSD.

Professional External Hard Drive G-DRIVE – A high performance storage solution featuring screaming fast USB 3.0 and FireWire interfaces. Available in storage capacities up to 4TB, G-DRIVE is perfect for storageintensive applications like audio/video editing, digital photography, music libraries, and high-speed data backup. USB 3.0 and FireWire ports for flexible, high-speed data transfer Integrated heat-sink for near silent operation and cooling Solid aluminum case makes for durability and stylish looks 4TB storage capacity using 7200RPM drives with 64MB/cache Ships with all cables Plug-and-play setup on Mac OS®; works with Time Machine® Best-in-the-business 3-year factory warranty

Rugged, All-Terrain Drive Solution Shock Resistant up to 6.6’ / 2.0m Water, Pressure, and Dust Resistant Floats In Water 1TB Capacity 7200 rpm Case Interface: Thunderbolt 10 Gb/s Drive Interface: USB 3.0 and SATA Formatted for Mac Windows and Mac Compatible

Lightweight at 0.53 lb, the rugged and portable 1TB G-DRIVE ev RaW USB 3.0 Hard Drive with Rugged Bumper from G-Technology is designed for those who require on-the-go access to their personal and/or professional files, photos, videos, music, and more. When the included removable bumper is attached to the drive, it is better protected against falls of up to 4.9’ / 1.5m on a carpeted concrete floor. If the bumper is not being used and the drive sustains a fall, it still receives some protection, but only up to 3.9’ / 1.2m. 1TB Capacity USB 3.0 and SATA Interfaces 7200 rpm Shock Resistant up to 4.9' / 1.5m Data Transfer Speeds up to 5 Gb/s Rugged and Lightweight Includes a Removable Bumper Designed for On-the-Go Access Formatted for Mac Windows and Mac Compatible

High-performance dual-drive RAID storage system G-RAID – A dual drive, professional RAID 0 storage solution with high-speed USB 3.0 and FireWire® interfaces. Designed for professional content creation applications, G-RAID supports simultaneous playback of multiple layers of HDV/DVCPRO HD ProRes 422 HQ with the leading video editing applications, including Apple Final Cut Pro®, AVID Media Composer® and Adobe Premiere®. An all aluminum enclosure, soft power switch and quiet smart fan round out G-RAID’s professional feature set. G-RAID is ready right out of the box for use with Mac OS X systems and appears to the system as a single, big and fast disk drive. G-RAID also supports Windows® systems with a simple reformat.* *The G-RAID 4TB and 8TB models are not supported by Windows XP or older 32-bit operating systems which limit maximum volume size to 2.2TB. G-RAID 4TB and 8TB models are compatible with Mac OS X, Windows Vista or other 64-bit operating systems.

115

Media Storage

A high-performance Thunderbolt 2 storage system with hardware RAID G-RAID Studio – A high-performance Thunderbolt 2 storage system with hardware RAID. Configurable in RAID 0, RAID 1, or JBOD, G-RAID Studio features Thunderbolt 2 technology for ultimate speed. G-RAID Studio ships with two removable 7200RPM hard drives for total capacities up to 12TB, complete in a solid black enclosure. With transfer rates up to 360MB/s, G-RAID Studio easily supports 2K and compressed 4K video workflows. It is the ideal storage solution designed to save you time with demanding video & photo editing. G-RAID Studio is backed by a standard 3-year limited warranty and unlimited free technical support by representatives experienced with the latest content creation applications.

Hardware RAID 4-Bay Thunderbolt 2 Storage Solution G-SPEED Studio (RAID)- A hardware RAID 4-Bay Thunderbolt 2 storage solution. Configurable in RAID 0, 1, 5, and 10, G-SPEED Studio features Thunderbolt 2 technology for ultimate speed. With sustained transfer rates of up to 700MB/ sec and the ability to daisy-chain via dual Thunderbolt 2 ports, this RAID solution ships with Enterprise Class Hard Drives and is designed to support multistream compressed 4K and 2K workflows. G-Technology’s roots run deep within the creative pro community, and we work closely with Intel and Apple, constantly evolving to better support professional workflows. That’s why G-SPEED Studio also features a sleek black enclosure, smart fan technology and plug-and-play Mac setup. G-SPEED Studio is backed by a standard 3-year limited warranty and unlimited free technical support by representatives experienced with the latest content creation applications.

116

The 64TB (8 x 8TB) G-Speed Studio XL Hard Drive Array from G-Technology features a hardware selectable RAID controller to offer capacity and performance for supporting multi-stream HD, 2K, 4K compressed workflows, and more. This hard drive array provides 8-bays with each one housing an Enterprise-class hard drive that can be configured for data transfer rates of up to 1350 MB/s under RAID 0. These drives are preconfigured in RAID 5 which offers 1175 MB/s data transfer rates along with one drive’s worth of parity. They can be reconfigured in either RAID 0, 1, 6, 10, 50, and 60. A recommended balance between capacity, performance, and reliability is offered with RAID 50 and 60, which strips data in RAID 0 across multiple sets of either RAID 5 or 6. This drive is also built with Thunderbolt 2 technology that supports the fast transfer rates these drives can offer and allows daisychaining to additional Thunderbolt enable devices. Included along with the Studio XL are power and Thunderbolt cables. Up to 1350 MB/sec sustained transfer rates. Thunderbolt 2 technology. Hardware RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50 & 60. Enterprise Class hard drives for reliability. Supports multi-stream HD, 2K and compressed 4K workflows.

Software

Adobe Creative Cloud All-new desktop versions of your favorite creative tools and services, check. Immediate access to new features and updates, check. And that’s just the beginning. With Creative Cloud™, everything you need to create intuitively and collaboratively is included.

Photoshop CC

Adobe Lightroom 5

Just about every creative digital project has Photoshop CC at its core. The world’s most advanced image editing app lets you enhance, retouch, and manipulate photographs and other images in any way you can imagine. And because it’s part of Creative Cloud, you can save, share and access your work from anywhere — all with just a few clicks.

From first look to final image, Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 5 makes everything about digital photography easier, faster, and more amazing. Perfect your shots with powerful new adjustment tools like the Advanced Healing Brush. Efficiently organize all your photos and share them almost anywhere. And now that Lightroom is also available in Adobe Creative Cloud, making good shots great is only the beginning.

Image editing and compositing.

Adobe Premiere Pro CC

SpeedGrade CC Color grading.

Vector graphics and illustration.

Edit video faster and more fluidly with Adobe Premiere Pro CC. Brandnew features include an integrated color grading pipeline with Adobe SpeedGrade CC, expanded native format support, improved multicam editing, and more. With Creative Cloud, it’s easy to download the latest features and sync your settings and shortcuts to any computer in any edit bay in the world.

Deliver balanced color and distinctive, vibrant looks for any type of video production. Grade faster with more connected tools, over a dozen powerful new features, a redesigned interface, and Direct Link integration with Adobe Premiere Pro users. SpeedGrade CC gives you access to ongoing updates as soon as they’re released, and integrates with other Adobe video tools for smooth start-to-finish video production.

Create vector art and illustrations using advanced, precise drawing and typography tools. Work quickly and intuitively on everything from brand identities and marketing materials to graphics for the web, video, and film. Illustrator CC is part of Creative Cloud, so you can sync color themes, workspaces, and projects — all with just a few clicks.

After Effects CC

Adobe Audition CC

Flash Professional CC

Video production and editing.

Cinematic visual effects and motion graphics. Make the impossible possible with the new, more connected After Effects CC. Get powerful timesaving features like a Live 3D Pipeline with Maxon Cinema4D software and new Mask Tracker, which lets you apply a mask and effect that travel frame by frame throughout your composite. Share work from within the application, sync your settings across machines, and get access to new features as soon as they’re released.

Erase, repair, and create sounds with powerful new features. Create and deliver beautiful audio using more connected tools and dozens of new features, including Sound Remover, which can eliminate unwanted sounds from an entire file just by analyzing a small selection. Adobe® Audition® CC gives you access to new features as soon as they’re released and is integrated with other Adobe video tools for smooth start-to-finish audio and video production.

Illustrator CC

Work faster than ever before with a 64-bit architecture, a new streamlined user interface, and more connected tools. Create native HTML5 content and export high-definition video and audio. Flash Professional CC lets you share work directly from within the application and sync your settings across machines, and get access to new features the moment they’re released.

117

Color Grading

Control Panel

DaVinci Resolve12

DaVinci Control Surface

The world’s most compatible post production solution DaVinci Resolve 12 combines professional non-linear video editing with the world’s most advanced color corrector so now you can edit, color correct, finish and deliver all from one system! DaVinci Resolve is completely scalable and resolution independent so it can be used on set, in a small studio or integrated into the largest Hollywood production pipeline! From creative editing and multi camera television production to high end finishing and color correction, only DaVinci Resolve features the creative tools, compatibility, speed and legendary image quality you need to manage your entire workflow, which is why it is the number one solution used on Hollywood feature films.

The full DaVinci Resolve includes the amazing DaVinci control surface. Buttons can be set to any custom color, and with a huge 38 independent soft knobs with automatic LCD labels, you’ll never have to page through multiple menus for common adjustments. Full deck control buttons with jog and shuttle are builtin and all grade memories and gallery still frames can be recalled with a simple press of a button. With the DaVinci Resolve control surface, you can keep grading at full speed!

With today’s multi-purposing work stations, where desk space is at a premium, having a fully featured panel that is compact, fully featured and stylish enough to match its surroundings is a must. But, you’d expect that having a compact design means having to compromise ergonomics, features and control size. With the Element range, there is no compromise! Compatible software: Apple Color Assimilate SCRATCH Autodesk Lustre & Flame Premium Colorfront On-Set Dailies DaVinci Resolve FilmLight FLIP FireFly FireCube and FireCloud Marquise OCEAN, RAIN & MIST Pixel Farm PF Clean Pomfort LiveGrade RED REDCineX-Pro SGO Mistika YoYotta YoYo

The Wave brings a new level of affordability and quality to control surfaces. Superbly designed Sofware that supports the Wave Apple - Color (v1.5 or later) (See color support page for more details) DaVinci - Resolve Assimilate - SCRATCH ( v4.0 or later) Iridas - SpeedGrade & FrameCycler RED - REDcineX ( OSX & Windows) Synthetic Aperture - Color Finesse ( v3.0.2 or later) Digital Film Technology - FLEXXITY Interactive Effects - Piranha & IFX Ant film MTI Film - Control Dailies and Remote Control Dailies ( v8.0 or later) Cineform - Neo4K & Neo3D The Pixel Farm - PF Clean Pomfort - SilverStack Marquise Technologies - MIST & OCEAN Sondor - ALTRA Snell - Archangel Ph.C-HD (Version 3 or later) Colorfront - On Set Dailies Cintel - FLOW & COLORFLOW YoYotta - YoYo Gamma&Density - 3CP (Version 5.0 or later)

Artist Color Control Surface

Wave

Affordable technology

Compatible software: Avid Media Composer Avid DS Assimilate SCRATCH Blackmagic Design DaVinci Resolve Digital Vision Phoenix Image Systems Nucoda Fuse Pomfort Silverstack SET The Foundry STORM Avid Symphony Apple Color Autodesk Smoke for Mac Colorfront On-set Dailies FilmLight Baselight Pomfort LiveGrade RED REDCINE-X

118

Workstation

HP Z840 Workstation More power to you

Push your computing boundaries with the HP Z840 Workstation and keep up with your biggest projects. Built for high-end computing and visualization, the HP Z840 delivers outstanding performance in one of the industry’s most expandable chassis. Primed to perform, the HP Z840 allows you to achieve the performance you need with the ability to support two next generation Intel® Xeon® processors for up to 36 total processor cores in one system.3

HP Z440 Workstation Expand your power

Take your business to the next level of performance, expandability, and no compromise reliability in one complete package. The HP Z440 features a perfect mix of HP Z DNA in a performance workstation with up to 8 discrete processor cores, up to 128 GB of RAM, and multiple storage and PCIe configuration options. Here’s to more power to you with the HP Z440 Workstation.

HP ZBook Mobile Workstation Expand your creative capabilities

Creativity without limits. Showcase your best work in the office or on the go, using a vivid 17.3 / 15 / 14-inch diagonal optional HP DreamColor display on the new ZBook workstation. Take advantage of HP’s most powerful processing and graphics, consistent color throughout your workflow, simple scalability, and the blazing-fast connectivity your team needs to perform and collaborate at the speed of creativity.

HP Z1 WORKSTATION Workstation Performance Without Compromise.

Bring your ideas to life faster with the accelerated performance of the HP Z1 Workstation. The only all-in-one workstation with quad-core Intel® Xeon® processors2, 3. Make renders faster and crashes a thing of the past with professional graphics and ECC memory. Experience the HP Z1 Workstation and stay one step ahead of your imagination.

PERFORMANCE DISPLAYS VISUAL POWER TO OVERACHIEVE

With stunning IPS panels, 178-degree viewing and up to 10x the contrast ratio of mainstream Twisted Nematic displays, HP Performance Displays are designed to deliver outstanding image performance and accuracy. Realize the advantages of ultra-fast response times and smooth color transitions — so the work you see can be as great as the work you do.

119

Editing Solutions

DeckLink 4K Extreme 12G 8-Lane PCIe Gen2 I/O Card Multi-Rate 12G-SDI and HDMI Connections Supports UHD 4K and DCI 4K Up to 60 fps Single & Dual Link 4:4:4:4/4:2:2 Signals 3D Stereoscopic SDI Output at 4:4:4:4 Up/Down/Cross Conversion Optional Optical Fiber I/O Modules Breakout Cable for Analog / RS-422 Genlock & Deck Control Compatible with Mac, Windows, and Linux

UltraStudio 4K

The ultimate break out box capture and playback solution for Thunderboltâ&#x201E;˘ Product Highlights: 1RU Rack Mount & Table-Top I/O Device 2x 20Gb/s Thunderbolt 2 Ports DCI/UHD 4K 4:2:2 Up to 30p by 1x 6G-SDI DCI/UHD 4K 4:2:2 50p-60p by 2x 6G-SDI DCI/UHD 4K 4:2:2 by HDMI 1080p RGB 4:4:4 by Single-Link 3G-SDI 1080p 4:2:2 by Single-Link HD-SDI 1080p 4:4:4 by Dual-Link HD-SDI

UltraStudio Express

Ultra Studio 4K Extreme 12G-SDI and 6G-SDI Inputs and Outputs HDMI 2.0 Input and Output XLR and RCA Analog Audio Input AES/EBU Audio In and Out Support Dual Channel 3D Over SDI Cages for Fiber Optic Connectors Up/Down/Cross Conversion Thunderbolt Interface with Loop-Through Supports Optional PCIe Host 2RU Form Factor with Front-Panel Display

DeckLink Studio 4K

Affordable cards for SDI, HDMI and analog in SD and HD. If you work with a wide range of analog video and audio gear, and need to move seamlessly between SD, HD, 2K and Ultra HD, then DeckLink Studio 4K is perfect! DeckLink Studio 4K includes a massive number of analog and digital video connections including SD/HD/Ultra HD 6G-SDI, HDMI 1.4b, SD/HD component, composite, S-video, 4 ch balanced analog audio, 2 ch AES/EBU switchable to 6 ch out, black burst and tri-sync reference input, RS-422 deck control connections, keying in SD and a hardware down converter. Perform editing, paint and broadcast design and more with the ultimate future proof design Supports: AVC-Intra, AVCHD, Canon XF MPEG2, Digital SLR, DV-NTSC, DV-PAL, DVCPRO50, DVCPROHD, DPX, HDV, XDCAM EX, XDCAM HD, XDCAM HD422, Apple ProRes 4444, Apple ProRes 422 (HQ), Apple ProRes 422, Apple ProRes (LT), Apple ProRes 422 (Proxy), Uncompressed 8-bit 4:2:2, Uncompressed 10-bit 4:2:2, Uncompressed 10 bit 4:4:4.

120

Thunderbolt powered capture and playback with SDI, HDMI, analog, with pro and consumer cables. Product Highlights Thunderbolt Powered I/O Device SD/HD SDI Input and Output HDMI Input and Output 2 Breakout Cables (RCA vs. BNCs / XLRs) Component / Composite / S-Video Sync / Genlock / RS422 Captures in DPX and QuickTime

Intensity Extreme

HDMI and Analog Capture & Playback Device - Thunderbolt Product Highlights For Thunderbolt-Enabled Computers 10-Bit Editing Solution HDMI Input / Output Analog Video / Audio by Breakout Cable 1080p24, 1080i60/50, 720p60/50 NTSC & PAL Real-Time Final Cut & Premiere Effects Machined Aluminum Body

UltraStudio Mini Monitor / Recorder Recorder Capture Device

Product Highlights Capture Aspect of Capture/Playback Card Transfers Video from Camera to Computer SDI, HDMI, Thunderbolt / Embedded Audio Captures Live Feeds and Playback Feeds Supports Resolutions up to 1080i60 10-Bit Color Precision / 4:2:2 Sampling Real Time Colorspace Conversion Software Based Down Conversion

Editing Solutions

Io 4K

4K and HD I/O for Thunderbolt™ 2 Product Highlights: Supports 4K via HDMI & Quad Link SDI Simultaneous SDI and HDMI Outputs Dual Thunderbolt 2 Ports Real-Time 4K to HD Down-Conversion 10-bit 4:2:2 and 4:4:4 Support 16-Channel Embedded Audio on SDI 8-Channel Embedded Audio on HDMI DB-25 Analog Audio Output Connector RS-422 VTR Control, Reference, LTC Input Headphone Jack and Level Control

Breakout Boxes All KONA cards feature an optional Breakout Box with supplied cables that enable extended I/O and the ability to easily connect to KONA without having to access the rear of the computer tower.

The AJA Io 4K I/O for Thunderbolt 2 is a portable capture and output device that offers professional video and audio connectivity with support for 4K and UltraHD workflows.

Io XT

Professional Capture & Playback Device with Thunderbolt Product Highlights: For Macs with Thunderbolt Ports Dual 3G/HD/SD-SDI Inputs & Outputs 4:4:4 RGB via Single- & Dual-Link SDI HDMI 1.4a I/O with 3D Support Analog Video & Audio Output RS-422 Control Reference In & Linear Time Code I/O Hardware 10-Bit Up/Down/Cross Conversion 2x Thunderbolt for Daisy-Chaining Lightweight with Portable Form Factor The Io XT from AJA is a professional 3G-SDI/HDMI capture & playback device that serves as an editing solution for Macs equipped with Thunderbolt ports.

KONA 4

SMART I/O for Adobe CS6 and Creative Cloud

Advanced 2K and 3D capture and playback for Thunderbolt™ technology. Matrox products have been the I/O hardware of choice for Adobe editors since 1995, offering many workflow advancements over the years. From the first realtime playback, realtime effects, and realtime export engines, to support for Mac and PC laptops and desktops with a sing le device, Matrox worked hand-in-hand with Adobe over many generations of the Adobe applications to make sure video professionals always had the tools they needed to do their jobs with the utmost creativity and productivity. Now, the Matrox MXO2 devices are still the only solutions that connect anywhere, Mac and PC, via Thunderbolt, PCIe, or ExpressCard/34 – with the same versatile unit.

Powerful integration. Professional connectivity Supports 4K Video up to 60 fps 4K I/O Via SDI or HDMI Uncompressed 4:4:4/4:2:2 1080p I/O Input/Output 1080p Video Simultaneously Hardware Up/Down/Cross-Conversion 60-Pin Breakout Cable Included 4-BNC to mini-BNC Cable Included Works with Optional K3G Rack I/O Unit

Along with the new Matrox Mojito MAX card, they are also the only I/O solutions on the market that let you deliver H.264 files up to five times faster than software alone without sacrificing quality! Capture, scale, monitor, and output in any format you need – from analog and HDMI to HD-SDI. Monitor your 5.1 and 7.1 surround sound mixes using professional connections. Turn your HDMI screen into a professional grade video monitor with the unique Matrox HDMI Calibration Utility. Enjoy special benefits with Adobe Premiere Pro, After Effects, Photoshop, Media Encoder, Prelude, and Encore.

121

On-Air

Channel in a Box

Channel in a Box from PlayBox Technology is a turnkey playout solution for broadcasting a single TV channel. It integrates all the elements needed to keep a channel on-air by combining automation, playout and interactive graphics within one box. It can provide SDI or IP streaming connectivity for applications including broadcast and cable TV as well as other applications. The major functions of PlayBox Technology Channel in a Box offer video and audio ingest, storage and playout. Playlists can be prepared, interactive graphics and text presentation can be added and keyed internally or externally using a separate DSK. The operation of all modules is monitored and alarms are generated.

TV Automation AirBox

AirBox Multi Parallel Output - AirBox MPO enables the running of two or more outputs so that broadcasters can easily provide parallel outputs in any combination needed to deliver the content. HD SDI, SD SDI (with realtime rescaling) and IP streaming, or for example, output in H.264 (MPEG-4) and MPEG-2 at the same time. AirBox supports MPEG1/2/H.264, HDV and DV streams from virtually every known production platform providing AVI, MPEG, WMV, Quick Time or MXF content. Files from third-party servers such as Leitch or Seachange are natively supported. For live productions, any changes to the playlist during on-air session are possible! There are no qued or locked clips. Every clip in the playlist, except the one which is currently playing, can be trimmed, edited or repositioned. Moreover, playlist order can be changed on-the-fly with commands like skip to next or jump. Such order changes are performed seamlessly without stopping current playout session. Live productions are facilitated by the powerful Live Show Clipboard which allows insertion and/or execution of various events or live streams.

Any changes to the playlist during playback are possible! There are no locked clips. Every clip in the playlist can be trimmed or repositioned. Moreover, playout position can be changed on-the-fly with commands like next, jump or shuttle. Such changes are performed seamlessly without stopping current playout session.

Single Screen

News Automation

PlayBox Technology Newsair is a complete News Room Computer System (NRCS) that unites all types of media that make up todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s fast moving news presentations.

Complete Solution to Manage News Preparation and Delivery with Rundown Management: Multi Screen

Its unprecedented level of interactive control over the on-air CG objects turns TitleBox into a powerful tool, ideally suited for music shows, live entertainment programs and presentations, sports events titling.

NewsAir

NewsAir is for both live and recorded news content using text, media, photos, news feeds, audio, etc. with rights management for administrators, reporters, directors, editors, etc. to upload and edit content, make graphics, write news and prompter text, make a news bulletin that are automatically send to AirBox, TitleBox and the Prompter.

Powerful Interactive ON-AIR Graphics Generator

TitleBox is an interactive graphics manager which creates, displays and controls fascinating multi-zone screens with rolls, crawls, animations, clocks, station logos, 3D objects and more. It is suitable for broadcast and cable TV channels, digital signage applications and hospitality channels of hotels, schools, corporations, retail businesses, shopping malls, churches, airports, holiday resorts, theme parks, etc.

peak audio meter and volume control. Native IEEE-1394 HDV or ASI MPEG2 TS (SD/HD) capturing and real-time UDP streaming.

Multichannel audio output with up to 16 SDI channels are also available. Convenient content management with the build-in Media browser. Media is accessible on Local or Network storage.

TitleBox

Universal Playout & Streaming Automation Server with Optional Router / Switcher Control, GPI, RS-422 available in SD & HD

Universal SD/HD content playout and streaming. 24/7 unattended operation, MPEG2, AVC/H.264, HDV and DV compression scalability, large variety of sources supported, hardware Independence are the typical highlights of AirBox. Ideally suited for time-critical live operations. Professional device support through GPI, RS232, VDCP is also available. Redundant playout makes it perfect for fail-safe environments.

broadcasts and other places where video/audio content have to be displayed. It is designed to meet the high reliability requirements of broadcast playout.

Supports all Commonly Used Media File Formats Full integration with AirBox and TitleBox Instant Media Playback for Items Added to the Playlist Customisable User Account with Access via Internet Scalable to any Number of Users Real-Time Uploading and Editing Live Feeds from News Agencies and Easy Search News Archive Easy Integration with Different Prompting Devices

CaptureBox

Manual Capture, Time Scheduled Capture and Tape Capture (inc. T/C Batch Capture) Ingest Server with optional Router Control available in SD & HD

ProductionAirBox

ProductionAirBox provides content playout for News, Live shows, Studio screens and video walls, live production

122

Manual, automatic, batch and scheduled capturing. The first software of its kind to enable MPEG2 and AVC/H.264 capturing on a wide array of hardware platforms with plenty of capturing facilities such as RS422 or DV deck control, VU/

Within NewsAir an organisation of people with different rights (such as administrators, reporters, directors, editors, etc.) can upload and edit content, make graphics, write news, prompter text to make a complete news programme or bulletin. The rundown information is automatically sent to AirBox, TitleBox and prompters for the live or recorded news programme.

On-Air

Multi Playout Manager

SocialMediaBox

Multi Playout Manager (MPM) is a fully assignable monitoring and control system with rights management for multiple AirBox channels from one or more internet-connected PC`s locally or from anywhere in the world via IP. MPM is a networked workflow solution created for multi-channel playout centres to monitor and control all channels locally and assign full or restricted rights for any of the TV channels to one or more people to remotely monitor and/ or control the TV channels from a remote PC, iPad, Mobile Phone etc.

SocialMediaBox is a powerful addition to the PlayBox Technology range of broadcast TV and Channel branding systems. Accessed via standard web browser, SocialMediaBox enables programme production and presentation creators to incorporate comments from multiple social network feeds quickly and efficiently into a single ready-forbroadcast stream.

Remote Control and Monitoring

Monitoring and Control of Single and Multiple Channels Locally or Via Internet Timeline View, View Groups and Control Groups User-Friendly Web-Based Interface with Channel Preview Offline Playlist Creation and Editing Clip Trimmer to assign In/Out points, Clip Properties Editing etc. Manual Triggering of Events - Preset Buttons (Logo, Router Control, CG Control, etc.) Web User Interface Custom Branding (Banner with Logo of the Organization) Media Upload via Web Browser interface Library Module (MAM, Storage connection) Multiple media folders with custom metadata settings (Category and Color) Drag and drop media files from library to playlist Different Levels of Rights Management Assignment from Viewer to Administrator On the Fly Change of Playlists

All Social Media on a Single Screen

SocialMediaBox is client/server application using SQL-based data storage and supporting multi-user access as well as multiple outputs. A single application can be used across several television shows and channels. Multiple user accounts may be assigned, each account then being able to create customised feeds. Access to each feed can also be configured as private, accessible by designated users or available to all users. Facebook, Twitter and RSS feed integration on a single screen Multi-user access Multiple outputs â&#x20AC;&#x201C; more than one customized feed can be created Moderated Publish Mode, where items have to be marked as approved before they are published Instant Publish Mode, where items are published as soon as they are selected Output to CG engine for On Air presentation RSS feed output SQL-based storage Google+, LinkedIn - coming soon

123

On-Air

PlayBox MAM Media Assset Management.

Scalable – From a Single Channel to a Multi-Channel TurnKey Broadcast Centre PlayBox MAM organises your digital library. Content can be searched, browsed and distributed easily anywhere within your broadcast workflow. Cost effective – End to end digital tapeless workflow. Unlimited metadata – Add metadata at the point of ingest. User configurable metadata fields let you choose a flexible way of assets management. User Security – Sophisticated security features prevent unauthorized access to the media files. Active directory integration provides added security, different user group access rights can be assigned to ensure the correct use of media assets.

Proxsys PA-10/50/60 Media Archiving Systems

Transcoding Engine – Built-in multi profile transcode engine provides ability to create automatic Proxy files and various other formats suitable for broadcast requirements. User friendly – Personalised workspace layouts, familiar folder structures and search functions provide fast and easy access to your assets.

Advanced Media viewer – A multifunctional viewer allowing users to edit metadata, set markers and add notes. Audio and video censorship. Story board and clip creation all from within the viewer window. LTO Tape Archive (optional) – For secure backup protection of your content.

124

The Proxsys PA-Series internal video engine generates H.264 lo-res preview clips at ingest and stores them online with the database. High resolution original content is archived on secure, reliable, low-cost LTO data tapes. The browserbased user interface allows users to navigate the database by bin structure or metadata search and an integrated Flash-based preview player supports clip viewing and verification. Selected files may be collected in a shortlist for easy download. For access to content that is stored offline, the system guides users to ingest required tapes.

Proxsys PX-50/150 LTOEdition

Web interface – Access your content anytime anywhere from a PC or MAC. Upload media remotely and edit metadata via simple user interface. Post production integration – Your library is accessible in your editing suites with Integration for your editing software such as Final Cut, Sony Vegas, Edius (optional).

Proxsys PA-Series efficiently manages complete NLE projects in postproduction as well as archiving plain files and structured video content, and supports popular systems including AVID Media Composer, Adobe Premiere and Apple FCP. With just a few clicks, it ensures that files are securely stored and ready for use.

H.264/WebM preview clips for instant preview, modification and selection Low power requirements Hi speed restoration of hi-res content Proxsys PX-50 LTO and PX-150 Media Server LTO Edition hierarchical storage management systems provide secure media archiving with near real-time access and exceptionally low total cost of ownership (TCO). The systems utilize costeffective LTO tapes with life cycles of up to 30 years, high mean time between failures (MTBF) and substantially lower power consumption than constantly spinning RAID hard disk arrays. The Proxsys PX-50 LTO and PX-150 Media Server LTO Edition’s 96 slot LTO-6 libraries provide up to 240 TB of storage. Preview clips are transcoded as H.264/WebM as content is loaded and are available online at all times for review, ensuring no-delay modification, preview and selection. Files are loaded to the LTO drive for restoration only when high resolution content is needed, and high restoration speeds of 160MB/sec minimize delay.

Media Asset Management Systems PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Turnkey video archiving solution Supports all popular camera formats (Panasonic, Sony, JVC, Canon, SDHC, CF, Focus and more) Archives complete NLE projects Extends NLE editing server Automated lo-res preview rendering for online storage Online/offline storage of hi-res content Proxsys PA-Series is a robust and cost effective media archiving system that combines a professional video engine, database and online/offline storage. Its complete archiving workflow includes fast ingest of media files and projects, automated archiving on LTO-5/6 tape for easy file organization, search and previewing via an intuitive user interface. To get a first impression of our Proxsys PA-Series, please visit our Online Demo. If you don’t have a login yet, please contact our Proxsys Team.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Low total cost of ownership LTO tape systems with long life cycle and high MTBF Up to 240TB of storage

Proxsys iPad App

Proxsy Android App

Wireless Camera System

Pro Wireless Camera-Top H.264 Encoder Teradek Cube and Cube Pro encoders provide a powerful, compact wireless solution for local monitoring and proxy recording. Both devices utilize high profile H.264 compression and support resolutions up to 1080p over 2.4/5Ghz WiFi, Ethernet, and 3G/4G/LTE cellular networks via a USB modem. The Teradek Cube comes in HD-SDI or HDMI varieties, whereas the camera-back Cube Pro offers an HD-SDI input in V- or AB Gold-mount versions. Each encoder has an easy to use OLED display for rapid configuration and a rechargeable Li-Ion battery, which enables users to swap external power sources without powering the unit down.

Mini Ultra-Portable Wi-Fi Live Streaming Stream HDMI Signal to Web Destinations Livestream, Ustream, YouTube Integration Manual RTMP with Other Platforms Transmit Wirelessly to Live:Air iPad App Resolutions from 360x200 to 1080p30/25 Bluetooth Connectivity to Tablet/Phone Built-In 3 Hour Lithium-Ion Battery

II Integrated Camera-Top H.264 Cellular Bonding Solution Bond II is an exciting addition to the award-winning Bond camera-top cellular mux family. Bond II was designed to function as an efficient and portable bonding solution that excels in time sensitive situations and challenging environments with minimal maneuverability. Its compact size, light weight, and low power consumption combined with its cost-effective price make Bond II an unbeatable value for broadcasters. Bond II comes with a built-in HD H.264 encoder, HD-SDI input, 6 USB slots for 3G/4G/LTE modems, and requires fewer cables than the original Cube + Bond system. Additionally, Bond II offers a flexible new modem mounting option that ensures your cellular dongles are protected from aggressive movement.

Integrated Camera-Back H.264 Cellular Bonding Solution ond Pro is a new integrated camera-back HD H.264 bonded cellular solution designed specifically for broadcast cameras with Gold-mount or V-mount power systems. Bond Pro’s modular design and ease of use make it a simple addition to any broadcast rig. Its light weight and low power consumption allows cameramen to quickly maneuver within tight spaces and broadcast live for long periods without interruption or fatigue. The device comes with an HD-SDI input and HD-SDI loop. This new design also provides support for up to 6 simultaneous cellular network connections via USB dongles. Additionally, Bond Pro offers the same updated modem mounting option as Bond II, which ensures your cellular dongles are protected from aggressive handling. When the situation calls for nimble movement and extended broadcast times, Bond Pro delivers the most empowering bonding solution for ENG professionals.

Turnkey Sputnik Server Base is an integrated link aggregation and H.264 decoding solution for video broadcasts transmitted over the Teradek Link or Bond. As an alternative to an Amazon EC2 instance or building your own Linux server, Base de-bonds and decodes your video feed from a single rack mount server with an HD-SDI output. Stream Directly to Influxis Streaming over multiple cellular networks directly to the Internet just got easier with Influxis’ native integration of Teradek’s Sputnik aggregation software. Instead of streaming to a Linux server in the cloud or back at the station, you can now transmit and display your live video feed directly on Influxis’ servers for a seamless broadcast experience.

Dashboard The Teradek Dashboard is a web GUI for monitoring the performance of your Bond system. Dashboard displays the bit rate and latency per modem, total data usage, modem status, buffer length, and many other statistics to help you keep track of your streaming performance in real time.

125

Wireless Camera System

Bolt Pro 2000

Bolt Pro 300

The Teradek Bolt Pro 2000 3G-SDI/HDMI Wireless Video Transceiver Set is a latency free wireless transmission system that sends 4:2:2, 1080p60 video up to 2000 ft over the unlicensed 5GHz band. It includes one transmitter and one receiver, both featuring 3G-SDI and HDMI connections. Both can also be outfitted with high gain antennas for increased range and resiliency.

The Teradek Bolt Pro 300 Wireless HD-SDI/HDMI Dual Format Video Transmitter/Receiver Set features internal antennas and offers a fan-less receiver that includes a USB 3.0 output, which allows you to ingest video directly into your computer or DIT cart with ease. This model supports metadata and timecode pass through. It supports wireless HD video with zero delay (<1ms), up to a 300 ft range, and up to 4 receivers. The transmitter accepts either HD-SDI or HDMI input, and the receiver outputs both HD-SDI and HDMI.

Professional SDI and / or HDMI Wireless Video TX/RX

Transmit HD Video/ Audio Up to 2000 ft Supports Formats Up to 1080p60 Zero Frame Display Transmitter Features Loop Through SDI Suitable for Outdoor or Indoor Use Dynamic Frequency Selection Two Channels of Audio

Bolt Pro 600

Video SDI and / or HDMI Transceiver Set The Teradek Bolt Pro 600 Wireless HD-SDI Video Transmitter/ Receiver Set uses a new RF design that allows a transmission range of up to 600 ft line of sight, and it includes RP-SMA connections for external antennas on the transmitter. It supports wireless HD video with zero delay (<1ms) and up to 4 receivers. The transmitter accepts HD-SDI input, and the receiver outputs HD-SDI as well as USB 3.0 video and audio. The receiver features an OLED display and joysticks for easy setup and pairing. This set is shipped in a sturdy Pelican case. Half the size and weight of the previous long range receiver HDMI and 3G-SDI outputs Multiple RP-SMA antenna connections for increasing range and resiliency LCD - check the status of your wireless link and pair additional Bolt systems when youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re out in the field

126

3G-SDI and / or HDMI Video Transceiver Set

Offers a fan-less design that runs absolutely silent while remaining cooler than previous Bolt systems Both an HDMI and 3G-SDI output LEMO power connector Internal antennas Use up-to HDMI and 3G-SDI 4 receivers simultaneously Output to field monitors, video swithers, encoders or recorders

Beam

Transmitter & Receiver Set with V-Mount The Teradek Beam system transmits up to 1080p60 video with audio for up to 2500 ft over the license-free 5 GHz frequency. Latency is only 70ms-80ms, which comes out to approximately 2 frames. This set includes one transmitter with a 3G-SDI input and loop output, and one receiver with a 3G-SDI output. The transmitter offers a V-Mount male plate on one side and female on the other and is meant to be sandwiched in between your camera and battery. Both units also offer RJ45 ports supporting wired LAN (Local Area Network) transfer and bidirectional serial control. Wireless Video & Audio Transmission Supports Resolutions Up to 1080p60 2500 ft Distance with 70ms-80ms Latency Uses License-Free 5 GHz Frequency 3G-SDI Input & Loop; 3G-SDI Output H.264 Encoding RTSP and MPEG-TS Streaming RJ45 Ports for Wired LAN Transfer 30 Mbps Bit Rate; 50 Mbps over LAN Mic & Headphone Communication I/O

Up-Link / Wireless Video System

Advent FlyDrive Motorised Flyaway Antenna

The ADVENT FlyDrive Antenna is the newest in the range of antenna solutions on offer. The FlyDrive is designed to function as a traditional flyaway as well as a semi-permanent vehicle mounted system. The FlyDrive draws on technology and design innovations of the well known and field proven Mantis Flyaway and NewSwift antennas.

NewSwift LT 1.2m Ku Band Antenna High Performance Integrated Satellite Terminal

Advent has made its FlyDrive as easy as possible to operate. It offers full 3-axis motorised control with manual backup, satellite auto acquisition and tracking, with GPS if required. The FlyDrive can be fitted easily to most vehicle roof racks using standard fittings. The FlyDrive is easily transported in IATA weight compliant flight cases so that it can be taken on a commercial airline, for quick deployment by a single user anywhere in the world. ADVENT’s FlyDrive is fully adjustable, to +/- 200º azimuth, elevation 6º to 92º and polarisation adjustment +/- 95º. The drive control unit (DCU5000) is housed within the main antenna case, which makes this antenna very compact for operation in the field. The electronics for ADVENT FlyDrive’s are available in single thread, power combined or 1:1 redundant configurations. Advent’s 5000 range of electronics package compliments the FlyDrive perfectly. The 5000 series are half the width of a standard 19” rack mounted unit, a major advantage where space and weight are critical. For further information on the 5000 series of electronics please see separate datasheet. Features • Available with 1:2m or 1.5m relfector • Bands available 1.2m - X, Ku, DBS & Ka 1.5m - C, X, Ku, DBS & Ka • IATA weight compliant 1.2m - two cases 1.5m - three cases • Satellite auto acquistion & tracking packages available • Easily deployed by a single user • Can be used as a flyaway or semipermanent vehicle mounted antenna system

128

• Drive control housed within main antenna case • Combines with half rack 5000 series system electronics • Software upgradeable for Auto-Acquire (ACU5216) and integral ASI Demod • Option for multi-band capability by feed cartridge exchange • Option for integral BUC with antenna for single thread operation enabling HPA FSK control via TX L-Band

The NewSwift LT 120 motorised antenna system is a highly compact, lightweight, integrated vehicle mountable satellite terminal designed for rapid deployment. Featuring a double pressed aircraft grade alloy reflector with low RMS surface error which, when used with the 35dB X-Polar isolation offset feed, enables low sidelobe, high EIRP transmissions that are commonly required for higher data rate services (both for mobile internet and DSNG purposes). The NewSwift’s unique design can also house a redundant or phase combined RF package, mounted within the antenna pod. The compact design minimises vehicle roof real-estate requirements. Also, since the whole antenna (including the equipment housing or Pod) rotates the need for an Azimuth waveguide rotary joint is eliminated. This minimises post HPA waveguide loss which in turn maximises TX EIRP. The Ku feed has full +/-90° of polarisation travel making it especially suited for use with the ACU5000 series Auto Acquisition Antenna Controller enabling eliminating the requirement for a Spectrum Analyser.

Up-Link / Wireless Video System

L3211 Barrel Booster

Mantis 120 Antenna Our Mantis 120 1.2m antenna is constructed entirely from carbon fibre. It folds down into a IATA compliant sub 32kg configuration consisting of just two cases and a hold-all or optionally into a single box package of less than 41kg. In either format the Mantis 120 can be deployed by one man in less than 15 minutes. The rugged, weatherproof construction and easy integration with Vislink 5000 series electronics and HPAs up to 400W in size makes for a compact, sub 32kg IATA packaged solution for deployment worldwide. The Mantis 120 is available in X, Ku and DBS bands and in X-Ku or Ku-DBS dual band configurations achieved by feed cartridge substitution.

The L3211 Barrel Booster has been specifically tailored for wireless camera back applications. Designed to fit directly onto the RF output from the Link range of transmitters, this unit is small, lightweight and easy to use. This amplifier includes ALC (Automatic Level Control) in order to provide a constant RF output power for all transmitter power level settings. The L3211 has a wide DC operating range (9-28V) and can be powered via the RF input connector* or using the Lemo power cables supplied with the unit. These power cables allow the option to connect to the Lemo power socket on the wireless transmitter or to the D-Tap adaptor from an IDX or Anton Bauer battery plate.

L1700 Wireless Transmitter

Mantis MSAT The ADVENT Mantis MSAT Man Portable Data Terminal is a highly portable tri-band satellite antenna system designed for rapid deployment in hostile environments. At 12.5KGs it is ideal for secure and non-secure satellite communications for a variety of applications.

DVE5100 Exciter Compact 1/2 width 19” x 1U rack mountable units 1/4 of the size and 1/6th of the weight of competitors equivalent products Designed for contribution flyaway and DSNG vehicle applications where space and weight are critical Full range of units available: SD and HD Digital Video Exciter IP Modem Multiplexer Router BUCS Antenna and Drive Control units System IRD / Redundancy controllers Protection Switches L Band over fibre modems All units field upgradeable All units have integral web browser facility (where applicable) for RC&M applications A comprehensive range of flight case solutions for 1/2 rack and 19” rack units to suit system configuration, i.e. 3U, 4U, 5U All units can also be fixed together and mounted in a standard 19” flight case or rack within a vehicle.

The L1700 range of wireless transmitters represent the next generation of flexible wireless systems from Link. Now even more powerful this new range is the most compact and versatile available. With multiple inputs and mounting options this unit can be mounted to full broadcast camera for sports broadcasters or ENG camera for news or even a prosumer camera to broaden the market reach further. With user interchangeable RF modules and a range of software options the Link L1700 continues the line of innovative, high performance RF transmitters.

tolerance MPEG-2 4:2:0 & 4:2:2 SD & HD MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) Main Profile, High-profile and High 422 profile, SD & HD decoding including 10-bit ASI over IP input and output ASI input and output Web browser and SNMP control Dual SDI / HD-SDI / CVBS outputs with independently selectable status overlay Field upgradeable.

Parabolic Antenna

Gigawave designs and manufactures a wide range of antennas to suit all microwave transmission requirements. The antennas are designed to perform in all conditions, and are used everyday throught the world in a variety of broadcast and security applications. Feeds are available from 0.8 to 24GHz with spun aluminium reflectors from 0.3 to 1.2m. These are ideal for portable point-topoint and long distance outside broadcast applications.

MVL-HD2 Digital Receiver (5U) Weatherproof

L9274 Portable Receive Case Direct conversion RF architecture for exceptional adjacent channel performance and excellent sensitivity 4 input RF diversity with maximum ratio combining (MaxRC) DVB-T: QPSK, 16QAM & 64QAM;6, 7, & 8MHz LMS-T: QPSK & 16QAM;10 & 20MHz Diversity chaining ASI input for packet diversity Deep interleaving for DVB-T & LMS-T to give exceptional dropout

The MVL-HD2 is a portable, two box, digital microwave link with exceptional RF performance, offering the convenience of Triax remoting. With automatic selection between SD and HD, the receiver provides comprehensive signal outputs including SD/ HD SDI, Analogue Composite and Component video, ASI, 4 digital and analogue audios and SDI embedded audio.

129

Digital Camera

H5D-40

H5D-50c

40 Megapixel Resolution 32.9 x 43.8mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Digital Spirit Level Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-40 Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the 40MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-40 model contains a 32.9 x 43.8 mm 40MP (7304 x 5478) CCD sensor.

50 Megapixels CMOS RAW 3FR capture 65MB on average. TIFF 8 bit: 154MB Lossless compressed Hasselblad 3FR 16-bit Color Definition Hasselblad H System lens line (12 lenses from 24 to 300mm) with integral central lens shutter 1.5 captures per second. 35 captures per minute (based on a SanDisk Extreme UDMA7 120 MB/s) Autofocus metering with passive central cross-type sensor. True Focus with Immediate Focus Confirm (IFC). Instant manual focus override. Metering range EV1 to 19 at ISO 100 8GB CF card holds 120 images on average

H5D-50

H5D-50MS

50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Digital Spirit Level Includes Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software The H5D-50 Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-50 model contains a 36.7 x 49.1 mm 50MP (6132 x 8176) CCD sensor.

50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format 50MP Multi-Shot Capability Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-50MS Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is the Multi-shot 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras. The H5D-50MS model contains a 36.7 x 49.1 mm 50MP (6132 x 8176) CCD sensor.

Medium Format DSLR Camera

131

Digital Camera

H5D-200MS

Medium Format DSLR Camera

Hasselblad Medium Format DSLR Camera

50 Megapixel Resolution 36.7 x 49.1mm CCD Sensor 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Pixels True Focus II and Focus Confirm 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format 200MP Multi-Shot Technology Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Phocus and Lightroom 4 Software Included The H5D-200MS Medium Format DSLR Camera from Hasselblad is a Multi-shot 50MP model of the new Hasselblad H system of medium format DSLR cameras with 200MP capability.

50MP 43.8 x 32.9mm CMOS Sensor Multi-Shot Capture Mode: 4-Shot & 6-Shot 3.0” 24-Bit Color LCD w/ 460,320 Dots True Focus and Absolute Position Lock 16-Bit Color Definition Hasselblad RAW 3FR File Format Compatible with H-System Components DAC Automated Lens Correction System Phocus and Lightroom Software Included

CFV-50

CFV-50c

Digital Back (50 MP) The Hasselblad CFV-50 digital back provides seamless integration between your existing Hasselblad V camera and the digital domain, maintaining both form and function along the way. 50 MP (6132 x 8176 pixels) Sensor Compatible W/Hasselblad V System Cameras Square (38MP)/Rectangular (50MP) Format Digital Correction for V System Lenses 2.5” TFT Type, 24-Bit Color Display Average of 60 Images/4GB Card Up to 8 Hrs of Shooting W/Sony Battery Tethered or Untethered Shooting 3F Raw File Support by Adobe & Apple Compatibility with View Cameras Possible Digital lens correction for Carl Zeiss lenses

132

H5D-200MSC

Hasselblad Digital Back (50 MP) The CFV-50c comes with a cutting edge CMOS sensor (just like its H5D-50c sibling) offering photographers outstanding performance at all ISO settings. 50MP 43.8 x 32.9mm CMOS Sensor V System Camera & Lens Compatibility ISO Range: 100-6400 16 Bit Color Depth 3.0” TFT Color LCD Display Hasselblad Natural Color Solution Compact Flash and Tethered Storage Compatible with Large Format Cameras Classic Design Recalls Film Magazine Phocus & Lightroom Software Included

Finally a DSLR with style, spirit and soul. With its advanced PVD finish frame, contrasting coloured camera body, and extended titanium controls, this is not just another black camera.

Up to 25,600 ISO

Digital Camera

Titanium Mode Dial The following shooting modes are provided on the camera: Auto Mode Program Auto Aperture Priority Shutter Priority Manual Exposure 3 Custom modes Scene Selection Sweep Panorama Tele-zoom Cont. Priority AE Movie

Dual AF System for accurate & fast autofocusing Shutter button Ruby detail

AF Range Control You can restrict autofocus range. This function allows the camera to focus on a subject without interference from objects in the background and foreground.

Silent multi-controller You can set an item without changing the screen using the silent multi-controller. Since the dial is designed to reduce the sound of the dialing operation, you can reduce the sound of the dialing operation during movie recording.

AF illuminator/Self-timer lamp

ZEISS Vario-Sonnar T* lens High-speed standard zoom ƒ/2.8 ZEISS 24-70mm lens

Full HD 60p/24p progressive video

Full-Frame 24.3MP Exmor CMOS Sensor 3.0” 1,228K-Dot Tilting LCD Display 2,359k-Dot Electronic Viewfinder Full HD 1080 60p Video Recording 19 Point TTL Phase-Detection AF Internal SteadyShot Image Stabilization 1,200-Zone Evaluative Metering Sensor Multi-Interface Shoe Aluminum Alloy Chassis with PVD Coating 24-70mm f/2.8 Zeiss Lens; Hard Case

Dual slots for SD card 35mm full-frame (35.8mm × 23.9mm) CMOS image sensor

133

Digital Camera

‘Lunar is made for people looking to buy a very special object of desire.’ Dr. Larry Hansen New APS-C 24.3 Megapixel Sensor The APS-C size sensor is the largest sensor in the Compact System Camera segment and larger than most DSLR’s in the market. The extra-large sensor enables the user effectively control the background defocusing, especially in manual or semi-automatic shooting modes.

The Warmth of Nature Mahogany Wood and Copper-Bronze

A Hint of Opulence Olive Wood and Titanium

134

Stylishly Durable Black Leather and Titanium

High-Tech Style Carbon Fibre and Titanium

Digital Camera

Lunar Limited Edition

DISCOVER BEAUTY The new exlusive Limited Edition Lunar

Red & Gold. A Touch of Charm.

Gold & Deerskin Leather

Chrome & Deerskin Leather

135

Digital Camera

LUXURY M AT E R I A L S

SPECIAL EDITION The Hasselblad Stellar redeﬁnes quality with its elegantly designed aluminium body and metal operation controls. Only the ﬁnest materials are used to craft the ergonomic handgrip, making it a beautifully powerful, pocket-sized camera.

ORANGE WITH WENGE

136

WHITE WITH PADOUK

BLACK WITH CARBON

Digital Camera

137

Digital Camera

Lenses for α NEX cameras There’s a choice of interchangeable E-mount lenses by Sony to realise the full creative potential of NEX ultra-compact digital cameras. Travel light with the slim, low-prole 16mm F2.8 pancake lens. Get closer to the action with compact, beautifully styled zoom lenses featuring SteadyShot optical image stabilisation. Enjoy the creative possibilities of your A-mount DSLR lens collection with the LA-EA1 lens mount adaptor.

E16mm F2.8 E18-55mm F3.5-5.6 E18-200mm F3.5-6.3

Sony Alpha a7 Mirrorless Digital Camera Product Highlights: 24.3MP Full Frame Exmor CMOS Sensor BIONZ X Image Processor Direct Compatibility with E-mount Lenses 3.0” Tiltable TFT LCD with 1,229K-Dots 2.4M-Dot OLED Electronic Viewfinde Full 1080/60p with Uncompressed Output Fast Hybrid Autofocus; 5 fps Burst Rate Built-In Wi-Fi and NFC Multi-Interface Shoe Direct Access Interface

138

Alpha a7s Mirrorless Sony Mirrorless Digital Camera with 16-50mm Zoom Lens 12.2MP Full-Frame Exmor CMOS Sensor BIONZ X Image Processor Gapless On-Chip Lens Design 3.0” 921.6k-Dot Tilting LCD Monitor XGA 2.36M-Dot OLED Electronic Viewfinder Full HD Recording in XAVC S 4:2:2 UHD 4K Output via HDMI Full Pixel Read-Out, S-Log2 Gamma Expandable Sensitivity: ISO 50-409600 Fast Intelligent 25-Point AF System

Digital Camera

EOS-1D C Digital SLR Camera

18.1Mp CMOS Sensor 4K Cinematic Quality Video 1920 x 1080 Full HD Video Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 61-Point High Density Auto Focus The Canon EOS-1D C Offering onboard 4K image capture, industry-standard codecs and interfaces, and incredible low light performance.

EOS-1D X

EOS 5D Mark III

Digital SLR Camera

Product Highlights: 18.1Mp CMOS Sensor Dual DIGIC 5+ Image Processors 3.2” LCD Screen Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder Dual CF Card Recording Media Canon EF Lens Mount Magnesium Alloy Body 1920 x 1080 HD Video Capture Live View Still and Video Recording 61-Point High Density Auto Focus.

Product Highlights: 22.3MP Full-Frame CMOS Sensor 3.2” Clear View High Resolution LCD DIGIC 5+ Image Processor 61-Point High Density AF Full HD 1080/30p and 720/60p Formats Built-In HDR and Multiple Exposure Modes Extended ISO Range (50-102400) Up to 6.0 FPS Continuous Mode Dual CF and SD Memory Card Slots Durable Magnesium-Alloy Construction

EOS 6D

Digital SLR Camera Product Highlights: 20.2MP Full-Frame CMOS Sensor 3.0” Clear View High Resolution LCD DIGIC 5+ Image Processor Built-In Wi-Fi and GPS Connectivity Full HD 1080p with Manual Controls 11-Point AF with Center Cross-Type Point 63-Zone Dual Layer Metering Sensor Extended ISO Range of 50-102400 Up to 4.5 Full Resolution FPS Built-In HDR and Multiple Exposure Modes

139

Digital Camera

Nikon D4S Digital SLR Camera

Product Highlights: 16.2MP FX-Format CMOS Sensor EXPEED 4 Image Processor 3.2” 921k-Dot LCD Monitor Full HD 1080p Video Recording at 60 fps Multi-CAM 3500FX 51-Point AF Sensor Native ISO 25600, Extended to ISO 409600 11 fps Shooting for 200 Shots with AE/AF 91k-Pixel RGB Sensor and Group Area AF 14-Bit RAW Files and 12-Bit RAW S Format 1000 Base-T Gigabit Wired LAN Support

140

Nikon D800E

Nikon D610

Digital SLR Camera

Product Highlights: Optimized for NEF Raw File Capture Modified OLP Filter for High Resolution 36.3Mp CMOS FX Format Sensor EXPEED 3 Image-Processing Engine 3.2” LCD Monitor Nikon F Mount Lens Mount Eye-Level Pentaprism Viewfinder 1920 x 1080/30/25/24p HD Video Capture Built-In Flash + i-TTL Flash Control Matrix/Center-Weighted/Spot Metering

Product Highlights: 24.3MP FX-Format CMOS Sensor EXPEED 3 Image Processor 3.2” 921k-Dot LCD Monitor Full HD 1080p Video Recording at 30 fps External Mic and Headphone Inputs Continuous Shooting up to 6 fps Expandable Sensitivity to ISO 25600 Multi-CAM 4800 AF Sensor with 39 Points Built-In Flash with Commander Mode Supports WU-1b Wireless Mobile Adapter

H System Lenses:

A camera as fast and versatile as an H system model demands the very best from its lenses. And that’s what we’ve produced. All HC lenses are engineered to ensure optimal performance and image quality, whether using film or digital. No short-cuts, no compromises.

HC 4,5/300 mm Focal length 292.0 mm Aperture range 4.5 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 13°/11°/8° Length/diameter 198mm/100 mm w. tripod mount 198mm/139 mm Weight 2120 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 2.45 m Maximum image scale 1:7.5 Corresponding area of coverage 41 x 31cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 4/210 mm Focal length 211.1 mm Aperture range 4 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 19°/15°/11° Length/diameter 165mm/85 mm Weight 1320 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 1.8 m Maximum image scale 1:7.0 Corresponding area of coverage 39 x 29cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 3,2/150 mm Focal length 150.2 mm Aperture range 3.2 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 26°/21°/16° Length/diameter 124mm/86 mm Weight 970 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 1.30 m Maximum image scale 1:6.8 Corresponding area of coverage 38 x 28cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC Macro 4/120 mmII

Focal length 118.7 mm Equivalent focal length with 36x48 format 135.0 mm Equivalent 35mm focal length 73.5 mm Aperture range 4 - 45 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 645 format 33°/26°/21° Length/diameter 166mm/96 mm Weight 1410 g Filter diameter 67 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.39 m Maximum image scale 1:1 Corresponding area of coverage 56 x 41.5 mm Corresponding exposure reduction 1.3 f-stop

HC 3,5-4,5/50-110 Focal length 51.5 (108.3) mm Aperture range 3.5 (4.5)- 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 69°/58°/46° (35°/29°/22°) Length/diameter 152mm/103 mm Weight 1650 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.70 m Maximum image scale 1:10.8(1:5.2) Corresponding area of coverage 60 x 45(29 x 21) cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 2,2/100 mm Focal length 100.0 mm Aperture range 2.2 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 38°/31°/24° Length/diameter 80.5mm/87.5 mm Weight 780 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.90 m Maximum image scale 1:7.2 Corresponding area of coverage 39 x 29 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0.4 f-stop

Lens

HCD 4-5,6/35-90 mm Focal length 36,3 (87) mm Aperture range 4,0 (5,6) -32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 83°/70°/55° (39°/31°/24°) Length/diameter 167mm/102,5 mm Weight 1410 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to image plane 0.65 m Maximum image scale 1:13 (1:5,4) Corresponding area of coverage 64 x 48 (26x 20) cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HC 2,8/80 mm Focal length 82.3 mm Aperture range 2.8 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 46°/38°/29° Length/diameter 70mm/84 mm Weight 475 g Filter diameter 67 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.70 m Maximum image scale 1:6.5 Corresponding area of coverage 36 x 27cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0.3f-stop

HC 3,5/50 mm-II Focal length 50.7 mm Equivalent focal length with 36×48 format 57.6 mm Equivalent 35mm focal length 31.4 mm Aperture range 3.5 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 645 format 70°/59°/46° Length/diameter 116 mm/85 mm Weight 975 g Filter diameter 77 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.6 m Maximum image scale 1:8.8 Corresponding area of coverage 49 × 37 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

141

Lens

CF lens adapte

HC 3,5/35 mm Focal length 35.8 mm Aperture range 3.5 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 89°/7 8°/63° Length/diameter `124mm/100 mm Weight 975 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.50 m Maximum image scale 1:9.6 Corresponding area of coverage 54 x 40 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HCD 4/28 mm lens Focal length 28.9 mm Aperture range 4 - 32 Angle of view diag/hor/vert 95°/83°/66° Length/diameter 102mm/100 mm Weight 850 g Filter diameter 95 mm Minimum distance object to film 0.35 m Maximum image scale 1:7.3 Corresponding area of coverage 36 x 27 cm Corresponding exposure reduction 0 f-stop

HCD 4.8/24mm Focal Length 24.3 mm Aperture Maximum: f/4.8 Minimum: f/32 Angle of View @ Infinity 92° Minimum Focus Distance 1.25’ (0.38 m) Area of coverage 48 x 36 cm Filter Thread Front: 95 mm Weight 1.78 lb (810 g) Dimensions Approx. 10 x 9.9 cm

142

HTS 1.5 tilt and shift adapter

LF 18-200mm ƒ/3.56.3 OSS Mirrorless lens

• Focal Length 18-200mm (27-300mm 35mm equivalent) • Groups/elements 12/17 • Angle of view 78º - 8º • Minimum focus 0.3m - 0.5m • Maximum magnification 0.35x • Minimum ƒ/stop ƒ/22 - ƒ/40 • Filter thread 67mm • Dimensions 75.5 x 99mm • Weight 524g • OSS Compensation up to 4 stops

LF 16mm ƒ/2.8 Mirrorless lens

• Focal Length 16mm (24mm 35mm equivalent) • Groups/elements 5/5 • Angle of view 83º • Minimum focus 0.24m • Maximum magnification 0.078x • Minimum ƒ/stop ƒ/22 • Filter thread 49mm • Dimensions 62 x 22.5mm • Weight 67g

The CF adapter allows all lenses from the V system to be used on H system camera bodies. This automatically expands the potential lens range for H cameras by more than a dozen different focal lengths.

This is a truly useful accessory for professional photographers who need occasional access to specific lenses not used in their everyday work. The automatic focusing system in the H camera can be used as a guide for manual focus setting. Light is measured at full aperture with all lenses which produces aperture and shutter speed information display in the camera for manual setting. With CFE lenses, however, a preset aperture is automatically transferred to the camera. Shutter cocking is manual with all lenses and is swiftly carried out by an easily accessible lever.

The revolutionary HTS 1.5 is a tilt and shift adapter provides a powerful new focusing and creative tool that can help you take your photographic expression to entirely new levels.

Technical Compatible with all H system cameras Compatible lenses: HCD 28, HC 35, HC 50, HC80 and HC 100 Focus range: close range to infinity Focal length conversion factor: 1.5x Aperture reduction: -1.3 Stops Width/Height/Depth: 140/146/77 mm Weight: 750g Shift range: +/- 18mm Tilt range: +/- 10 degrees Rotation: +/- 90 degrees Optical design: 6 elements in 5 groups

Lens

Distagon T* 2,8/15

Distagon T* 2/25

Distagon T* 1,4/35

Technical specifications: Focal length 15 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.25 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 15/12 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 110°/100°/76° Coverage at close range 340 x 221 mm Filter thread M 95 x 1.0 Dimensions (with caps) ø 103 mm, length 132-135 mm Weight 730g - 820g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 25 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.25 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/10 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 81°/71°/51° Coverage at close range 219 x 144 mm Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 71-73 mm, length 95-98 mm Weight 570g - 600g Camera mounts EF mount (ZE), F Mount (ZF.2)

Technical specifications: Focal length 35 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 0.3 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/9 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 63°/54°/37° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 72 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 78 mm, length 120- 122 mm Weight 830 g - 850 g Camera mounts EF Mount (ZE) F Mount (ZF.2)

Distagon T* 3,5/18

Distagon T* 2,8/25

Distagon T* 2/35

Specification: Focal length 18 mm Aperture range f/3.5 – f/22 Focusing range 0.3 m – infinity Number of elements/groups 13/11 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 99°/90°/67° Coverage at close range 44 x 29 cm Filter thread M 82 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 87 mm, length 84 mm Weight 510 g (ZE) Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 25 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.17 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 10/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 80°/70°/50° Coverage at close range 83 x 55 mm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 64 mm, length 90 mm Weight 460g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2)

Technical specifications: Focal length 35 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.3 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 9/7 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 62°/53°/37° Coverage at close range 19 x 13 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 97-99 mm, length 64-73 mm Weight 530 g - 570 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Distagon T* 2,8/21

Distagon T* 2/28

Technical specifications: Focal length 21 mm Aperture range f/2.8 – f/22 Focusing range 0.22 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 16/13 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 90°/81°/59° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 82 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 87 mm, length 110- 112 mm Weight 600g - 720g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Technical specifications: Focal length 28 mm Aperture range f/2 – f/22 Focusing range 0.24 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 10/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 74°/65°/45° Coverage at close range 18 x 12 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 64-72 mm, length 93-96 mm Weight 500g - 580g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Apo Sonnar T* 2/135 Focal length 135 mm Aperture range f/2,0 – f/22 Focusing range 0,80 m (2.62 ft) – ∞ Number of elements/groups 11/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 18,7° / 15,6° / 10,5° Coverage at close range 145 x 96 mm Image ratio at close range 1:4 Filter thread M77 x 0,75 Dimensions (with caps) ZF.2: 128 mm ZE: 130 mm Weight ZF.2: 920g ZE: 930 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

143

Lens

Makro-Planar T* 2/100

Planar T* 1,4/85 Focal length 85 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 1m–∞ Number of elements/groups 6/5 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 29°/24°/16° Coverage at close range 36 x 24 cm Filter thread M 72 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 85-88 mm, length 77-78 mm Weight 570 g - 670 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Planar T* 1,4/50 Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 0.45 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 7/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 45°/38°/26° Coverage at close range 24 x 16 cm Filter thread M 58 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 69-71 mm, length 66-71 mm Weight 330 g - 380 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Makro-Planar T* 2/50 Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.24 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 8/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 45°/38°/26° Coverage at close range 72 x 48 mm Image ratio at closerange 1 : 2 Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 72-75 mm, length 88-91 mm Weight 500 g - 570 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

144

Technical specifications: Focal length 100 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.44 m – ∞ Number of elements/groups 9/8 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 25°/21°/14° Coverage at close range 72 x 48 mm Image ratio at close range 1 : 2 Filter thread M 67 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ø 76 mm, length 113-115 mm Weight 660 g - 680 g Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Otus 1.4/55

The best standard lens in the world Focal length 55 mm Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 Focusing range 0,5 m (19.68”) – ∞ Number of elements/groups 12/10 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 43,7° / 36,7° / 24,9° Coverage at close range 246 x 163 mm (9.69 x 6.42”) Filter thread M77 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) ZF.2: 141 mm (5.55”) ZE: 144 mm (5.66”) Diameter of focusing ring ZF.2: 83 mm (3.27”) ZE: 83 mm (3.27”) Weight ZF.2: 970 g (2.22 lbs) ZE: 1030 g (2.43 lbs) Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

Otus 1.4/85

The best short tele lens in the world • Focal length 85 mm • Aperture range f/1.4 – f/16 • Focusing range 0,8 m (31.50’’) - ∞ • Number of elements/groups 11 / 9 • Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 28.24° / 23.71° / 15.97° • Coverage at close range 278,85 mm x 185,61mm (10.97‘‘ x 7.31‘‘) • Filter thread M86 x 1.00 • Dimensions (with caps) ZF.2: 138 mm (5.43‘‘) ZE: 141 mm (5.55‘‘) • Diameter of focusing ring ZF.2: 101 mm (3.98‘‘) ZE: 101 mm (3.98‘‘) • Weight ZF.2: 1140g ZE: 1200g • Camera mounts F Mount (ZF.2) EF Mount (ZE)

ZF.2

Lens

Loxia 2/50 The subtle reporter

Focal length 50 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 0.45 m (17,72‘‘) -∞ Number of elements/groups 6/4 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 46.78° / 39.38° / 26.70° Coverage at close range 255.1 mm x 168.3 mm (10,04‘‘ x 6,63‘‘) Filter thread M52 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) 66,0 mm (2,60‘‘) Diameter of focusing ring 62,1 mm (2.44‘‘) Weight 340 g Camera mounts E-Mount

Batis 25mm f/2 Lens Lens for Sony E Mount

E-Mount Lens/Full-Frame Format Aperture Range: f/2 to f/22 Distagon Optical Design Four Double-Sided Aspherical Elements Floating Elements System Zeiss T* Anti-Reflective Coating OLED Display for Focus Distance and DoF Linear Autofocus Motor Dust and Moisture-Resistant Construction

Loxia 2/35 The subtle reporter

Focal length 35 mm Aperture range f/2.0 – f/22 Focusing range 00,30 m (11.81‘‘) - ∞ Number of elements/groups 9/6 Angular field, diag./horiz./vert. 63,02° / 54,06° / 37,57° Coverage at close range 210,2 mm x 139,4 mm (8.28‘‘ x 5.49‘‘) Filter thread M52 x 0.75 Dimensions (with caps) 66,0 mm (2,60‘‘) Diameter of focusing ring 62,1 mm (2.44‘‘) Weight 340 g Camera mounts E-Mount

Batis 85mm f/1.8 lens Lens for Sony E Mount

E-Mount Lens/Full-Frame Format Aperture Range: f/1.8 to f/22 Sonnar Optical Design Floating Elements System Zeiss T* Anti-Reflective Coating Optical Image Stabilization OLED Display for Focus Distance and DoF Linear Autofocus Motor Dust- and Weather-Sealed Construction

145

Lens

EF 8-15mm f/4L Fisheye USM Ultra-Wide Zoom

Standard Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 15mm 4.0 Lens Construction 14 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 180° Focus Adjustment Lens extension via inner focusing and focus cam plus floating mechanism Closest Focusing Distance 0.16m Filter Size Rear Gel Holder (accepts up to 3 pre-cut gel filters) Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1 x 3.7 in, 19.1 oz. / 78.5 x 83.0mm, 540g

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24-70mm, 1:2.8 Lens Construction 18 elements in 13 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° - 34° Focus Adjustment Inner-focusing with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.38m Zoom System Rotating Type Filter Size 82mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 4.4 in., 28.4 oz. / 88.5 x 113mm, 805g

EF 16-35mm f/2.8L II USM Ultra-Wide Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 16-35mm f/2.8 Lens Construction 16 elements in 12 groups Diagonal Angle of View 108°10’-63° Focus Adjustment AF with full-time manual Closest Focusing Distance 0.28m Filter Size 82mm, P=0.75mm/1 filter Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.5 in. x 4.4 in./88.5mm x 111.6mm, 640g

EF 17-40mm f/4L USM Ultra-Wide Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 17 - 40mm; 1:4 Lens Construction 12 elements in 9 groups Diagonal Angle of View 104° - 57° 30’ Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.28m Zoom System Rotating type Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.3” x 3.8”, 1.1 lb. / 83.5 x 96.8mm, 500g

146

EF 24-70mm f/2.8L II USM

EF 24-105mm f/4L IS USM Standard Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24-105mm f/4 Lens Construction 18 elements in 13 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° - 23° 20’ (with fullframe camera) Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with focusing cam Closest Focusing Distance 0.45m Zoom System 5-group helical zoom (front group moves: 32.5mm) Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.3 in. x 4.2 in., 23.6 oz. / 83.5mm x 107mm, 670g (lens only)

EF 70-200mm f/2.8L IS II USM

EF 100-400mm f/4.55.6L IS USM Telephoto Zoom

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 100-400mm 1:4.5-5.6 Lens Construction 17 elements in 14 groups Diagonal Angle of View 24° - 6° 10’ Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 1.8m/ 5.9 ft. Zoom System Linear extension Type Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.6” x 7.4”, 3.1 lbs. / 92mm x 189mm, 1,380g

EF 14mm f/2.8L II USM Wide-Angle

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 14mm f/2.8 Lens Construction 14 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 114° (on fullframe cameras) Focus Adjustment AF with fulltime manual Closest Focusing Distance 0.2m Filter Size Gel filter holder at rear of lens Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.2 in. x 3.7 in. / 80mm x 94mm 22.8 oz./645g (lens only)

EF 24mm f/1.4L II

Telephoto Zoom

USM Wide-Angle

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 70-200mm 1:2.8 Lens Construction 23 elements in 19 groups (1 Fluorite and 5 UD elements) Diagonal Angle of View 34° - 12° Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM. Full-time manual focus available Closest Focusing Distance 1.2m/3.94 ft. (maximum close-up magnification: 0.21x) Filter Size 77mm Max. Diame ter x Length, Weight 3.5 x 7.8 in./88.8 x 199mm; 52.6 oz./1490g

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24mm 1:1.4 Lens Construction13 elements in 10 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 77mm Filter Size 77mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.4 in./86.9mm; 22.9 oz./650g

Lens

EF 135mm f/2L USM Telephoto

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 135mm 1:2.0 Lens Construction 10 elements in 8 groups Diagonal Angle of View 18° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.9m / 3 ft. Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.2” x 4.4”, 1.7 lbs. / 82.5 x 112.0mm, 750g

EF 35mm f/1.4L USM Wide-Angle

EF 85mm f/1.2L II USM

TS-E 17mm f/4L Tilt-Shift

ocal Length & Maximum Aperture 85mm 1:1.2 Lens Construction 8 elements in 7 groups Diagonal Angle of View 28°30’ Focus Adjustment AF with fulltime manual Closest Focusing Distance 3.2 ft. / 0.95m Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.6 in. x 3.3 in., 36.2 oz. / 91.5mm x 84mm, 1,025g (lens only)

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 17mm 1:4 Minimum Aperture f/22 Lens Construction 18 elements in 12 groups Diagonal Angle of View 104° (without tilt or shift) Image circle diameter 67.2mm Focus Adjustment Manual focus, rear focusing system with focusing cam (with floating system) Closest Focusing Distance 0.82 ft./0.25m (maximum close-up magnification: 0.14x) Aperture Control EMD with 8 blade iris diaphragm, circular aperture

Standard & Medium Telephoto

EF 100mm f/2.8

TS-E 24mm f/3.5L II

ocal Length & Maximum Aperture 50mm f/1.2 Lens Construction 8 elements in 6 groups Diagonal Angle of View 46° (with fullframe cameras) Focus Adjustment AF with fulltime manual Closest Focusing Distance 1.48 ft. / 0.45m Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.4 in. x 2.6 in./85.4mm x 65.5mm 19.2 oz./545g (lens only)

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 100mm 1:2.8 Lens Construction 12 elements in 8 groups Diagonal Angle of View 24° Focus Adjustment Inner focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.31m / 1 ft. (film plane to subject) Filter Size 58mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1” x 4.7”, 21.1 oz. / 79.0 x 119.0mm, 600g

Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 35mm 1:1.4 Lens Construction 11 elements in 9 groups Diagonal Angle of View 63° Focus Adjustment Rear focusing system with USM Closest Focusing Distance 0.3m Filter Size 72mm Max. Diameter x Length, Weight 3.1” x 3.4”, 20.5 oz. / 79.0 x 86.0mm, 580g

EF 50mm f/1.2L USM

Standard & Medium Telephoto

Macro USM

Tilt-Shift Focal Length & Maximum Aperture 24mm 1:3.5 Minimum Aperture f/22 Lens Construction 16 elements in 11 groups Diagonal Angle of View 84° (without tilt or shift) Image circle diameter 67.2mm Focus Adjustment Manual focus, rear focusing system Closest Focusing Distance 0.69 ft./0.21m Aperture Control EMD with 8 blade iris Filter Size 82mm

147

Lens

AT-X 24-70mm F2.8 PRO FX F Mount Lens/FX Format

Nikon Mount

Optical structure (Elements/Groups): 15E / 11G Angle of view:84.20O ~ 34.49O Minimum focus distance (m): 0.38 Maximum macro magnication: 1 : 4.73 Minimum aperture: 22 Number of aperture diaphragms: 9 Filter size (mm): 82 Overall length (mm): 107.5 Maximum diameter (mm): 89.6 Weight (g): 1,010 Lens hood: BH-822

AT-X 16-28 F2.8 PRO FX Wide Angle Zoom Canon Mount

Focal Length 16 - 28mm Magnification 1:5.26 Maximum Aperture f/2.8 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 15 Elements in 13 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 107.11 - 76.87° Minimum Focus Distance 0.28 m Macro Ratio 1:5.26 Focusing Mode Internal Focusing Aperture Blades 9 Lens Width 89.92mm Lens Length 133.35mm Weight 950g Mounts FE, F, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Macro

Focal Length 100mm Maximum Aperture f/2.8 Minimum Aperture f/32 Construction E/G 9 Elements in 8 Groups Minimum Focus Distance 0.3 m Macro Ratio 1:1 Focus Limiter 1.28 - ∞ Zoom Range 100 Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 55mm Lens Width 73.66mm Lens Length 95.00mm Weight 540g Mounts EF, F, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

AT-X 107 AF DX Fisheye Fisheye Zoom

AT-X 107 AF DX NH Fisheye (Fisheye Zoom ) Focal Length 10 - 17mm Maximum Aperture f/3.5 - 4.5 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 10 Elements in 8 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 180 - 100° Minimum Focus Distance 0.14 m Macro Ratio 1:2.56 Aperture Blades 6 SD Glass One elements Maximum Outer Diameter 69.85mm Lens Width 69.85mm Lens Length 70.88mm Weight 350g Mounts EF, F, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

AT-X 12-28 PRO DX Wide Angle Zoom

Focal Length 10 - 17mm Maximum Aperture f/3.5 - 4.5 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 10 Elements in 8 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 180 - 100° Minimum Focus Distance 0.14 m Macro Ratio 1:2.56 Aperture Blades 6 Maximum Outer Diameter 69.85mm Lens Width 69.85mm Lens Length 70.88mm Weight 350g Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Focal Length 12-28mm Maximum Aperture F/4 Minimum Aperture F/22 Construction E/G 14 Elements / 12 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 99.37 to 54.73° Minimum Focus Distance 0.25 m Macro Ratio 1:4.94 Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 77mm Maximum Outer Diameter 84mm Lens Length 90.2mm Weight 530g Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Wide Angle Zoom

AT-X 116 PRO DX II

Focal Length 17 - 35mm Maximum Aperture f/4.0 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 13 Elements in 12 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 103.96 - 64.74° Minimum Focus Distance 0.279 m Macro Ratio 1:4.82 Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 82mm Maximum Outer Diameter 88.90mm Lens Width 88.90mm Lens Length 93.98mm Weight 600g Mounts FE, F, Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Focal Length 11 - 16mm Maximum Aperture f/2.8 Minimum Aperture f/22 Construction E/G 13 Elements in 11 Groups Coatings Multi-layer Angle of View 104 - 84° Minimum Focus Distance 0.3 m Macro Ratio 1:11.6 Focusing Mode Internal Focusing Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 77mm Lens Width 84mm Lens Length 89.2mm Weight 550g Mounts Canon APS-C, Nikon APS-C

Reflex 300mm F6.3 MF ( MACRO )

AT-X 17-35 F4 PRO FX

148

AT-X M100 AF PRO D

Wide Angle Zoom

Focal Length 300mm Maximum Aperture f/6.3 Minimum Aperture f/6.3 Construction E/G 13 Elements / 11 Groups Coatings Multi-layer coatings Angle of View 4 degrees 8 minutes° Minimum Focus Distance 0.8 m Macro Ratio 1:2 Filter Size 55mm Maximum Outer Diameter 55mm Lens Width 55mm Lens Length 66mm Weight 298g Mounts Micro 4/3rds

Lens

AT-X 116 PRO DX V

AT-X 11-20mm f/2.8 PRO DX

Optical structure elements/group 13-11 Angle of View 104° ~ 82° Minimum focus distance (m) 0.3 Maximum macro magnification 1:11.6 Minimum aperture 22 Number of aperture diaphragms 9 Filter size (mm) 77 Overall length (mm) 89.2 Maximum diameter (mm) 84.0 Weight 550 Lens hood BH-77B

Focal Length 11 - 20mm Comparable 35mm Focal Length 17.5 - 32 mm Aperture Maximum: f/2.8 Minimum: f/22 Camera Mount Type Canon EF Format Compatibility Canon (APS-C) Angle of View 104.34° - 72.42° Minimum Focus Distance 11.02” (28 cm) Maximum Reproduction Ratio 1:8.62 Elements/Groups 14/12 Diaphragm Blades 9 Filter Thread Front:82 mm Dimensions (DxL) Approx. 3.50 x 3.62” (89 x92 mm) Weight 1.23 lb (560 g)

AT-X 11-20mm f/2.8 PRO DX

AT-X 70-200MM F/4 FX VCM-S

Focal Length 11 - 20mm Comparable 35mm Focal Length 16.5 - 30 mm Aperture Maximum f/2.8 Minimum f/22 Camera Mount Type Nikon F Format Compatibility Nikon DX Angle of View 104.34° - 72.42° Minimum Focus Distance 11.02” (28 cm) Maximum Reproduction Ratio 1:8.62 Elements/Groups 14/12 Diaphragm Blades 9 Filter Thread Front 82 mm Dimensions (DxL) Approx. 3.50 x 3.62” (89 x 92 mm) Weight 1.23 lb (560 g)

Focal Length 70-200mm Maximum Aperture F/4 Minimum Aperture F/32 Construction E/G 19 Elements / 14 Groups Coatings Multi-layer coatings Angle of View 34.45 – 12.42° Minimum Focus Distance 3.3 ft (1.0 m) Macro Ratio 1:3.57 Zooming System Rotary Zoom Aperture Blades 9 Filter Size 67mm Lens Width 3.2 in (82mm) Lens Length 6.6 in (167.5mm) Weight 2.2 lbs (980g) Accessor TM-705 Removable Tripod Collar Lens Hood BH-672 (included with lens) Mounts Nikon Full Frame

Photo Lens for Canon EF/ Nikon F

Photo Lens for Nikon F

Photo Lens for Canon EF

Photo Lens for Canon EF / Nikon F

149

Studio Lighting

A head for all seasons ProHead Plus

ProRing 2 Plus

In the studio, the standard heavy-duty tool is the Profoto ProHead with 250 W or 500 W halogen lamp, built for producing flashes up to 4800 Ws, over and over again, hour after hour. The fan works when the head is used on all packs except Pro-7b. The ProHead includes: the Zoom Reflector, UV-safe flash tubes, 250 W or 500 W halogen lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, stand adapter and a 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Size: 26 cm (10 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) 90 07 09 ProHead with 250 W model lamp and short glass cover 90 07 27 ProHead with 500 W model lamp and long glass cover

For fashion or other occasions when you want a direct and very distinct light, there is the Profoto ProRing 2. A ringflash, with a fan-cooled head, that is capable of as many 2400 Ws flashes per minute as the generator can produce, and also including a powerful 200 W modeling light. The ProRing 2 includes: circular quartz flash tube, 10x20 W halogen modeling lamps, camera adapter, stand adapter and a 4 m (13 ft) special lamp cable. Accessories (not included): Close-up Reflector, Softlight Reflector, Widesoft Reflector and ProRing Diffuser. Light spread angle: 75° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/45.5 Size: 20 x 21 x 23 cm (7.8 x 8.25 x 9 in) 20 cm (7.8 in) exterior diameter 10 cm (4 in) interior diameter Weight: 2.4 kg (5.2 lbs) including camera holder 30 05 17 ProRing 2

ProTwin

ProRing Plus

For even tougher demands, there is the Profoto ProTwin, with a fan-cooled head, that using two flash tubes, effectively doubles the performance of the ProHead. When used with a single generator, it produces shorter flash duration. Used with two generators, it enable up to 2x faster recycling speed and/or 2x higher power, up to 4800 Ws (9600 Ws with D4). The ProTwin includes: Magnum Reflector, two UV-safe quarts flash tubes, 500 W halogen modeling lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, stand adapter and a special 4 m (13 ft) long Twin Lamp cable. Size: 26 cm (10 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) 90 07 19 ProTwin with Magnum Reflector

If you look for a more lightweight ring flash without modeling light, there’s also the Profoto ProRing, with the capacity of up to four 2400 Ws flashes per minute, or 16 flashes at 600 Ws, etc. The ProRing includes: circular flash tube, camera adapter, stand adapter, and a 4 m (13 ft) special lamp cable. Accessories (not included): Close-up Reflector, Softlight Reflector, Widesoft Reflector and ProRing Diffuser. Light spread angle: 70° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/45.0 Size: 20 cm (7.8 in) exterior diameter 10 cm (4 in) interior diameter Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) including camera holder 30 05 15 ProRing

Acute/D4 Twin Much like the ProTwin, the Profoto Acute/D4 Twin doubles the performance of a normal head, resulting in either shorter flash duration when used with a single generator, or faster recycling/higher power, when used with two generators. The Acute/D4 Twin can produce flashes up to 1200 Ws, when used with two AcuteB 600 generators (and up to 9600 Ws with two Profoto D4 4800). The Acute/D4 Twin head also has a fan-cooled head. The Acute/D4 Twin includes: Magnum Reflector, two flash tubes, 500 W halogen lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, stand adapter and a split 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Size: 26 cm (10 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) 90 06 77 Acute/D4 Twin 120 V UV 90 06 78 Acute/D4 Twin 230 V UV

Acute/D4 Ringflash The Acute/D4 Ring is a powerful ringflash capable of producing, for example, 16 flashes at 600 Ws or 64 flashes at 150 Ws per minute. Fits most cameras and lenses up to a diameter of 100 mm. In combination with the handy AcuteB generator, this ringflash is the perfect solution for shootings on location. The Acute/D4 Ringflash includes: circular flash tube, glass cover, camera adapter, stand adapter and a 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Accessories (not included): Close-up Reflector, Softlight Reflector, Widesoft Reflector and ProRing Diffuser. Light spread angle: 70° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/45.0 Size: 20 cm (7.8 in) exterior diameter 10 cm (4 in) interior diameter Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) including camera holder

151

Studio Lighting

Acute/D4 Head With a modeling light of 250 W or 500 W and a maximum flash output of 4800 Ws, the Acute/D4 Head is the top of the line of all lamp head for all Acute generators, as well as the Profoto D4, especially with its fan-cooled head. When using this head on the AcuteB 600 there is a special adapter allowing you to use the modeling light with the batterypowered 65 W high efficiency lamp. The Acute/D4 Head includes: Zoom Reflector, flash tube, 250 W halogen lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, and a 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Size: 26 cm (10 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.8 lbs) 90 06 66 with 250 W model light and Zoom Reflector 90 06 69 with 500 W model light and Zoom Reflector

Pro-B Head Plus For the Pro-B3 and the Pro-7b, there is the handy Profoto Pro-B Head that gives you 1200 Ws flashes and a 100 W modeling light while still weighing only 1.8 kg. For extra intensive use with Pro-B2, use the fan-cooled ProHead instead. The Pro-B includes: Disc Reflector, flash tube, 100 W halogen lamp, removable frosted glass cover, protective transportation cap, stand adapter, and a 4 m (13 ft) lamp cable. Size: 22 cm (8.5 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 1.8 kg (3.9 lbs) 90 07 25 with Disc reflector 90 07 82 with Zoom reflector

AcuteB Head For our smallest battery pack, the AcuteB2 600, there is a special lamp head, the Profoto AcuteB Head. The Profoto AcuteB Head weighs in at a mere 1.45 kg. It gives you 600 Ws flashes and an innovative modeling light, using a high-performance halogen lamp that, at 65 W, gives you the brightness of 90 W. For you, when combined with it’s convection cooling. The AcuteB Head includes: flash tube, 65 W halogen lamp, protective transportation cap and a 3 m (10 ft) lamp cable. Size: 22 cm (8.5 in) long & 10 cm (4 in) diameter (w/o reflector) Weight: 1.8 kg (3.9 lbs) 90 09 35 with Disc Reflector 90 09 36 with Zoom Reflector

152

Continuous Light ProTungsten Air ProTungsten Air is a continuous light source, which is dedicated to work with most existing line of Profoto’s light shaping tools. ProTungsten Air units are available with 500W or 1000W lamps and equipped with state of the art silent ventilation system, which is designed to eliminate fan noises. In addition, the unit has built-in Profoto’s renowned “Air” radio remote capability, which gives a user to activate or deactivate and dim 90% of the light at the palm of their hands. To make it simple and having just one version of head, you just choose the lamp of your need when it comes to mains, voltage and power. See section for lamps on page 41. 90 11 61 ProTungsten Air

Continuous Light ProDaylight 800 Air ProDaylight 800 Air is a HMI continuous light sources, which is dedicated to work with most existing line of Profoto’s light shaping tools. The powerful Metal Halide lamp provides daylight color temperature, which is ideal for many photo and video shoots. ProDaylight units can provide an ideal light for your HD videos. In addition, ProDaylight units are equipped with state of the art silent ventilation system which is designed to eliminates the fan noises and at the same time provides full control of fan speed in three modes (None, Silent and Max.). ProDaylight 800 Air kit includes head, Metal Halide Lamp, Ballast, metal transport cap and frosted glass cover. ProDaylight 800 Air Head includes bulb, metal transport cap and frosted glass cover. 90 11 42 ProDaylight 800 Air,incl ProBallast and Head 90 11 72 ProDaylight 800 Air Head, incl bulb 90 11 32 ProBallast 800W

Continuous Light ProDaylight 400 Air ProDaylight 400 Air is a Metal Halide (HMI) continuous light source, compatible with Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools. It holds a powerful 400W lamp that provides light with Daylight color temperature and excellent color rendering. In addition it’s one of the smallest and most lightweight HMI lights available. All of this makes the ProDaylight 400 Air a truly unique and ideal light source for professional photo and video shoots.

Studio Lighting

D1 Studio Kits

A complete, portable studio solution.

D1 Air

Super performance in a small, affordable package Compact and lightweight Integrated reflector 7 f-stop power range Short flash duration and fast recycling times Accepting the Profoto light shaping tools system Connect to your PC or Mac with Profoto Studio Air software Our 40 years of experience in developing state-of-the-art flash units is built in to the design of the the new D1 Air. The Profoto D1 Air is available in 250, 500 and 1000 Ws versions. The Profoto D1 Air is fully digital, not just on the display panel, but in the flash output control circuitry as well. This to ensure a consistency in flash-to-flash color temperature and flash energy. The dual mode SMPS capacitor charging technology ensures the flash-to-flash precision which is essential for today’s photographer. Short flash duration gives images a crisp feel and the fast recycling time means that you never have to wait for the flash. You will always get the image quality you want. All this in a package that offers 1/10 f-stop control, giving you the confidence that the images will be exactly as you want them. The new Profoto Air system enables you to remote control and trigger your flash from as much as 300 meters (1000ft) and replaces the sync cable. Connect the D1 to the new Profoto Air USB, for PC and Mac and gain full control of your entire studio flash system via wireless communication.

Remote control and sync without cables Profoto Air Sync Syncs flash generators or groups of Profoto D1 Air with the same high performance as Profoto Air Remote. The Profoto Air Sync provides a simple solution when you do not need to control the power of your flash and only need to trigger it with your camera.

Profoto Air Remote Our specially designed digital radio system. Complete flash control at your camera or in your hand, including trigger, flash energy control and modeling light control.

Compatible with a wide assortment of Light Shaping Tools. Compact and lightweight. Built-in reflector makes it safe and easy to use. Wide 7 f-stop power range in 0.1 f-stop increments. Short flash duration even on the high power settings. Fast recycling times. Available with Air – the world’s fastest system for remote radio sync and control. Designed to withstand years of everyday use. The D1 is also the backbone of the popular D1 kits. Choose between the versatile D1 Studio Kit and the comprehensive D1 Studio Kit 3 Heads.

D1 Studio Kit 2 x D1 monolights 2 x Umbrella White S 2 x D1 kit stands 1 x Air Remote Bag M Power cables D1 Studio Kit 250/250 Air D1 Studio Kit 250/500 Air D1 Studio Kit 500/500 Air D1 Studio Kit 500/1000 Air D1 Studio Kit 1000/1000 Air

D1 Studio Kit 3 Heads 3 x D1 monolights 1 x Softbox RFi 1,3x2’ 1 x Softbox RFi 2x3’ 2 x RFi speedrings 1 x D1 Grid 10° 3 x D1 kit stands 1 x Air Remote Trolley bag L Power cables D1 Studio Kit 250/500/500 Air D1 Studio Kit 500/500/1000 Air D1 Studio Kit 500/1000/1000 Air

153

Studio Lighting

OFF-CAMERA FLASH WITH TTL Taking your flash off-camera marks a milestone on your journey to becoming a great photographer. It means you are ready to take control and shape light. You are no longer content simply depicting things. You want to create them yourself.

The B1 and its revolutionary, patent pending AirTTL technology take this idea to the next level. Simply attach the Air Remote TTL to your camera’s hot shoe to merge camera and flash into one, point and shoot, and the B1 will automatically adjust its light output to provide you with the perfect exposure.

154

THE B1 WITHOUT CORDS

THE B1 WITH SPEED

Do you remember the feeling when you first learned how to ride a bicycle? Remember how the world seemed to open up, how you were suddenly able to go anywhere and do anything? Then you know what it is like shooting with the batterypowered and wirelessly synced and controlled B1. Shoot indoors or shoot outdoors, miles away from the nearest wall outlet. Place the lights wherever you want. Your imagination sets the limits. Not the length of your cables.

Some things are hard to fake. Laughter, genuine smiles or the defining moment of a sport event, to name just a few examples. So, the best thing you can do is to make sure you are prepared when that perfect moment occurs in front of your lens. That is why speed is important. The B1 was designed with this in mind. At lower power settings it will easily keep up with your camera, blasting away up to twenty flashes per second.

THE B1 WITH POWER

THE B1 WITH LIGHT SHAPING

Ever been frustrated by the fact that a clear sky equals bad weather for photography? Or perhaps you have experienced the opposite – not enough light to get the shot you want? The B1 solves both these issues. Ten times as powerful as the average speedlight, it enables you to overpower the sun on a sunny day as well as light up larger backgrounds and areas. With the B1 you are no longer dependent on the weather or ambient light. You are the one in control. You set the light.

Photography is all about light – about controlling and shaping light. Shoot the same thing from the same angle with ten different lighting setups and you will create ten entirely different images. This is where Profoto’s Light Shaping Tools enter the picture. The B1’s built-in reflector creates a wide and even light spread that stands well on its own. But you are also free to choose from more than 120 Light Shaping Tools and shape the B1’s already beautiful light into almost any light you can imagine.

Studio Lighting

Generators Pro-B4 1000 Air

The fastest, toughest, most precise battery generator on the market. 11 Stop Power Range: 1-1,000W/s Up to 220 Full Power Flashes Short Recycling Time 0.03-0.99s Symmetrical/Asymmetrical Distribution High Capacity LiFe Battery Flash Duration: 1/25,000 - 1/2200 Sec. 45 Minute Quick Charge Multi-voltage Charger Built-In Profoto Air Remote Sync System Computer Control Optiont. The Pro-B4 is our state-of-the-art battery generator. In some regards it even outperforms the best studio generators out there.

Pro-B3 1200 AirS

The Pro-B3 AirS battery generators is characterized by extremely fast recycling and short flash duration. Lithium Ion Iron Phosphate Battery Weighs Only 19 Lbs Inc. LiFe Battery Up to 300 Flashes at Maximum Power Up to 4x Longer Battery Lifetime Built-In Profoto AirS Radio Sync System Wide Power Range of 8 F-Stops, 9-1200 Ws Recycling Time 0.06-1.8 s Short Flash Duration, 1/7400 - 1/2200 s Tested and Certified/Licensed to Travel Automatic, Multivoltage Charger

Pro-8a 1200 Air

A workhorse with digital precision Fast Recycling Time 0.05-0.5 Sec Ultra Short Flash Duration 1/12000 Sec 9 f-Stop Power Range +/- 40 K Stability for Full Power Range Exposure Stability +/- 1/50 F-Stop Built-In Profoto Air Transceiver for RC Compatible With All Current ProHeads Designed for Use W/Portable Generators Auto Multi-Voltage Operation Worldwide Up to 20 Frames per Sec. @ Minimum Power

Pro-8a 2400 Air

A workhorse with digital precision Up to 20 Frames/Second Auto Multi-Voltage Operation Worldwide Fast Recycling Time 0.05 - 0.9 Sec Ultra Short Flash Duration 1/12000 Sec 10 F-Stop Power Range 40째K +/- Stability Flash to Flash Built-In Profoto Air Transceiver for RC Built-in PocketWizard Receiver Compatible With All Current ProHeads Designed for Use w/Portable Generators

D4 2400 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Built-in Radio Slave Receiver Power Variable Over 8 F-Stops Short Flash Duration 1/4500s-1/600s Fast Recycling Times 0.09 to 2.2 Seconds 4 Head Outlets for Asymmetrical Contro Multi-Power Pack Control Via 1 Computer Multi-Voltage 90-240VAC The D4 Air is a versatile workhorse, crafted to produce large quantities of high-quality images at an extremely high rate with no variations in power output and color temperature.

D4 1200 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Built-in Radio Slave Receiver Power Variable Over 8 F-Stops Short Flash Duration 1/7500s-1/1000s Fast Recycling Times 0.07 to 1.2 Seconds 4 Head Outlets for Asymmetrical Control Multi-Power Pack Control Via 1 Computer Multi-Voltage 90-240VAC The D4 Air is a versatile workhorse, crafted to produce large quantities of high-quality images at an extremely high rate with no variations in power output and color temperature.

155

Studio Lighting

Acute2 1200R D4 4800 Air

Perfect performance, advanced functions - full direct control Built-in Radio Receiver Range: Up to 984â&#x20AC;&#x2122; (300 m) 4 Channel Asymmetrical Distribution Auto-seek 90 - 240V AC For All Heads Except Pro-B & Acute-B Computer Interface 1/10 Stop Power Adjustment 0.12 to 4.4 sec. Recycling Flash Duration t 0.5: 1/2700-1/350s Ergonomic design The D4 Air is a versatile workhorse, crafted to produce large quantities of high-quality images at an extremely high rate with no variations in power output and color temperature.

Fast, small, very lightweight. small and light weight short flash duration Fast recycling Adjustable modeling light Asymmetric Energy controlled over 6 f-stops Built-in radio with 32 channel / 4 zone for remote operation 1 1200 Acute2r Generator 2x Acute / D4 250W Heads 1 Carrying Case

Acute2R 2400 Fast, small, lightweight.

Small and lightweight Three lamp head sockets with asymmetric power distribution results in a wide variety of possible setups and creative freedom. 6 f-stop power range. Manual switch for use with either 100-120 V or 200-240 V mains outlets. Proven reliability. Built-in PocketWizardÂŽ receiver for wireless sync. The Acute2 has been a popular choice for a longer period of time than any other currently available Profoto generator

Acute2 1200

Fast, small, very lightweight. Small and lightweight Three lamp head sockets with asymmetric power distribution results in a wide variety of possible setups and creative freedom. 6 f-stop power range. Manual switch for use with either 100-120 V or 200-240 V mains outlets. Proven reliability. The Acute2 has been a popular choice for a longer period of time than any other currently available Profoto generator.

BatPac

Portable Power Source Safe & Reliable Use With Strobes & Other Elec. Devices Drives Up to 4-1000W or 1-2400Ws Flashes Up to 10,000 Flashes With D1 500Ws Flash Under 25 Lbs Integrated Protective Circuits Heavy Duty Transport Bag Included here is an alternative to a bringing a battery-powered flash to your on-location shoot: bring a mains-powered flash and connect it to our portable power supply the BatPac.

156

Lightshapers and other accessories Zoom Reflector

Zoom Reflector Grids

The classic Profoto Zoom Reflector has served photographers all over the world for more than three decades. It was time to look it over, and our technicians actually managed to improve it in a number of areas: – even better light distribution: smoother, stronger, more accurate – integrated grid holder: grids now fit directly into the reflector – a new protection cap, the Zoom Cap, that fits onto and over the reflector (and the grid), securing transportation and storage as well as enabling the photographer to leave the grid on. Existing accessories still fit as before.

Grids can be used to narrow the light angle or to prevent unwanted stray light. They can be used directly on the Zoom Reflector or with the Grid and Filter Holder on the Standard Zoom Reflector. Grid size: 180 mm (7 in)

Snoot For Grid- & Filterholder. Cannot be used with ProDaylight and ProTungsten. 10 06 51 Snoot

Reflector Barn Doors 4-sided rigid barndoors for Standard Zoom Reflector and Zoom Reflector. 10 06 71 Reflector Barn Door 10 04 63 Barndoor, for Cine Reflector and Zoom reflector

Zoom Cap A protection cap for the Zoom Reflector have several advantages. It lets you keep the reflector on, including a grid, while still protecting the flash head. 10 07 86 Zoom Cap

Metal Protection Cap An extra strong metal protection cap with clasp. The perfect transportation protection or protection of the flash tube in rough conditions. 10 06 38 Metal Protection Cap

Grid size: 180 mm (7 in) 90 06 49 Grid and Filter Holder

Narrow Beam Reflector The Narrow Beam Reflector gives the highest light output of all Profoto reflectors. It creates a hot spot with a harsh light fall-off. To achieve precise control over the direction of the light, the reflector can be extended with the ProTube and equipped with a Honeycomb Grid or a Barn Door. Light spread angle: 10–70° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/180.0–f/45.0 Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 06 17 Narrow Beam Reflector

TeleZoom Reflector Sharing its lighting characteristics with the Standard Zoom Reflector, this reflector is unique because the angle of light varies from 20 degrees at head position 5, to 30 degrees at head position 10. The TeleZoom reflector has a high output, zoomable even distrubuted light with a rapid fall-off. The TeleZoom accepts the same accessories like the Magnum and Narrow Beam Reflector. Light spread angle: 25–50° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/90.3–f/64.0 Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 07 12 TeleZoom Reflector

Magnum Reflector

Grid and Filter Holder It prevents blocking of fan cooling and overheating when a filter need to be used. The Filter Holder is positioned behind the mounted Grid to allow you to use a diffusion filter for increased efficiency.Fits the Zoom Reflector and the Classic Zoom Reflector.

Studio Lighting

Transportation Cap A light weight, easy to use transportation protection of the glass cover, flash tube and modeling lamp. 10 07 08 Transport Protective Cap for flash heads

For maximum output with a normal beam spread. The Magnum Reflector provides strong, smooth light. Although this is not a true focusing reflector, zooming it across the focal point does create interesting lighting effects. To achieve precise control over the direction of the light, the Magnum can be supplemented by the ProTube, Honeycomb Grid or Barn Doors. Light spread angle: 25–60° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/180.0–f/90.0 Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 06 24 Magnum Reflector

157

Studio Lighting

Narrow Beam Travel Reflector The Narrow Beam Travel Reflector gives one of the highest light outputs of all Profoto reflectors, similar to the Narrow Beam Reflector. Light spread angle: 20° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/45.7 10 06 13 Narrow Beam Travel Reflector

Wide Zoom Reflector The Wide Zoom Reflector is very versatile with a very even illumination when used at short distances. Excellent choice when you need to light the background evenly. Light spread angle: 40–70° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/64.0–f/45.0 Grid size: 280 mm (11 in) 10 07 11 Wide Zoom Reflector

Wide Zoom Reflector Grid Fits the Wide Zoom Reflector. Grid size: 280 mm (11 in) 10 06 36 10° Honeycomb Grid

Magnum-, TeleZoomand Narrow Beam Reflectors Grid Fits the Magnum Reflector, TeleZoom Reflector or Narrow Beam Reflector. Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 06 18 10° Honeycomb Grid

158

ProTube The ProTube accessory extends the Magnum Reflector, TeleZoom Reflector or Narrow Beam Reflector for tighter, hotter light pattern. It can be supplemented with a grid. Grid size: 337 mm (13 in) 10 06 70 ProTube

25 degree Grid

Reflector Barn Doors

7” Grid Reflector

4-sided rigid barn doors for Magnum Reflector, TeleZoom Reflector or Narrow Beam Reflector. Includes clips for filters and/or diffusers. 10 07 15 Reflector Barn Doors

Allows direct use of 7” grids. Light spread: 40–90° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/90.3–f/32.5 Grid size: 170 mm (6.7 in) 10 06 54 7” Grid Reflector

Softlight Reflector Silver

7” Grid Reﬂector Grids

The silver-coloured Softlight Reflector with gives focused light, while at the same time providing soft shadow definition, thanks to its large reflecting area. It is especially suitable for lighting materials or subjects in which the structure should be emphasized. Can be equipped with a glass deflector, 10° grid and a front diffuser. Diameter: 60 cm

Grid size: 170 mm (6.7 in) 10 06 34 10° Honeycomb Grid 10 06 35 5° Honeycomb Grid

Softlight Reflector White The White Softlight Reflector (diameter 60 cm) also known as “The Beauty Dish” gives a soft, yet directional light. Meant to provide character lighting in portrait photography, the Softlight is superb for a wide variety of uses from product photography to architectural or environmental studies. Also, a distinctive alternative to the widely used softboxes. Character lighting refers to a source of light that is placed close to the subject.

Creates a soft, toned-down edge-lighting for increased control. Grid size: 515 mm (20 in) 10 06 09 Grid Honeycomb 25° (10° if used with the Softlight Silver)

Glass Disc The Softlight standard has a direct light blocking metal deflector. It can make a center black dot in an close up eye reflection. By exchanging to this opal glass plate the dot is eliminated. 10 07 04 Glass Disc

Disc Reflector Designed for use with an umbrella. It keeps light from spilling off the edges of the umbrella. Very compact design for easy carrying. 10 07 12 Disc Reflector

Lightshapers and other accessories Cine Reflector The Cine Reflector combines the film industry’s popular Parabolic reflector (PAR) with the classic Profoto Zoom reflector – a long time favorite among our users. The Profoto Zoom reflector is a textured “Open face type” reflector that produces a crisp, even light. The unique Zoom function lets you adjust the beam angle in the range of 35–105° without changing lens. In addition, five different lenses provide a great array of light shaping possibilities. This, in combination with scrims, color filters and barn doors, grants hotographers an unparalleled artistic freedom. Naturally, all accessories can be used with both ProDaylight models as well as with each other. The Cine Reflector has a double layer housing to protect users from burns and increase robustness. The housing also provides an umbrella attachment, which is favored by many photographers. A metal stirrup bracket is provided for overhead mounting. 90 11 75 Cine Reflector

Barndoor, for Cine Reflector and Zoom reflector The Barndoor, for Cine reflector, is also designed to fit and work with the Zoom Reflector. The Barndoor does have the possibility to attach filters.

Lenses for Cine Reﬂector Lenses for Cine Reflector 10 04 65 Fresnel Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 66 Super Wide Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 67 Narrow Spot Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 68 Medium Flood Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 69 Wide Flood Lens, Cine Reflector 10 04 75 Diffusion filter, Cine Reflector

Scrim Kit

RingFlash Softlight Reflector Achieves a softer, shadow-free “beauty effect” by enlarging the ringflash area. Ideal for lighting people with a direct, yet soft light from the lens position, creating a unique omnidirectional illumination. Light spread: 30° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/64.5 10 06 42 RingFlash Softlight Reflector

Studio Lighting

Get the right balance of shadow softness and sharpness with our range of reflectors, zoomable in different constellations from 20–100°. Additional grids and umbrellas can be fitted easily.

RingFlash Close-Up Reflector Concentrates the ringfash into a smaller area some 50 cm in front of the flash for close-up and macro applications. This provides a higher concentration of light when photographing smaller objects, while still maintaining a perfect shadeless illumination. When it is used at greater distances it can create an aura-like shadow surrounding an object.

RingFlash Widesoft Reflector Like the Softlight, but with extra softness and a wider spread of the light, perfect for evenly illuminated pack shots and natural looking fill-in flash. The reflector has a white coating. Light spread: 100° Guide number (At 2 m/2400 Ws/ ISO 100/21°): f/32.5 10 07 17 RingFlash Widesoft Reflector

ProRing Diffuser Puts extra softness to the ringflash. The reflector has a white coating. Easy and fast to use, simply clips on front of the Profoto ringflashes. 10 07 84 ProRing Diffusor

90 11 78 Scrim Kit

159

Studio Lighting

Giants Profoto Giant Reﬂector 300

Profoto Giant Silver 210

The Profoto Giant Reflector 300 cm with 20 sectors, a truly parabolic silver reflector, for optimum light output and precision. Features, among other things, the unique Powerfold technology for easy assembly, and a foldable center bar for free positioning of the unit. The reflector can be focused in four steps by using the included poles of different length. Light spread: 55–100° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.7–f/22.3 10 03 20 Profoto Giant Reflector 300

The Profoto Giant Silvers 210 cm with silver reflectors for a high light output and crispy highlights, in the studio or on location. Comparable with former 7-foot reflector. Light spread: 90–105° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.0–f/16.8 10 03 16 Profoto Giant Silver 210

Profoto Giant Reflector 240 The Profoto Giant Reflector 240 cm with 20 sectors, a truly parabolic silver reflector, for optimum light output and precision. Features, among other things, the unique Powerfold technology for easy assembly, and a foldable center bar for free positioning of the unit. The reflector can be focused in four steps by using the included poles of different length. Light spread: 70–105° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.6–f/22.0 10 03 19 Profoto Giant Reflector 240

Profoto Giant White 150 Profoto Giant Silver 150 The Profoto Giant Silver 150 cm with silver reflectors for a high light output and crisp highlights, in the studio or on location. Comparable with former 5-foot reflector. Light spread: 85–120° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.0–f/11.8 10 03 17 Profoto Giant Silver 150

Profoto Giant Reflector 180 The Profoto Giant Reflector 180 cm with 20 sectors, a truly parabolic silver reflector, for optimum light output and precision. Features, among other things, the unique Powerfold technology for easy assembly, and a foldable center bar for free positioning of the unit. The reflector can be focused in four steps by using the included poles of different length. Light spread: 65–110° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/32.6–f/16.2 10 03 18 Profoto Giant Reflector 180

160

All Profoto Giants are powerful tools that allow you to create outstanding pictures in an uncomplicated, direct way. Our multi-purpose Giant Reflector range starts at a modest 1.5 m in diameter and ends with a 20-sector, 3 m model. Our unique powerfold technology makes for easy assembly and disassembly. An ordinary umbrella attached to the lamp head in the center of a Giant reflector blocking more or less of the center light offers more creative combinations.

Profoto Giant White 210 The Profoto Giant White 210 cm with white reflectors for a smooth effect, in the studio or on location. Light spread: 105° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/16.8 10 03 15 Profoto Giant White 210

The Profoto Giant White 150 cm with white reflectors for a smooth effect, in the studio or on location. Light spread: 105° Guide number (At 4 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°): f/16.8 10 03 14 Profoto Giant White 150

Front Diffuser 25 45 18 Diffusor for Profoto Giant 150 (-1 f-stop) 25 45 22 Diffusor for Profoto Giant 150 (-1/3 f-stop) 25 45 19 Diffusor for Profoto Giant 210 (-1 f-stop) 25 45 23 Diffusor for Profoto Giant 210 (-1/3 f-stop) 25 45 85 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 180 (-1 f-stop) 25 45 86 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 180 (-1/3 f-stop) 25 45 31 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 240 (-1 f-stop) 25 45 33 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 240 (-1/3 f-stop) 25 45 87 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 300 (-1 f-stop) 25 35 88 Diffusor for Profoto Giant Reflector 300 (-1/3 f-stop)

Lightshapers and other accessories

Softbox 1x1.3’ RF

Softbox 4x6’ RF

30x40x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 76 Softbox 1x1.3’ RF

Studio Lighting

Softbox 2.3’ Octa Gold Octalight 60x47 cm, internal gold coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. Gives a warmer light that is preferred by many portrait photographers. 25 45 79 Softbox 2.3’ Octa Gold

120x180x57 cm, internal silver coating with removable inner and front diffuser and steel rods. 25 45 35 Softbox 4x6’ RF

Softbox 5’ Octa Octalight 150x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 29 Softbox 5’ Octa

Softbox 3x3’ RF 90x90x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 77 Softbox 3x3’ RF

Softbox 3x4’ RF 90x120x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 27 Softbox 3x4’ RF

Softbox 2x3’ RF 90x120x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 26 Softbox 2x3’ RF

Softbox 3’ Octa

Softbox 2x2’ RF

Octalight 90x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 28 Softbox 3’ Octa

60x60x47 cm, internal silver coating with removable inner and front diffuser and steel rods. 25 45 36 Softbox 2x2’ RF

Softbox 2.3’ Octa

Softbox 1x3’ RF

Octalight 60x47 cm, internal silver coating with steel rods, inner and front diffuser. 25 45 78 Softbox 2.3’ Octa

Striplight 30x90x47 cm, internal silver coating with removable inner and front diffuser and steel rods. 25 45 36 Softbox 1x3’ RF

161

Studio Lighting

Softbox 1x4’ RF This 30x120 cm striplight softbox is ideal for a lot of situations, among others welldirected lighting in people photography or lateral fill-in at product shots. The exchangeable internal diffusor ensures an extremely low light fall-off, even for such a large construction. 25 45 24 Softbox 1x4’ RF

Profoto softboxes are made of durable light efficient materials that stand the daily use, even under the toughest conditions. Removable fronts and inner diffusors, plus a series of grids and masks make light adjustments easy. The evenness of the light output from the whole surface is virtually perfect. The approximate center Guide number (at 2 m/2400 Ws/ISO 100/21°) for all Profoto Softboxes is f/32.0. All Profoto softboxes fit all Profoto lamp heads, of course. But did you know that by using our adapter speedrings, your Profoto softboxes will fit virtually any other manufacturer’s lamp heads as well?

HR Softbox’

Softbox 1x6’ RF Striplight 30x180x57 cm, internal silver coating with removable inner and front diffuser and steel rods. 25 45 34 Softbox 1x6’ RF

Softgrids Reduce straylight and give greater control of the light direction. 25 45 54 Softgrid 40° for 1x4’ 25 45 55 Softgrid 40° for 2x3’ 25 45 56 Softgrid 40° for 3x4’ 25 45 57 Softgrid 40° for 4x6’ 25 45 58 Softgrid 40° for 1x6’ 25 45 59 Softgrid 30° for 1x3’ 25 45 60 Softgrid 30° for 2x3’ 25 45 64 Softgrid 30° for 2x2’

162

A new line of Profoto Softboxes made for both flash and continuous light. Available in 6 RF sizes to accomidate all needs. Ideal for ProDaylight and ProTungsten to provide maximum protection against excessive heat . Fully compatible with Acute and Pro Heads as well as Monolights. 10 04 81 HR Softbox 1.3 x 1.8’ (40 x 55 cm) 10 04 82 HR Softbox 2 x 3’ (60 x 90 cm) 10 04 83 HR Softbox 1.5 x 4’ (45 x 120 cm) 10 04 84 HR Softbox 3 x 4’ (90 x 120 cm) 10 04 85 HR Softbox 2.7 x 2.7’ (80 x 80 cm) 10 04 86 HR Softbox 4 x 6’ (120 x 180 cm)

HR Lantern A new Light Shaping tool that can be used with both flash and continuous light. Available in 3 FF sizes .Ideal to create a natural, easy to use “Overhead” light that illuminate even larger areas evenly. Perfect for moving subjects and handheld/steady-cam operated cameras. Built-in heat protection. 10 04 87 HR Lantern 1,7’ FLAT (51 x 30 cm) 10 04 88 HR Lantern 3’ FLAT (89 x 43 cm) 10 04 89 HR Lantern 4’ FLAT (122 x 48 cm)

RFi SOFTBOXES, REFLECTORS

RFi SOFTBOXES IN ALL SIZES AND SHAPES FOR ALL MAJOR FLASH BRANDS

SHAPE SUNLIGHT OR BOUNCE FLASH LIGHT WITH THE PROFOTO REFLECTORS

Choose the tool you need, create the light you want: RFi softboxes come in twelve models and four shapes: rectangular, square, octagonal and strip.

Working with Profoto Reflectors is light shaping in its most uncomplicated form. They are easy to use, easy to carry and can be used for bouncing or diffusing sunlight as well as flash light. The sturdy yet collapsible metal frame is equipped with two ergonomically shaped handles, which make the Reflectors easy to fold and hold in various positions. Shape sunlight or bounce flash light. Ergonomically shaped handles make the reflectors easy to fold and hold.

Use your old flash brand in a brand new way: The speedring makes the RFi softboxes compatible with well over 20 different flash brands, including speedlights. Shape the light with precision: Optional Adaptor accessories, such as Softgrids, Flat Front Diffusers and StripMasks, allow for even more precise light shaping. Focus your energy where it is needed: Color-coded speedrings and Velcro attachments result in hassle-free assembly and disassembly. No tools or pre-assembly needed. Experience the quality of light that Profoto is famous for: Double-layered diffusers create a softer, more even light spread. The silver interior provides a higher output and a crisper character. Stop worrying about your equipment: Each unit is handsewn with heat resistant, highquality fabrics. Seam lines, edges and corner pockets are reinforced.

Studio Lighting

THE RFi SPEEDLIGHT SPEEDRING:

THE SPEEDLIGHT USER’S KEY TO THE WORLD OF LIGHT SHAPING

Unique squircle-shape. Sturdy yet easily foldable metal frame. High-quality fabrics. Available in five versions: Silver/White, SunSilver/White, Gold/White, Black/White and Translucent. Available two sizes: Medium (33”/80 cm) and Large (47”/120 cm).

Speedlights are great for many reasons, but being able to create a soft and shapeable light is not one of them. Profoto offers a simple solution to this problem: a speedring that makes the RFi softboxes compatible with speedlights of most brands. Get access to the entire range of RFi softboxes. Mount a softbox on your speedlight and create a soft and flattering light. Attach two speedlights and light up an even larger softbox. Slide and tilt the speedlights inside the softbox to eliminate hotspots. Tilt, rotate 360° and adjust the softbox heightwise on the fly.

163

Studio Lighting

QT600

600WS Professional Photo Flash Light Product Details: Max Power 600WS Guide Number(m ISO100) 76 Color Temperature 5600±100K Operating Voltage AC200-240V/50Hz or AC 100-120V/60Hz Power Output Control 50 steps from 5.0-10.0(1/128-1/1) Modeling Lamp 150W Recycle Time 0.05-1.2s Triggering Mode Sync cord, Slave triggering, Test button, Wireless control port Flash Duration 1/5000s-1/800s Fuse 8A

QT400

400WS Professional Photo Flash Light Product Details: Max Power 400WS Guide Number(m ISO100) 65 Color Temperature 5600±100K Operating Voltage AC200-240V/50Hz or AC 100-120V/60Hz Power Output Control 50 steps from 5.0-10.0(1/128-1/1) Modeling Lamp 150W Recycle Time 0.05-1.2s Triggering Mode Sync cord, Slave triggering, Test button, Wireless control port Flash Duration 1/5000s-1/800s Fuse 8A

300SDI-D-G Kit inculeds: Studio Flash ×3 Light stand 303 ×3 Softbox SB-BW 70X100cm ×1 Umbrella UB-004 40” ×1 Barndoor Kit BD-04 ×1 Remote Trigger DM-16 Carrying Bag CB-01 ×1 Sycn Line ×1 Standard Reflector ×1

Quicker Flash Kit QT600-2L-G Kit inculeds: GODOX 220V QT600 Godox Quicker Flash Kit 3 Heads 2 * stand 2 * softbox trigger 1 * receiver bag

300SDI

Smart Series Studio Flash 300WS Output Power: Modeling Lamp: Color: Guide Number: Power Control: Recycle Time: Flash Duration: Color Temperature: Operating Voltage: 100-120V/60Hz Triggering Method: Trigger

300WS 75W Gold, Black, Blue 58 8 steps 0.5-2sec 1/2000-1/800s 5600±200K AC 200-240V/50Hz or AC Sync Cord, Test Button, Slave, Flash

SS-350H Power Range: 350Ws Modeling: 50W Power Control: 1/16 - Full Guide no.: 42 (ISO 100/m) Recycling Time: 0.8-2s Color Temperature: 5300K-5700K Operating Voltage: AC 110-120V 60Hz , 220-240V 50Hz Triggering: Photo Sensor, Sync Cord, Test Button Weight: 1.3kg Dimension: 25x18x21cm

167

Camera Flash

TFK-2600A Studio Flash Set

This studio flash set includes two studio flashes with a flash power of 600Ws each. In the set are also included two soft boxes with a size of 80 x 100, two modeling lamps (250W), two reflectors with a diameter of 20 cm, two tripods with a maximum length of 256 cm and a power and synchronization cable.

WITSTRO AD180 Powerful and Portable Barebulb Flash

Max. Power: 180W Guide No.(m ISO100): 60(m ISO100,with standard reflcetor) Vertical Rotation Angle: -15° -90° Horizontal Rotation Angle: 0-270° Power Supply: GODOX power pack(PB960,PB820) Flash Times: 900(with PB960 power pack,at full power) Recycle Time: Apporx. 0.05-2.6s(with PB960 power pack) Flash Duration: 1/300s-1/10000s Color Temperature: 5600±200K

V860

VING TTL Lithium-Ion Flash for Canon & Nikon Features: HSS to 1/8000s Optic Wireless Master & Slave Function E-TTL II Auto Flash Full TTL Functions Powerful Li-ion Battery 58 Guide Number USB Port The V860 feature the same Lithium-Ion battery, with huge 650 full power pop capacity and 1.5 second recyclable time, all conveniently built-in.

TT560 Guide Number:38 ( ISO 100 ) Flash Mode: M, S1, S2 Vertical Rotation Angle :0~90 degrees Horizontal Rotation Angle: 0~270 degrees Power: 4xAAsize batteries ( Alkaline or Ni-MH are usable ) Lighting Times: 100-1500 times Recycle Time :approx. 0.5-5.5s Light Quantity Output Control :with 1/8 - stop increment Color Temperature: 5600K Flash Duration :1/800s~1/2000s

Features: Max. Power 360WS Guide No. (m ISO 100, with standard reflector) 80 Standard reflector on WITSTRO flash offer approx. 28mm coverage. Vertical Rotation Angle -15° to 90° Horizontal Rotation Angle 0 to 270° Power Supply GODOX PB960 lithium power pack Full Power Flashes 450 Recycle Time Approx. 0.05-4.5s Color Temperature 5600±200K Flash Duration 1/300s’1/10000s Dimension 220*95*75mm Net Weight 780g

168

Guide Number: 33 Flash Modes: M, S1, S2 Tilt: 0 – 90° Swivel: 0 – 270° Power Source: 4 * AA batteries Recycle Time: 0.5 – 5s Output Full:1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64, 1/128 Color Temperature: 5600K +/-200K Flash Duration:1/800 ~ 1/2000s Dimensions: 190 * 75 * 55mm Net Weight: 286g

TT680 E-TTL II flash mode: Easy and fast to snap special moments Multi flash mode: Easy to record a chain of fast-changing moves High guide number: 58m/190ft (ISO 100, 105mm) Auto/Manual zooming: Goes within 24/28/35/50/70/80/105mm LCD display: Large size with backlight on and off Flash recycling: 0.1-5s, compatible with external power pack Advanced functions: FE lock

ES600P

AD360

WITSTRO Powerful & Portable Flash

TT520

TT660 Guide number: 56 (at 105mm) Flash modes: M, S1, S2 Output levels: 1/1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64, 1/128 Manual zoom: 24, 28, 35, 50, 70, 80, 105mm Head rotation: 90° tilt; 270° swivel Power: 4xAAsize batteries ( Alkaline or Ni-MH are usable ) Recycle time: Approx. 0.1–6s Connectors: PC sync port, Iso hotshoe foot, external power input (Canon CP-E4 type)

Kit inculeds: Built-in wireless power adjusting and flash triggering Full battery provides 650 full power flashes Recycle to full power in 1.8 seconds User replaceable battery module Large-capacity 8000 mah lithium battery (LiFePO4) Power adjusts from 1/1 to 1/32 with auto power discharge LCD display with high-contrast white on blue Bowens-style mount adds almost any studio flash accessories Wireless Power-Control and Flash Triggering

Camera Flash

RMI-C1 Transmit frequency: 433MHZ Workable range: within 100m Channels: 16 Battery for transmitter: 12V23A Battery for receiver: 2XAAA Sync speed: 1/250S

AD360-KIT Specification: Max. Power: 360WS Guide No. (m ISO 100, with standard reflector):Standard reflector on WITSTRO flash offer approx. 28mm coverage. Vertical Rotation Angle: -15° to 90° Horizontal Rotation Angle: 0 to 270° Power Supply: GODOX PB960 lithium power pack Full Power Flashes (with PB960 power pack): 450 Recycle Time (with PB960 power pack): Approx. 0.05-4.5s Color Temperature: 5600±200K Flash Duration: 1/300 - 1/10000s Dimension (flash tube & reflector not included): 220*95*75mm Net Weight (flash tube & reflector not included): 780g

Propac PB960-G Battery pack - Lithium battery (11.1V/4500mAH) Battery charging time - Approx. 3 hours Flash charging time - Approx. 1 second (full power) Flash time - Approx. 1800 times (full power) Overall dimension - 159 x 133.5 x 49.2mm Weight - 510g

LP-800X

Portable Lithium Ion Pure Sine Wave Inverter Specification: Number of Outlets 3.0 AC outlets, 3 USB ports Battery Lithium-ion Battery Capacity 12,000mAh Output Power 750 – 1,400W Peak Input Voltage 110VAC, 60Hz Output Voltage 110VAC, 60Hz Charge Time Approximately 3.0 hours to full charge Operating Temperature (0-40°C) Weight 15 lb (6.8 kg)

FRIO Coldshoe™ The frio™ is the essential adaptor to connect all your favourite hotshoe gear to anything with a 1/4”-20 tripod stud, giving you the freedom to Connect, Combine, Create™.

Orbis ring flash The orbis™ transforms the harsh light from your SLR flash gun to create beautiful, shadowless photos quickly and easily. You don’t need any specialised knowledge or technique.

Orbis Arm for Orbis Ring Flash The Orbis Arm provides a solid mount for photographers who want to use their Orbis in its primary ‘ring flash’ position for extended shoots. With the arm you can also easily mount the system on a tripod without using an extra light stand.

169

Lightmeters

L-478DR LiteMaster Pro

L-758DR DigitalMaster

Color Touch Screen Interface Still, Cine, Incident, Reflected, Flash Exposure Meter Wireless Flash Power Control Custom Exposure Profiles and Calibration Flash Exposure Analyzing Function Adjustable Menu Navigation Retractable and Removable Lumisphere AAA Battery Power Source

Flash,Ambient,Incident, Reflected Light All-Weather Design Radio Triggering / Includes RT-32CTL Module 14 Custom Settings 1° Spot Measuring Digital Display Pre-Exposure Warning Retractable Lumisphere Analyzing Function With Data Transfer Software

Light Meter

Sekonic’s new LITEMASTER PRO L-478DR meter is the world’s first touchscreen-operated light meter. It has an array of unique, must-have features for both still and motion story tellers.

The Sekonic L-758DR DigitalMaster is the world’s first multi-function light meter that can be programmed to match and be calibrated to the sensitivity of your digital camera sensor or type of film for perfect exposure control.

L-478D LiteMaster Pro

L-758Cine DigitalMaster

Light Meter

Color Touch Screen Interface Still, Cine, Incident, Reflected, Flash Exposure Meter Custom Exposure Profiles and Calibration Flash Exposure Analyzing Function Adjustable Menu Navigation Retractable and Removable Lumisphere AAA Battery Power Source The Sekonic Litemaster Pro L-478D Light Meter is an incident and flash meter featuring a color touch screen interface. The touch screen-based navigation lends itself to a highly intuitive and efficient workflow, allowing you to quickly modify exposure settings and navigate menus. This meter is also highly versatile and capable of measuring flash, incident and reflected light for still, HD video, or cine applications.

170

The Sekonic L-758Cine DigitalMaster is the ultimate light-measuring tool for cinematographers and videographers as well as digital still shooters. Offering the most extensive range of fps (framesper-second), cine shutter speeds, and shutter angle settings, it meets and exceeds the demands of Professional Cinematographers and Professional Still Photographers. The key to precise lighting and great exposures is understanding the dynamic range of your camera and calibrating your meter to work with it. Long a time-consuming necessity, Sekonic has automated the process to one that takes just minutes. Sekonic’s DTS Version 3.0 enables measuring the dynamic range of your HDSLR or Digital Video Camera and calibrating a Sekonic L-758Cine DigitalMaster meter to that specific data. Precise metering has moved to a new level of excellence.

L-308S Flashmate The pocket-sized Sekonic L-308S Flashmate is the smallest and lightest digital light meter in the Sekonic line-up. It is designed to read ambient or flash exposures in either reflected or incident modes, and it displays accurate exposure readings in full, half, or third-stop increments to mirror the exposure settings of today’s DSLR and film cameras.

C-500 ProDigi Color Serious photographers and cinematographers know that good lighting and proper exposure are more important now than ever. With the higher demands of today’s digital medium, “garbage in” can mean hours of postproduction. They know that color is a critical factor when multiple light sources are involved. Changing reflectors, adding diffusion or adjusting power levels will result in a color temperature change that needs to be corrected. They know that taking the time to do it right is always a good investment because “perfect in” always looks better than an image that has been adjusted.

RT-32CTL

Radio Transmitter Module Compatible with L-358 and L-758 Meters Works with PocketWizard Radio Slaves Supports ControlTL and Standard Channels Selective Quad-Triggering Capable FCC and CE Compliant The Sekonic RT-32CTL Radio Transmitter Module provides wireless triggering capabilities of PocketWizard radios and enabled devices to the Sekonic L-358 and L-758 series light meters. This module installs easily into the rear of the meter to aid in a streamlined flash metering workflow.

Transceiver

PlusX Transceiver Combination Transmitter and Receiver Combination Transmitter and Receiver 10 Channels with Backlit Channel Dial Auto-Sensing Transceiver Auto-Relay and Transmit Only Modes Side View Design and Internal Antenna Full PocketWizard Compatibility Made in the USA

AC3 ZoneController for Canon Combination Transmitter/Receiver High Speed Sync up to 1/8000th Sec. On-Camera Hot Shoe Triggers Flash or Camera 32 Channels, Multi-Zone Triggers All Pocket Wizards Standard Triggering with Most Cameras USB Upgradeable

PLUS III Transceiver Combination Transmitter and Receiver Long Range of 1640’ Frequency: 340-354 MHz (FCC/IC) 32 Channels and Quad-Zone Triggering Auto-Sensing and Auto-Relay Up to 14.5 fps Shooting Side-View Design and LCD Monitor Full Compatibility with Previous Models Runs on Two AA Batteries

MiniTT1 Canon / NIKON

AC9 AlienBees Adapter Power Control for AlienBees and White Lightning Flashes The AC9 AlienBees Adapter paired with a FlexTT5™ Transceiver enables remote power control of AlienBees or White Lightning flash. With a MiniTT1™ Transmitter or FlexTT5™ Transceiver on your camera, you can now adjust the power settings on your AlienBees or White Lightning flashes from the camera’s position.

On-Camera Hot Shoe 32 Channels, Multi-Zone High Speed Sync up to 1/8000th Sec. Triggers all PocketWizards USB Upgradeable

FlexTT5 Canon / NIKON Combination Transmitter/Receiver High Speed Sync up to 1/8000th Sec. On-Camera Hot Shoe Triggers Flash or Camera 32 Channels, Multi-Zone Triggers All Pocket Wizards Standard Triggering with Most Cameras USB Upgradeable

S-4914

Swit SDI/HDMI 700m Wireless Transmission System Professional WHDI (MIMO/OFDM technology Uncompressed 3G/HD-SDI and HDMI wireless 2-ch SDI/HDMI embedded audio transmission 700 meters (LOS) transmission distance Less than 1ms latency 5.1-5.9GHz license-free operation frequency User configurable frequency bands Multicast – 1 transmitter to multi receivers Less than 63mW radio power AES 256bit encryption

G-Wiz Trunk

Case for Transceiver Protects Radios During Travel For MiniTT1, FlexTT5 & Accessories Customizable Padded Interior Dividers Rip-Stop Nylon Construction Zippered Inside Pocket

Power ST4 for Elinchrom RX Receiver Adjust Settings From Camera Position Auto or Manual ISO & Aperture Control Up to 20 ControlTL Channels Possible Compatible With Any PocketWizard Radio Plug Into Elinchrom Flash Remote Socket Programmable and Upgradeable No Batteries Required HyperSync Up to 1/8000s Possible MiniTT1 Trans or FlexTT5 Trans Required

G-Wiz Squared Gear Case (Black) Case for Transceiver

Holds 4 Plus III Transceivers Holds Cables Touch Fastened Padded Interior Dividers Inside Zippered Accessory Pocket Three-Sided Top Zipper Opening Snap Closure Attachment Straps Ripstop Nylon Material

171

Tripods

458B NEOTEC PRO Maximum Height Maximum Height w/o Extended Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

156 cm Column 131 cm 10 cm 64 cm 8 kg 2.4 kg

475B DIGITAL PRO Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

188.0 cm 43.2 cm 80.0 cm 12 kg 4.3 kg

MK055XPRO3-3W 055 Alu 3-S Kit 3W Head Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

183.0 cm 9.0 cm 74.0 cm 8 kg 3.5 kg

MK055XPRO3-BH 055 Alu 3-S Kit Ball Head Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

172

MK190XPRO4-3W

MT055XPRO3

Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

190 Alu 3 Section Kit 3W Head

160 cm 9.0 cm 74.0 cm 7 kg 2.5 kg

MT055CXPRO3 055 Carbon Fibre 3-S Tripod Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 61.0 cm 9 kg 2 kg

MK190XPRO3-3W 190 Alu 3 Section Kit 3W Head Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

164 cm 46.5 cm 80 cm 4 kg 2.5 kg

MT055CXPRO4 055 Carbon Fibre 4-S Tripod

183.0 cm 9.0 cm 74.0 cm 8 kg 3.5 kg

Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 54.0 cm 9 kg 2.1 kg

055 Alu 3-S Tripod

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 61.0 cm 9 kg 2.5 kg

MT055XPRO3 055 Alu 3-S Tripod

Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 61.0 cm 9 kg 2.5 kg

MT190CXPRO3 190 Cf Tripod 3-S Horiz. Col Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

160.0 cm 9.0 cm 61.0 cm 7 kg 1.6 kg

MT190CXPRO4 190 Cf Tripod 4-S Horiz. Col Maximum Height Minimum Height Folded Length Load Capacity Weight

160.0 cm 9.0 cm 52.5 cm 7 kg 1.65 kg

Tripods

MT190XPRO3

MKCOMPACTACN-BK

• Maximum Height • Minimum Height • Folded Length • Load Capacity • Weight

Maximum Height maximum height (with centre column down) Minimum Height Closed length Weight

190 Alu Tripod 3-S Horiz. Col

160.0 cm 9.0 cm 59.0 cm 7 kg 2 kg

155 cm 133 cm 44.0 cm 45.3 cm 1.16 kg

MKBFRA4D-BH

Befree Alu GRAY Tripod +Ball head Load Capacity Maximum Height Min Height Folded Length Leg Sections Weight

8.8 lb 56.7” 13.4” 15.75” 4 3 lb

Also Available in Red and White Color

MT190XPRO4 190 Alu Tripod 4-S Horiz. Col • Maximum Height • Minimum Height • Folded Length • Load Capacity • Weight

160.0 cm 8.0 cm 49.0 cm 7 kg 2.1 kg

MK190XPRO3-BH 190 Kit Alu 3-S Tripod + Ball • Maximum Height • Minimum Height • Folded Length • Load Capacity • Weight

170.0 cm 9.0 cm 69.0 cm 6 kg 2.4 kg

MK190XPRO4-BH 190 Kit Alu 4-S Tripod + Ball • Maximum Height • Minimum Height • Folded Length • Load Capacity • Weight

170.0 cm 8.0 cm 59.0 cm 6 kg 2.5 kg

MKCOMPACTADV-BK

MKBFRA4L-BH

Maximum Height 165 cm maximum height (with centre column down) 140.3 cm Minimum Height 44.5 cm Closed length 44 cm Weight 1.42 kg

Load Capacity Maximum Height Min Height Folded Length Leg Sections Weight

Befree Alu BLUE Tripod +Ball head 8.8 lb 56.7” 13.4” 15.75” 4 3 lb

Also Available in White Color

MKCOMPACTLT-BK

MKBFRA4R-BH

Maximum Height 131 cm maximum height (with centre column down) 103 cm Minimum Height 39 cm Closed length 39.8 cm Weight 0.816 kg

Load Capacity Maximum Height Min Height Folded Length Leg Sections Weight

Befree Alu RED Tripod +Ball head 8.8 lb 56.7” 13.4” 15.75” 4 3 lb

Also Available in Pink, Red and White Color

MKBFRA4-BH

MKBFRA4G-BH

Load Capacity Maximum Height Min Height Folded Length Leg Sections Weight

BeFree Ball Heat Kit

8.8 lb 56.7” 13.4” 15.75” 4 3 lb

Befree Alu GREEN Tripod +Ball head 8.8 lb 56.7” 13.4” 15.75” 4 3 lb

173

Tripods

MKBFRC4-BH

MK293C4-D3Q2

Load Capacity Maximum Height Min Height Folded Length Leg Sections Weight

Load Capacity 8.82 lb Max Height 58.27” Min Height 15.16” Folded Length 21” Leg Sections 4 Weighs 4 lb Technopolymer Pan/Tilt Head Spirit Levels x3 Quick Release with Camera Plate Independent Leg Angle Selection

Befree CF Tripod+ Ball Head 8.8 lb 56.7” 13.4” 15.75” 4 2.4 lb

MT190GOA4TB

190 GO! ALU 4 SEC TRIPOD BLACK Load Capacity Max Height Min Height Folded Length Leg Sections Weight 90° Center Column

15.4 lb 57.5” 2.75” 17.7” 4 3.7 lb

MK293A3-D3Q2

KIT 293 ALU 3S + 3WAY QR HEAD Load Capacity Max Height Min Height Folded Length Leg Sections Weight

8.8 lb 62.1” 17.9” 25.4” 3 4.4 lb

MK293A4-D3Q2

KIT 293 ALU 4S + 3WAY QR HEAD Load Capacity 8.8 lb Max Height 58” Min Height 15.3” Folded Length 20.8 Leg Sections 4 Weight 4.6 lb Flip Locks 3-Way Quick Release Head 90 / -30° Front and Lateral Tilt

174

KIT 293 CARBON + 3WAY QR HEAD

MS0490A

NANOPOLE stand

Manfrotto Nanopole Stand is a new lightweight stand, with a payload of 1,5Kg and outstanding stability. It’s a two-in-one product: the central column is detachable and easily turns into a hand held boom. To detach the pole from the stand it’s easy and fast: simply press the button with the logo and detach the pole. Manfrotto Nanopole Stand is suitable to a great variety of situations and provides exciting new possibilities to the photographer. It is provided with a hook for sandbag and a levelling leg that allows its use also on uneven surfaces. It is the the ideal lighting support for use on location or in studio.

393

HEAVY TELE LENS SUPP. F/MONOPOD

MTPIXI-B

Pixi Mini Tripod Black • Maximum Height • Minimum Height • Folded Length • Load Capacity • Weight

13.5 cm 13.5 cm 18.5 cm 1 kg 0.19 kg

MTPIXI-PK

Pixi Mini Tripod Pink • Maximum Height • Minimum Height • Folded Length • Load Capacity • Weight

13.5 cm 13.5 cm 18.5 cm 1 kg 0.19 kg

MTPIXI-WH

Pixi Mini Tripod White • Maximum Height • Minimum Height • Folded Length • Load Capacity • Weight

13.5 cm 13.5 cm 18.5 cm 1 kg 0.19 kg

attaches by. 1/4 attachment type centre column rapid closed length 42 cm Color gray color column tube diameter 22mm lateral tilt -90° / +90° head tilt leg angles 25°.51° leg sections 4 number legs tube diameter 22.18.14.10.5 material aluminum Maximum Height 119 cm maximum height (with centre column down) 100 cm Minimum Height 31.5 cm panoramic rotation 360 ° safety payload 2 kg Weight 1.083 kg

MTPIXI-RD

Pixi Mini Tripod Red • Maximum Height • Minimum Height • Folded Length • Load Capacity • Weight

13.5 cm 13.5 cm 18.5 cm 1 kg 0.19 kg

Tripods

MMC3-02 Compact Monopod Grey Maximum Height 57.2” (145.5 cm) Minimum Height 15.35” (39 cm) Folded Length 15.35” (39 cm) Load Capacity 3.31 lb (1.5 kg) Weight 0.64 lb (0.29 kg)

694 MAGFIBER MONOPOD 4 SECTION Maximum Height 65” (165cm) Folded Length 21.3” (54cm) Load Capacity 11 lbs (5kg) Weight 1.3 lb (590g)

682B SELF STANDING MONOPOD Maximum Height 67.7” (172 cm) Folded Length 27.1” (69 cm) Load Capacity 26.4 lb (12 kg) Weight 2.5 lb (1.15 kg)

058 TRIAUT CAMERA TRIPOD Maximum Height 85.4” (217cm) Folded Length 37” (94cm) Load Capacity 26.5 lbs (12kg) Leg Sections 2 Leg Lock Type Quick action triggers Center Brace Yes Level Bubble Spiked Feet Yes Head Type None Head Mount Thread Size 3/8” Weight 13.5 lbs (6.1kg)

345 TABLE TOP KIT Maximum Height 17.4” (44.3cm) Folded Length 7.48” (190mm) Load Capacity 4.4 lbs (2kg) Weight 10.6 oz (300g)

324RC2 / 327RC2 LIGHT DUTY GRIP BALL HEAD

695 MAGFIBER MONOPOD 5 SECTION Maximum Height 63” (160 cm) Folded Length 18.1” (46 cm) Load Capacity 11 lb (5 kg) Weight 1.3 lb (590 g)

plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 5.5 kg weight 0.62 kg working height 10.1

MMCOMPACT-BK Closed length Maximum Height Minimum height Weight

39.0 cm 145.5 cm 39.0 cm 0.33 kg

Also Available in Red, White and Pink Color

685B NEOTEC MONOPOD W/SAFETY LOCK Maximum Height 66.9” (169.9 cm) Folded Length 29.3” (74.4 cm) Load Capacity 17.6 lbs (8 kg) Weight 2.4 lbs (1.1 kg)

680B MONOPOD Maximum Height 60.0” (152.4 cm) Folded Length 20.0” (50.8 cm) Load Capacity 22.00 lb (9.98 kg) Sections 4 Weight 1.69 lb (0.77 kg)

MMCOMPACTADV-BK Closed length Maximum Height Minimum height Weight

41.5 cm 155.6cm 41.5cm 0.35 kg

Also Available in White Color

175

Tripods

244ADPT-HS

244MINI

Hot shoe adapter compatible with the following friction arms: 244Mini Friction Arm, 244 Micro Friction Arm, 244 Micro Friction Arm with Anti-rotation. The adapter can be replaced using included the hex key.

Versatile 24cm (9.4 “) friction arm with 1 /4” attachments on both ends and additional 3/8’’ adapter included. Attachments can easily be replaced by using the included hex key and are compatible with a range of different adapters.

244ADPT HOTSHOE

432-3.7 AUTOPOLE 2

244MINI FRICTION ARM 24CM

Two position variable thrust. Extends from 210cm to 370cm

244MICRO

244MICRO FRICTION ARM 15CM

Versatile 15cm (5.9”) friction arm with interchangeable 1 /4” attachments and additional 3/8’’ adapter included. Attachments can easily be replaced by using the included hex key included and are compatible with a range of different adapters.

143S FLASH SHOE, 1/4” MALE ATTCHMNT

244MICROKIT

244MICRO ARM&NANO CLAMP

Versatile 15cm (5.9”) friction arm kit with Anti-rotation attachment on one end, ¼’’ attachment on the other end and Nano Clamp 386B-1 included. The Anti-rotation system is compatible with Manfrotto products: 055 series, 190 series, and 386B-1 Nano Clamp. The unique shape of the Antirotation adapter allow the equipment to be securely interlocked so the arm will not rotate anymore. Attachments can easily be replaced by using the included hex key and are compatible with a range of different adapters. Please note that the arm measurements do not include the lenght of the adapters

176

244ADPT3814 244ADPT 3/8 1/4

3/8’’ & ¼’’ adapters compatible with the following friction arms: 244Mini Friction Arm, 244 Micro Friction Arm, 244 Micro Friction Arm with Anti-rotation. The adapter can be replaced using the included hex key.

Tripods

MOKLYP6-WT

MCKLYP6P-BK

Wide-Angle/Macro and Telephoto 1.5x Lenses for iPhone 6/6 Plus

Includes KLYP+ Case Includes KLYP+ SMT LED Light Includes KLYP+ 3x Telephoto Lens Includes KLYP+ Fisheye Lens Protects Device Against Wear and Tear 225 Lumens of Light Aluminum and Glass Lens Construction

Photographic Bumper Case with Kickstand for Apple iPhone 6 Plus (Black)

For Use with Manfrotto KLYP+ Case Easily Screws Into Case Solid Aluminum and Glass Wide-Angle Enlarges Field of View Telephoto Brings Subjects Closer Includes Lens Caps and Carry Bag

Polycarbonate and TPU Bumper Attachments for Light and Lenses Detachable Kickstand 1/4”-20 Standard Tripod Mount

MKLOKLYP6P

MKOKLYP6-F

MCKLYP6P-WH

Polycarbonate and TPU Bumper Attachment for Included Lens and More Detachable Kickstand 1/4”-20 Standard Tripod Mount Lens Easily Screws Into Case Solid Aluminum and Glass Includes Lens Covers and Carry Bag

Polycarbonate and TPU Bumper Attachments for Light and Lenses Detachable Kickstand 1/4”-20 Standard Tripod Mount

MKTKLYP6P

Black Case for iPhone 6 Plus + kickstand + Black Pixi

Black Case for iPhone 6 Plus +2 lenses+SMT LED with tripod mount

Case, Kickstand, and Fisheye Lens for iPhone 6

MKLOKLYP6

MKOKLYP6-T

Polycarbonate and TPU Bumper Attachment for Included Lens and More Detachable Kickstand 1/4”-20 Standard Tripod Mount Lens Easily Screws Into Case Subject Appears 3x Closer Solid Aluminum and Glass Includes Lens Covers and Carry Bag

Black Case for iPhone 6+2 lenses+SMT LED with tripod mount

MOKLYP6-SWP

uper Wide-Angle and Polarizer Lenses for iPhone 6/6 Plus For Use with Manfrotto KLYP+ Case Easily Screws Into Case Solid Aluminum and Glass Wide-Angle Doubles Field of View Polarizer Blocks Glare Includes Lens Caps and Carry Bag

Photographic Bumper Case with Kickstand for Apple iPhone 6 Plus (White)

Case, Kickstand, and 3x Telephoto Lens for iPhone 6

MCKLYP6-RD

Photographic Bumper Case with Kickstand for Apple iPhone 6 (Red) Polycarbonate and TPU Bumper Attachments for Light and Lenses Detachable Kickstand 1/4”-20 Standard Tripod Mount

177

Tripods

MB MBAG70N

Tripod Bag Unpadded 70cm Internal Base Diameter 13.5 cm Internal Head Diameter 13.5 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 68 cm Weight 0.270 kg External Length(L) 70 cm External Base Diameter 15.5 cm External Head Diameter 15.5 cm weight 0.3 kg

MB MBAG90PN

MB MBAG100PNHD

Internal Base Diameter 18 cm Internal Head Diameter 23 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 85 cm Weight 1.500 kg External Length(L) 90 cm External Base Diameter 20 cm External Head Diameter 25 cm weight 0.97 kg

Internal Base Diameter 22 cm Internal Head Diameter 25 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 98 cm Weight 1.130 kg External Length(L) 102 cm External Base Diameter 24 cm External Head Diameter 27 cm weight 1.08 kg

MB MBAG100PN

MB MBAG120PN

Internal Base Diameter 18 cm Internal Head Diameter 23 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 95 cm Weight 0.900 kg External Length(L) 100 cm External Base Diameter 20 cm External Head Diameter 25 cm weight 0.97 kg

Internal Base Diameter 18 cm Internal Head Diameter 23 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 115 cm Weight 1.150 kg External Length(L) 120 cm External Base Diameter 20 cm External Head Diameter 25 cm weight 1.17 kg

Tripod Bag Padded 90cm

Tripod Bag Padded 100CM

MB MBAG80N

Tripod Bag Unpaded 80cm Internal Base Diameter 12 cm Internal Head Diameter 21 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 77 cm Weight 0.500 kg External Length(L) 80 cm External Base Diameter 15 cm External Head Diameter 23 cm weight 0.475 kg

MB MBAG80PN

Tripod Bag Padded 80cm Internal Base Diameter 15 cm Internal Head Diameter 21 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 76 cm Weight 0.500 kg External Length(L) 80 cm External Base Diameter 17 cm External Head Diameter 23 cm weight 0.63 kg

178

TRIPOD BAG PADDED 100CM

Bag Padded 120CM

Heads

MHXPRO-3WG

MLBALL

Load Capacity: 8.8 lb Max Height: 5.1” Weight: 1.7 lb Micrometric Knobs Front Tilt: -20° / +90° Lateral Tilt: -90° / +30° Panning Range: 360° 200PL Plate Included

The LUMIE Ball Head is designed specifically for the LUMIE series LEDs and is compatible with the full range. The Ball head allow you to mount either on the hot-shoe of a camera or even on a tripod or alternative supports, using the ¼” screw thread on the underside. The head is friction based and enables 360° pan movement and up to 35° in the vertical providing you with the ability to control the direction of your light in a simple, rapid way.

Hiker 30L Blue

804RC2 plate type quick release - with 1/4-20” screw quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 4 kg weight 0.75 kg working height 12.0

LUMIE SERIES BALL HEAD MOUNT

322RC2 Grip Action Ball Head plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 5 kg weight 0.7 kg working height 10.3

496RC2 COMPACT BALL HEAD plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

200PL-14 yes 6 kg 0.42 kg 10.0 cm

405 GEARED HEAD plate type 410PL quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 7.5 kg weight 1.6 kg working height 16.0

460MG

MAGNESIUM CAMERA HEAD plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 3 kg weight 0.43 kg working height 10.5

468MGRC4

HYDROSTATIC BALL HEAD REL. RC4 plate type 410PL quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 16 kg weight 0.73 kg working height 12.0

492 MICRO BALL HEAD plate type fixed - with 1/4-20” screw quick release no load capacity 2 kg weight 0.14 kg working height 6.0 cm

179

Heads

338 LEVELLING BASE front tilt range height material load capacity weight

-5° / +5° tilt 4.0 cm aluminum 15 kg 0.6 kg

055

Magnesium Photo-Movie Head with Q5 Quick Release front tilt -90° / +90° head bowl 60mm lateral tilt +90° / -20° tilt range material magnesium panoramic rotation 360 degrees load capacity 7 kg weight 1280 g working height 135.0 mm

498RC2 MIDI BALL HEAD plate type 200PL-14 quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 8 kg weight 0.61 kg working height 12.5

180

494RC2 MINI BALL HEAD

MH054-M0Q2

plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

200PL-14 yes 4 kg 0.32 kg 8.5 cm

303SPH VIRTUAL REALITY SPH/CUBIC HEAD plate type 375PLV quick release yes secondary safety system yes load capacity 4 kg weight 2.43 kg working height 32.0

057

Manfrotto 057 Magnesium Ball Head lateral tilt -103° / +40° head tilt material magnesium plate type 410PL quick release yes load capacity 15 kg weight 1358 g

054 MAG BALL HEAD Q2

200PL-14 yes 10 kg 610 g 11.7 cm

054

Magnesium Ball Head with Q5 Quick Release lateral tilt head tilt material panoramic rotation plate type quick release load capacity weight working height

-100° / +40° magnesium 360 ° 501PL yes 10 kg 674 g 11.9 cm

MHXPRO-3W X-PRO 3-WAY HEAD

lateral tilt -30° / +90° tilt range head tilt material magnesium panoramic rotation 360 ° plate type quick release - with 1/4-20” screw quick release yes load capacity 8 kg weight 1 kg working height 13.0 cm

Advanced Collection

Camera Cases

Keep your passion protected

MB MA-BP-A2 ACTIVE BACKPACK II

Holds DSLR, 3 Lenses, Flash Fits 15” Laptop or Select 17” Models Removable Camera Insert Red Rigid Interior Dividers External Tripod Connection Water-Repellent Materials Rear Trolley Strap Removable Rain Cover

MB MA-BP-A1 ACTIVE BACKPACK I

Holds DSLR, 3 Lenses, Flash Accommodates 15” Laptop Removable Camera Insert Red Rigid Interior Dividers External Tripod Connection Water-Repellent Materials Rear Trolley Strap Removable Rain Cover

MB MA-BP-GPL

MB MA-SB-4

A compact camera backpack that opens fully to reveal your protected kit Padded compartment totally dedicated to camera gear, adjustable shoulder straps Space on the flap for accessories and day essentials. Suitable for DSLR, lenses and accessories, depending on the size Front organized pocket for smartphone, wallet, etc

Color black External Height(H) 19.5 cm External Length(L) 20 cm External Width(W) 15.5 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 17.5 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 18.5 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 11 cm weight 0.43 kg

GEAR BACKPACK L

MB MA-BP-TS TRI BACKPACK S

Holds DSLR, 3 Lenses, Flash Interchangeable Shoulder Straps Reversible Quick-Access Panel Rigid Interior Dividers Front Tripod Attachment Water-Repellent Materials Detachable Rain Cover

MB MA-SB-1

Advanced Shoulder Bag I

MB MA-BP-GPS GEAR BACKPACK S

Holds Pro DSLR Attached Lens, 2 Lenses Front Pouch with Organizer Rigid Interior Dividers Side Tripod Attachment Water-Repellent Nylon Rear Trolley Strap Removable Rain Cover

Color black External Height(H) 13 cm External Length(L) 17 cm External Width(W) 11 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 12 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 15.5 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 9.5 cm weight 0.21 kg

MB MA-SB-2

Advanced Shoulder Bag II

MB MA-BP-GPM GEAR BACKPACK M

Holds DSLR, 70-200 Lens, 3 Lenses, Flash Front Pouch with Organizer Rigid Interior Dividers Side Tripod Attachment Water-Repellent Nylon Rear Trolley Strap Removable Rain Cover

Advanced Shoulder Bag IV

Color black External Height(H) 15.5 cm External Length(L) 17.5 cm External Width(W) 14.5 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 14 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 16 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 11 cm weight 0.26 kg

MB MA-SB-6

Advanced Shoulder Bag VI Color black External Height(H) 22 cm External Length(L) 24 cm External Width(W) 17 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 20.5 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 23 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 12 cm weight 0.5 kg

MB MA-SB-8

Advanced Shoulder Bag VIII Color black External Height(H) 22 cm External Length(L) 30 cm External Width(W) 22 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 20 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 28.5 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 17 cm weight 0.69 kg

181

Camera Cases

MB MA-BP-TM

MB MA-H-M

Holds DSLR, Grip, 5 Lenses, Flash Accommodates 11” Laptop Interchangeable Shoulder Straps Reversible Quick-Access Panel Rigid Interior Dividers Front Tripod Attachment Water-Repellent Materials Detachable Rain Cover

Holds DSLR & Attached Wide-Angle Lens Dual Interior Memory Card Pockets Two Exterior Zippered Side Pockets Water-Repellent Nylon Removable Shoulder Strap Detachable Rain Cover Rear Belt Strap

MB MA-H-L

MB MA-SB-5

HOLSTER L

SHOULDER BAG V

Color black External Height(H) 30 cm External Length(L) 19.5 cm External Width(W) 20 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 28 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 17.5 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 17.5 cm weight 0.500 kg weight 0.47 kg

Color black External Height(H) 20 cm External Length(L) 23.5 cm External Width(W) 16 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 18 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 22 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 12 cm weight 0.530 kg weight 0.47 kg

TRI BACKPACK M

MB MA-BP-TL TRI BACKPACK L

Holds DSLR/Grip, 70-200, 5 Lenses, Flash Accommodates 15” Laptop Interchangeable Shoulder Straps Reversible Quick-Access Panel Rigid Interior Dividers Front Tripod Attachment Water-Repellent Materials Detachable Rain Cover

MB MA-H-S HOLSTER S

Holds DSLR & Attached Kit Lens Dual Interior Memory Card Pockets Two Exterior Zippered Side Pockets Water-Repellent Nylon Removable Shoulder Strap Detachable Rain Cover Rear Belt Strap

182

MB MA-SB-3 SHOULDER BAG III

Color black External Height(H) 18 cm External Length(L) 17.5 cm External Width(W) 14.5 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 16.5 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 16 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 11 cm weight 0.360 kg weight 0.33 kg

HOLSTER M

MB MA-SB-7 SHOULDER BAG VII

Holds DSLR with Grip, 4 Lenses, Flash Padded Interior Dividers Dual Exterior Side Zip Pockets Front Interior Pocket Three Interior Memory Card Pockets Water-Repellent Materials Detachable Shoulder Strap Removable Rain Cover

Camera Cases

Professional Collection Ready for Everything

MB MP-BP-30BB

MB MP-H-30BB

MB MP-S-30BB

BACKPACK 30

HOLSTER PLUS 30

SLING 30

For 2 DSLRs,Grip,70-200, 3 Lenses, Flash Accommodates 13” Laptop & Tablet Multi-Layered Impact Protection Rigid Padded Interior Dividers Water-Repellent Cordura Nylon Front & Side Tripod Attachments Two QR Belts for Securing Tripods Rear Trolley Sleeve Removable Rain Cover

Fits DSLR, Grip, 24-70 f/2.8 Lens, Flash Multi-Layered Impact Protection Red Rigid Dividers Provide Structure Two Exterior Side Zip Pockets Water-Repellent Materials Detachable Adjustable Shoulder Strap Removable Rain Cover

Fabric/Nylon Designed for Pro DSLR with battery grip and 70-200 F/2.8 lens attached, additional camera body, 3 extra lenses, flash, 13” laptop and accessories. Padded compartment for 13” laptop. CPS - Camera Protection System Removable rain cover Exo-tough multi-layered construction for higher protection

MB MP-S-50BB SLING 50

MB MP-BP-50BB BACKPACK 50

MB MP-RL-50BB ROLLER BAG 50

The Sling Bag 50 is a professional sling designed to hold a pro DSLR with battery grip and 70-200 F/2.8 lens attached, 2-3 extra lenses, a tablet, tripod and more. It features the CPS Camera protection System - and the Exo-tough multi-layered construction to give the maximum protection.

For 2 DSLRs,Grip,70-200, 5 Lenses, Flash Accommodates 15” Laptop & Tablet Multi-Layered Impact Protection Rigid Padded Interior Dividers Water-Repellent Cordura Nylon Front & Side Tripod Attachments Two QR Belts for Securing Tripods Rear Trolley Sleeve Removable Rain Cover

Holds 2 DSLRs, 7 Lenses, 2 Flashes Accommodates 15” Laptop & Tablet Multi-Layered Impact Protection Red Rigid Dividers Provide Structure Side Zippered Pouch & Pocket External Tripod Connection Rain Cover Fits Attached Tripod Water-Repellent Cordura Nylon Retractable Trolley Handle Top, Side & Base Grip Handles

MB MP-H-20BB

MB MP-RL-70BB

MB MP-SB-20BB

Holds DSLR, 24-70 f/2.8 Lens, Flash Multi-Layered Impact Protection Red Rigid Dividers Provide Structure Two Exterior Side Zip Pockets Water-Repellent Materials Detachable Adjustable Shoulder Strap Removable Rain Cover

Holds 2 DSLRs, 8 Lenses, 2 Flashes Accommodates 17” Laptop & Tablet Multi-Layered Impact Protection Red Rigid Dividers Provide Structure Side Zippered Pouch & Pocket External Tripod Connection Rain Cover Fits Attached Tripod Water-Repellent Cordura Nylon Retractable Trolley Handle Top, Side & Base Grip Handles

For DSLR, 70-200 Lens, 3 Lenses, Flash Accommodates Tablet Expandable Side Pouch Holds DSLR Body Quick-Access Top Zipper Multi-Layered Impact Protection Rigid Padded Interior Dividers Water-Repellent Cordura Nylon Rear Trolley Strap Removable Shoulder & Hand Straps Detachable Rain Cover

HOLSTER PLUS 20

ROLLER BAG 70

MB MP-SB-10BB SHOULDER BAG 10

Holds DSLR, 2 Lenses, Flash Accommodates Tablet Expandable Side Pouch Holds DSLR Body Quick-Access Top Zipper Multi-Layered Impact Protection Rigid Padded Interior Dividers Water-Repellent Cordura Nylon Rear Trolley Strap Removable Shoulder & Hand Straps Detachable Rain Cover

SHOULDER BAG 20

183

Camera Cases

Pro - Light Collection

Whenever your passion leads you far, travel light.

MB PL-CC-193

Pro Light Video Camera Case Color Black Type of Closure Zippers Carrying/Transport Options Shoulder strap Top handle Bottom trolley straps Exterior Dimensions 22.44 x 10.24 x 12.20” (57 x 26 x 31 cm) Interior Dimensions 20.47 x 8.66 x 8.66” (52 x 22 x 22 cm) Weight 3.77 lb (1.71 kg)

MB PL-CC-195

Pro Light Video Camera Case Color Black Type of Closure Zippers Carrying/Transport Options Shoulder strap Top handle Bottom trolley straps Exterior Dimensions 25.20 x 12.20 x 13.39” (64 x 31 x 34 cm) Interior Dimensions 22.83 x 10.63 x 9.45” (58 x 27 x 24 cm) Weight 4.74 lb (2.15 kg)

MB PL-CC-197

Pro Light Video Camera Case Color Black Type of Closure Zippers Carrying/Transport Options Shoulder strap Top handle Bottom trolley straps Exterior Dimensions 27.56 x 14.17 x 13.39” (70 x 36 x 34 cm) Interior Dimensions 25.98 x 11.42 x 10.24” (66 x 29 x 26 cm) Weight 5.67 lb (2.57 kg)

184

MB PL-3N1-35

Pro Light Camera Backpack Internal laptop compartment height 40 cm Internal laptop compartment length 27 cm Internal laptop compartment width 4 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 32 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 28 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 16 cm weight 1.970 kg External Height(H) 46 cm External Length(L) 33 cm External Width(W) 27 cm weight 1.99 kg Color black

MB PL-B-220

Pro Light Camera Backpack Internal laptop compartment height 48 cm Internal laptop compartment length 32 cm Internal laptop compartment width 4 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 50 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 32 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 18 cm weight 2.940 kg External Height(H) 52 cm External Length(L) 34 cm External Width(W) 28 cm weight 2.97 kg Color black

MB PL-MTP-120

Pro Light Camera Backpack Internal laptop compartment height 40 cm Internal laptop compartment length 29 cm Internal laptop compartment width 3.5 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 40 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 29 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 17 cm weight 1.780 kg External Height(H) 44 cm External Length(L) 33 cm External Width(W) 27 cm weight 1.87 kg Color black

Camera Cases

MB PL-MB-120

MB PL-AH-16

Pro Light Camera Backpack Internal laptop compartment height 34 cm Internal laptop compartment length 26 cm Internal laptop compartment width 4 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 43 cm weight 2.050 kg External Height(H) 46.5 cm External Length(L) 32 cm External Width(W) 28 cm weight 2.08 kg Color black

Pro Light Access Camera Holster

MB PL-R-8

Pro Light Camera Backpack Internal laptop compartment height 38 cm Internal laptop compartment length 28 cm Internal laptop compartment width 3 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 28 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 28 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 11 cm weight 1.780 kg External Height(H) 49 cm External Length(L) 33 cm External Width(W) 25 cm weight 1.79 kg Color black

MB PL-PV-610

Pro Light Video Backpack Internal laptop compartment height 46 cm Internal laptop compartment length 32 cm Internal laptop compartment width 4 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 60 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 31 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 23 cm weight 3.700 kg External Height(H) 64 cm External Length(L) 34.5 cm External Width(W) 31 cm weight 3.75 kg Color black

MB PL-AH-14

Pro Light Access Camera Holster Color black External Height(H) 28 cm External Length(L) 21 cm External Width(W) 13.5 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 26 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 19 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 11.5 cm weight 0.470 kg weight 0.47 kg

Color black External Height(H) 28 cm External Length(L) 25 cm External Width(W) 18 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 27 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 23 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 16 cm weight 0.570 kg weight 0.58 kg

MB PL-LW-97W

Pro Light Rolling Camera Organizer Color black External Height(H) 100 cm External Length(L) 44 cm External Width(W) 30 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 94 cm Internal main compartment length(L) 40 cm Internal main compartment width(W) 24 cm weight 5.870 kg weight 5.9 kg

MB PL-LW-99

Pro Light Rolling Camera Organizer Color black External Height(H) 114 cm External Length(L) 45 cm External Width(W) 30 cm Internal main compartment height(H) 108 cm weight 6.430 kg weight 6.52 kg

185

Camera Cases

MB SV-SB-10BB

MB SV-SB-20BB

The Amica-10 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens.

The Amica-20 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens, or compact DSLR with kit lens.

MB SV-SB-30BB

MB SV-SB-40BB

AMICA 10 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

AMICA 30 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P The Amica-30 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your compact DSLR with kit lens and additional standard zoom lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

186

AMICA 20 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P

AMICA 40 SHOULDER BLK. STILE P The Amica-40 is a stylish shoulder bag for everyday use, which is extra padded to offer superior protection for your DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and additional lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-SB-10BI

MANFROTTO AMICA 10 SHOULDER BLUE STILE PLUS The Amica-10 shoulder bag is a stylish camera bag, extra padded to protect a Mirrorless camera with attached zoom lens and additional pancake lens. The Amica has easily accessible pockets – inside and out - in which to organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-SB-30BI

MANFROTTO AMICA 30 SHOULDER BLUE STILE PLUS The Amica-30 shoulder bag is a stylish everyday bag, extra padded to protect a compact DSLR with kit lens and additional standard zoom lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

Camera Cases

MB SV-SB-40BI

MANFROTTO AMICA 40 SHOULDER BLUE STILE PLUS The Amica-40 shoulder bag is a stylish everyday bag, extra padded to offer superior protection for a DSLR with attached standard zoom lens and additional lens. Easily accessible pockets – inside and out - help organize photographic accessories, as well as smartphone, keys, pens etc.

MB SV-M-30BI

MANFROTTO ALLEGRA 30 MESSEN BLUE STILE PLUS The Allegra-30 messenger bag is a multifunctional bag for everyday activity, with a super protective removable DSLR/ mirrorless insert and a 13’’ laptop slip pocket. The protective insert is made with Thermoforming technology which provides the perfect protection for your DSLR/mirrorless with an attached zoom lens and an additional lens.

MB SV-M-10BI

MANFROTTO ALLEGRA 10 MESSEN BLUE STILE PLUS The Allegra-10 messenger bag is a flexible bag for everyday activity, with a super protective removable DSLR/Mirrorless camera insert and an 11’’ Notebook slip pocket. The protective insert is made with Thermoforming technology which provides the perfect protection for your DSLR/Mirrorless camera with an attached zoom lens and an additional lens.

MB SV-M-10BB

ALLEGRA 10 MESS BLK STILE PLUS The Allegra-10 is a multifunctional messenger bag for everyday activity, which comes with a super protective removable insert for your photo gear. The insert carries and protects a Mirrorless Camera with attached zoom lens and additional lens.

MB SV-M-30BB ALLEGRA 30 MESSEN BLK. STILE P This bag fits the standard to fit as carry-on luggage (due to ever changing restrictions, check with your carrier prior to departure) This bag comes with the option and proper connections to attach your tripod externally

E-690 The E-690 is a practical cover for small SLR and digital cameras such as the Nikon D60, the Canon Rebel series, similar and smaller cameras. When suddenly caught by a rain shower the E-690 slips quickly over your camera and allows you to keep on shooting.

CC-197 PL The CC-197 PL Compact Case is the professional shoulder bag solution for camcorders such as the Sony Canon XL series, JVC HD series and all other HDV models with a large accessory set-up. It can also fit an HDSLR rigged with video accessories.

E-704 The Kata E-704 Lens extension Kit consists of 2 lens sleeves, up to 350 and 650mm long, and 1 hand sleeve to access the lens or to attach a lens support.

CC-193 PL The CC-193 PL Compact Case is the professional solution for camcorders such as the Sony F3, Panasonic AF100 and similar sized models, OR an HDSLR rigged with video

CC-195 The black PL-CC-195 Pro Light Video Camera Case is designed to carry and protect a medium sized camcorder or DSLR camera used with a video rig. The outer face of the bag has a brushed fabric material with water resistant coating multi-layered shock absorbing foam. Interior foam dividers provide added protection and can be re-positioned to create a custom fit for your gear.

VA-801-15 CRC-15 is quick and easy to set up, featuring pull tight cords, Hook & Loop strips all along the rim for rapid opening and closing, and a full size transparent window to monitor all controls when working.

E-705 The E-705 elements cover protects pro D/SLR with up to a 70-200mm lens and professional flash installed while allowing you to continue shooting in harsh weather conditions. It slips quickly on and is secured using the adjusters, and one handed pull-cords.

E-702 The E-702 elements cover protects pro D/SLR with up to 200mm lenses and allows you to continue shooting in harsh weather conditions. It slips quickly on and is secured using the adjusters, and pull-cords. An adjustable stiff hood fits a variety of lens diameters.

187

Camera Cases

Off Road

A World of Solutions for the Outdoors

d a o R f Of Live the adventure behind every shot

MKOFFROADB Off Road Tripod Blue

Load Capacity: 5.5 lb Max Height: 40” Min Height: 21.5” Folded Length: 24” Leg Sections: 3 Weight: 1.4 lb Ball Head with Single Locking Knob Bubble Level

188

MKOFFROADG Off Road Tripod Green

Load Capacity: 5.5 lb Max Height: 40” Min Height: 21.5” Folded Length: 24” Leg Sections: 3 Weight: 1.4 lb Ball Head with Single Locking Knob Bubble Level

MKOFFROADR Off Road Tripod Red

Load Capacity: 5.5 lb Max Height: 40” Min Height: 21.5” Folded Length: 24” Leg Sections: 3 Weight: 1.4 lb Ball Head with Single Locking Knob Bubble Level

Off Road

Camera Cases

A World of Solutions for the Outdoors

MMOFFROADB

OFF ROAD WALKING STICKS BLUE Load Capacity: 5.5 lb Max Height: 52.1” Min Height: 23.4” Leg Sections: 3 Weight: 12.8 oz One Stick Doubles as Monopod Spikes, Rubber Feet, and Baskets

MB OR-BP-20RD MMOFFROADG

OFF ROAD WALKING STICKS GREEN Load Capacity: 5.5 lb Max Height: 52.1” Min Height: 23.4” Leg Sections: 3 Weight: 12.8 oz One Stick Doubles as Monopod Spikes, Rubber Feet, and Baskets

MMOFFROADR

OFF ROAD WALKING STICKS RED Load Capacity: 5.5 lb Max Height: 52.1” Min Height: 23.4” Leg Sections: 3 Weight: 12.8 oz One Stick Doubles as Monopod Spikes, Rubber Feet, and Baskets

HIKER 20L RED

The new Off road Hiker 20L has been specifically designed for hiking and photography with quick side- access to your camera. Thanks to the Manfrotto Protection System, the removable camera case is highly protective. It holds a midsize DSLR with kit lens and an additional lens. The backpack converts into a total hiking backpack by unzipping the internal divider and removing the camera bag. The innovative camera strap featured on the front of the backpack allows the camera to be kept secure on the chest when it is carried, avoiding neck strain. The bag has been designed with high-quality premium materials and careful attention to ergonomics and comfort.

MB OR-BP-30GR Hiker 30L Green

Holds DSLR, 70-200 Zoom and Extra Lens Removable Photo Insert with Zipper Movable Touch-Fastening Dividers Large Top-Flap for Weather Protection Protective Rain Cover Included Two Adjustable Shoulder Straps Padded Adjustable Waistband for Comfort Waist Band Pocket for Smartphone Padded Nylon Mesh to Reduce Moisture

MB OR-BP-30BU Hiker 30L Blue

MB OR-BP-30GY Hiker 30L Grey

189

Camera Cases

NG A5250 designed to carry and protect professional or amateur camera gear and accessories. There is a rear padded compartment that can hold a laptop with a screen up to 15.4”. A front compartment holds pockets for accessories.

NG A2200

NG A1222

Designed to quickly draw various types of cameras at any time. It has a padded main compartment that can hold an advanced point and shoot camera, a small D-SLR camera or a small camcorder with accessories and media.

designed with a horizontal opening that allows quick access to the gear. It is made to carry and protect a pointand-shoot camera or camcorder with accessories and media.

NG A5270

NG A2210

NG A2540

designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media and accessories. A padded rear compartment can hold a laptop computer with a screen up to 15.4”. A lower padded compartment holds the camera or camcorder gear.

designed to quickly draw various types of cameras at any time. There are 2 halfway (half-size) modular dividers that can be used to customize the interior.

designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder with media accessories in a removable padded insert. It also holds a netbook computer with a screen up to 9.0” in a padded compartment.

NG A1212

NG A8240

NG A6120

Designed to carry and protect a small point-and-shoot camera or micro camcorder with accessories and media. The gear is carried in a padded main compartment.

designed to carry and protect a small D-SLR camera with 1 small lens or small camcorder with media and accessories in a removable padded insert. The case is made from water-repellent 100% cotton that is coated with PU (polyurethane).

designed to carry and protect a D-SLR camera or camcorder kit with media accessories in a removable padded insert. A large main compartment holds clothes and everyday gear.

191

Camera Cases

Discover the new Africa Bags NG A2140

NG A4567

The Midi Satchel Bag has a big dedicated photographic compartment to hold your DSLR camera, additional lenses, accessories and also a tablet.

The Sling Bag will protect your pointand-shoot or compact system camera, with small accessories. This bag is very small and comfortable for everyday use: it has two small pockets on the strap and an additional front pocket to hold your smartphone and personal belongings.

MIDI SATCHEL

NG A8121 TOTE BAG

The Medium Tote Bag has a lot of space for personal belongings and small photographic equipment such as pointand-shoot and compact system cameras and small accessories as well as tablet and laptop.

192

SMALL SLING BAG

NG A4569

BACKPACK/SLING BAG The Backpack and Sling Bag will protect your point-and-shoot or compact system camera, with small accessories. This bag is very comfortable for everyday use: can be worn either as a backpack or a sling bag depending on the occasion and preference.

NG A5280 SMALL BACKPACK The Small Backpack will carry all your essentials in the upper part thanks to a removable and hidden pocket that divides the bag in two. Your photographic or video equipment, such as DSLR, additional lenses and accessories, will be safely protected in a dedicated compartment, easily accessible via the front pocket. You can also find room for your tripod and laptop. Moreover, you will find a lot of hidden pockets both outside and inside your bag.

NG A5290

Medium Backpack The Medium Backpack will carry all your essentials in the upper part thanks to a removable and hidden pocket that divides the bag in two. Your photographic or video equipment, such as DSLR, additional lenses and accessories, will be safely protected in a dedicated compartment, easily accessible via the front pocket. You can also find room for your tripod and laptop. Moreover, you will find a lot of hidden pockets both outside and inside your bag.

Camera Cases

NG 2346 NG 1146

Camera pouch

NG 1153

Medium Camera Pouch The Earth Explorer Medium Camera Pouch is designed to hold and protect a small point-and-shoot camera or camcorder with media accessories.

NG 2342 Shoulder Bag

The Earth Explorer NG 2342 Small Holster protects a mirrorless camera with an extra lens, an advanced pointand-shoot camera, a small DSLR camera, or a camcorder, with media accessories.

NG 2344 The Earth Explorer NG 2344 Small Shoulder Bag protects an advanced point-and-shoot camera, a small DSLR camera or a camcorder, with media accessories.

NG 4474 Padded, Cotton-hemp Waist Pack Holds Photo or Video Kit

NG 1147

Camera pouch

Earth Explorer National Geographic 2346 Midi Messenger Bag (Khaki) The Earth Explorer Midi Messenger Bag (NG 2346) holds all your personal gear, along with a tablet. Includes a padded removable insert for a compact DSLR or mirrorless camera, with media accessories.

NG 4476 The Earth Explorer Small Waist Pack (4476) is designed for carrying everyday personal gear along with a camera or camcorder.

NG 2300 For Personal Gear and Imaging Gear Fits up to a 17â&#x20AC;? Laptop Computer Padded Cotton Hemp Blend Case Concealed Aluminum Stave Sturdy Padded Grip Handle Attached Wide Padded Shoulder Strap

NG 4568 The Earth Explorer Small Sling Bag (4568) is designed for carrying everyday personal gear along with a digital point-and-shoot camera, handheld camcorder, cell phone, MP3 player, and travel documents

NG 5160

Medium Backpack

NG 2476 The Earth Explorer NG 2476 Medium Messenger is an everyday, functional shoulder bag that holds all of your personal gear, along with a laptop computer, camera or camcorder.

NG 3030

Camera Strap The Earth Explorer Travel Camera Strap (3020) is designed to hold a digital or SLR camera comfortably and securely while providing excellent balance for your camera.

The pack is rated to hold your DSLR or camcorder, about three lenses as well as a 15.4â&#x20AC;? laptop that is nested within its own padded compartment. The bottom half contains movable dividers that can be used to configure the compartment to suit your gear.

NG 5738 The Earth Explorer NG 5738 Large Backpack is the ideal solution for the professional hikers and adventurers who need a protective carrying solution to combine their personal gear and photographic/video gear all in one.

193

Camera Cases

NG W2022 The Walkabout Small Holster allows you to capture life’s moments effortlessly, while holding and protecting a mirrorless camera with lens attached and an additional small lens, or an advanced point and-shoot camera, and media accessories.

194

NG W2400

NG W8240

The Walkabout Slender Messenger Bag helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your mirrorless camera with lens attached, as well as media accessories, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’.

The Walkabout Large Tote Bag allows you to pack for a day trip while keeping your DSLR camera with lens attached, kit lens, and laptop computer neatly arranged inside.

NG W2141

NG W2026

The Walkabout Midi Satchel helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your small DSLR camera with lens attached, a kit lens, media accessories, and an iPad.

The Walkabout Medium Holster allows you to capture life’s moments effortlessly, while holding and protecting a small DSLR camera with lens attached and kit lens, or a mirrorless camera with accessories and personal items.

NG W2161

NG W5051

The Walkabout Medium Satchel helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, while holding and protecting your DSLR camera with lens attached, two additional lenses, a flash, media accessories, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’.

The Walkabout Small Rucksack enables you to travel freely, knowing you always have your essentials with you -personal items, photographic gear, and a laptop computer up to 12’’ (or a 13’’ Mac), safe and secure.

NG W2300

NG W5071

The Walkabout Slim Shoulder Bag helps you make the most of your everyday adventures, holding and protecting a mirrorless camera with lens attached, an additional small lens, media accessories, and an iPad.

The Walkabout Medium Rucksack enables you to travel freely, knowing you always have your essentials with you -- personal items, photographic gear, and a laptop computer up to 15.4’’ , safe and secure.

Camera Cases

NG MC4550

Medium Holster for DSLR

NG MC 2250

Medium Holster for DSLR The Mediterranean Medium Holster (NG MC2250) protects a mirrorless camera or entry-level DSLR camera, with an extra lens. An additional front pocket can carry small accessories. The Medium Holster includes a shoulder strap and an ergonomic handle for comfortable carrying.

NG MC2350

Shoulder Bag for DSLR The Mediterranean Shoulder Bag (NG MC2350) protects a DSLR camera with lens attached and an extra lens or flash. Organise your belongings with a padded tablet compartment and numerous pockets useful for holding a smartphone, small accessories and other personal belongings. The removable protective camera insert can be left open for quick access to your camera or can be closed for extra protection.

NG MC2450

Medium Messenger for Personal Gear, Laptop and DSLR The Mediterranean Medium Messenger Bag (NG MC2450) protects a DSLR camera with lens attached and an extra lens or flash. It also has sufficient room for other accessories, a laptop computer and personal belongings. Further storage space is provided in the extra zip pocket on the back. The Medium Messenger Bag includes a removable protective camera insert and shoulder strap, and it can be left open for quick access to your camera or can be closed for extra protection.

The Mediterranean Medium Sling Bag (NG MC4550) is designed for carrying everyday personal gear along with a DSLR camera, smartphone and other small accessories. The bag features a designated protective zone that safeguards the delicate equipment within. The main compartment holds a tablet, small accessories and other personal belongings. A removable, padded insert protects a DSLR camera with lens attached and extra lens or flash.

NG MC5320

Small Backpack for Personal Gear, Laptop and DSLR The Mediterranean Small Backpack (NG MC5320) allows you to easily carry all your essentials. It is divided into upper and lower sections by a hidden, removable pocket. Photographic equipment can be safely stored in the lower compartment, which is easily accessible from the front pocket. The backpack also provides a simple solution for carrying both your laptop and your tripod. The lower compartment holds a DSLR camera with an additional lens and some accessories, such as flash, cables and batteries.

NG MC2550

Medium Tote Bag for Personal Gear, CSC/Entry level DSLR The Mediterranean Medium Tote (NG MC2550) allows you to pack for a day trip, comfortably accommodating and protecting your personal items, photographic gear and media accessories. A zipped main compartment keeps all your contents safe inside. It holds an entry-level camera with a lens attached or a mirrorless camera with an extra lens. The Medium Tote includes a removable protective camera insert and a shoulder strap, and it can be left open for quick access to your camera or can be closed for extra protection.

NG MC5350

Medium Backpack fo Personal gear, Laptop, DSLR, acc., The Mediterranean Medium Backpack (NG MC5350) allows you to easily carry all your essentials. It is divided into upper and lower sections by a hidden, removable pocket. Photographic equipment can be safely stored in the lower compartment, which is easily accessible from the front pocket. The backpack also provides a simple solution for carrying both your laptop and your tripod. The lower compartment holds a DSLR camera with two additional lenses and some accessories, such as flash, cables and batteries.

195

Camera Cases

am CC am e rear aC C a saes se s

Made from ďŹ nest Italian leather Made from thethe ďŹ nest Italian leather

Lunar camera case, brown Lunarleather camera case, brown leather

196

Stellar leather camera case, Stellarbrown leather camera case, brown

Camera Cases

HPRCLGTMEDF

HPRC Light Media Case w/ Foam23x18x6 cm Can Hold Action Camera & Accessories Fits Tablets or Small Laptops Polyester Material Semi-Rigid Clamshell Design Interior Dimensions: 9.1 x 7.1 x 2.4” Quick Opening System with Magnets External Fabric Band Smart Band Crossing System

HPRCLGTGRAF

HPRCLGTGRAIC

HPRCLGTMEDIC

Can Hold Action Camera & Accessories Fits Tablets or Small Laptops Polyester Material Semi-Rigid Clamshell Design Interior Dimensions: 13.2 x 8.7 x 2.4” Quick Opening System with Magnets External Fabric Band Smart Band Crossing System

Can Hold Action Camera & Accessories Fits Tablets or Small Laptops Polyester Material Semi-Rigid Clamshell Design Interior Dimensions: 9.1 x 7.1 x 2.4” Quick Opening System with Magnets External Fabric Band Smart Band Crossing System

HPRC Light Grande Case w/ Foam33.5x22x6.2 cm

HPRC Light Grande Case w/ 2 pouches- 33.5x22x6.2 cm

HPRC Light Media Case w/ 1 pouch23x18x6 cm

197

Camera Cases

HPRC 1100 Removable multiformat memory card holder Accepted card Formats: SD, Memory stick, Memory stick pro duo, Mini SD Holds up to 2 memory cards per format Full/empty indicator

HPRC 1300 Removable multiformat memory card holder Accepted card Formats: SD, Memory stick, Memory stick pro duo, Mini SD Holds up to 2 memory cards per format Full/empty indicator

HPRC 5400W Dimension: internal dimension 1140x350x160(mm) 44,90x13,78x6,30(in) external dimension 1187x410x181(mm) 46,73x16,07x7,12(in) lid: 45(mm) - 1,77(in) bottom: 115(mm) 4,52(in) Weight: empty: 7,70kg - 16,94lbs with cubed foam: 8,80kg - 19,40lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 3500 Dimension: internal dimension 430x320x160(mm) 16.92x12.59x6.29(in) external dimension 500x370x185(mm) 16.98x14.56x7.28(in) lid: 72 (mm) – 2,83 (in) bottom: 88(mm) 3,46(in) Weight: empty: 3,00kg - 6,61lbs with cubed foam: 3,55kg - 7,82lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

198

HPRC 2550W

HPRC 2700W

Dimension: internal dimension 510x285x199(mm) 20,08x11,22x7,83(in) external dimension 545x350x230(mm) 21,46x13,78x9,05(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 153(mm) 6,02(in) Weight: empty: 4,85kg - 10,67lbs with cubed foam: 5,35kg - 11,79lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun 40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

Dimension: internal dimension 555x460x256(mm) 21,85x18,1x10,08(in) external dimension 620x520x275(mm) 24,41x20,47x10,83(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 210(mm) - 8,27(in) Weight: empty: 7,55kg - 16,65lbs with cubed foam: 9,07kg - 19,99lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

HPRC 2780W HPRC 2600CW Lightweight, watertight and unbreakable case. With smooth rolling wheels. Internal dimension(mm) 484x360x218 Available in black,orange,red and blue. With Cubed Foam

HPRC 2600W Dimension: internal dimension 484x360x218(mm) 19,05x14,17x8,58(in) external dimension 550x420x260(mm) 21,65x16,53x10,24(in) lid: 46(mm) - 1,81(in) bottom: 172(mm) 6,77(in) Weight: empty: 6,05kg - 13,34lbs with cubed foam: 6,97kg - 15,37lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black - Orange - Olive green

Dimension: internal dimension 745x525x366(mm) 29,33x20,66x14,40(in) external dimension 810x585x388(mm) 31,86x23,00x15,27(in) lid: 73(mm) - 2,87(in) bottom: 293(mm) - 11,53(in) Weight: empty: 12,2kg - 26,10lbs with cubed foam: 16,18kg - 35,67lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 2780CW For Video, Audio and Photo Equipment TTX01 High-strength Resin Cubed Foam Interior Three Large Haul Handles Built-in Smooth-rolling Wheels Construction TTX01 high-strength resin Cubed foam interior 10 - 20% lighter than the leading hard cases Air pressure release valve Double hinged locking system for increased safety and security Temperature rating = -40 to +176°F (-40 to +80°C) Carrying options Three large haul handles Built-in smooth-rolling wheels Stackable 2-high Certifications.

Camera Cases

HPRC 2730W

Pixel Pocket Rocket

For Video, Audio and Photo Equipment TTX01 High-strength Resin Case Hard Rigid Grip Handles Retractable Handle Built-in Wheels

Store 10 memory cards in a small, compact package that fits easily in your pocket or attaches to your belt or bags. Business card holder for easy identification!

Unbreakable, waterproof, resin case with a cubed foam interior made to carry audio, photo or video equipment and accessories. Neoprene O-rings keep the cases airtight and watertight.

HPRC 4400 Dimension: internal dimension 420x420x420(mm) 16,53x16,53x16,53(in) external dimension 479x481x437(mm) 18,86x18,94x17,20(in) lid: 65(mm) - 2,56(in) bottom: 355(mm) 13,97(in) Weight: empty: 6,70 - 14,77 lbs with cubed foam: 8,90 – 19,62 lbs Temperature rating: Minimun Maximun -40°C -40°F +80°C +176°F Colors: Black

HPRC 4300CW Material TTX01, PA66, SEBS, PA66GF30, ALU, Stainless Steel Interior: Neoprene O-ring; Cubed foam Reinforced hinges and corners Interior Cubed Foam Type of Closure Double-hinged locking system Exterior Dimensions 27.2 x 14.1 x 15.0” (69.1 x 35.8 x 38.1 cm) Interior Dimensions 23.0 x 11.8 x 12.6” (58.4 x 30.0 x 32.0 cm) Carrying/Transport Options Built-in wheels Padded carry handles Retractable tow handle Weight 19.3 lb (8.8 k

Pee Wee Pixel Pocket Rocket Stores four Compact Flash cards and three Secure Digital cards in an even smaller, more compact package.

Retrospective 5 Black The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective® 7 (Blue Slate) Remain inconspicuous with this soft-sided shooter’s bag. It’s simple exterior blends into the environment for carrying photo gear discretely. The rear pocket fits an iPad or an 11” MacBook Air.

Retrospective Laptop Case 13L (Blue) Great for travel, business or around town, the Retrospective’s casual design conceals valuable electronics while protecting them from the elements and the impacts of daily life.

Retrospective Laptop Case 15L (Black) Great for travel, business or around town, the Retrospective’s casual design conceals valuable electronics while protecting them from the elements and the impacts of daily life.

Retrospective 20 - Pinestone The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Retrospective 30 - Black The Retrospective series is comprised of four shoulder bags and two lens changer bags. Created for the professional photographer that wants to blend in with the crowd and remain inconspicuous in any situation.

Retrospective 10 Pinestone

SpeedDemon-V20-10

The exterior of each Retrospective shoulder bag is purposefully simple, allowing photographers to inconspicuously blend into their shooting environment.

Carries one standard size DSLR plus 2–3 small zoom or prime lenses.

199

Camera Cases

Speed-Freak-V2.0 Carries a standard size DSLR with 2–3 zoom lenses. Fits a 70–200 f2.8 detached from camera, lens hood reversed.

SubUrban Disguise 30

Urban Disguise 60 V2.0

When discretion is needed, this shoulder bag’s classic look and urban style doesn’t give you away. It fits a standard-size DSLR, 2 - 4 zoom lenses, and a regular iPad. Also fits a 70 - 200 f/2.8 unattached.

The briefcase sized camera bag Urban Disguise 60 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears, and a 17” laptop! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into the main compartment. A separate, padded compartment fits most 17” laptops.

Speed-Racer-V2.0 Carries a pro size DSLR with 2–3 zoom lenses or accessories. Fits a 70-200 f2.8 attached to camera (except Nikon VR1), lens hood reversed.

SubUrban Disguise 5 This compact, full featured shoulder bag is great for small standard-sized DSLR kits. Also works great for mirrorless systems.

Urban Disguise 35 V2.0 A perfect size working bag for photographers on the go who use a compact laptop. The Urban Disguise 35 V2.0 holds up to a 13.3” laptop with a standard size DSLR or a 10” netbook with a pro size DSLR. A 70-200 f2.8 lens can remain attached to any size DSLR, inside the bag.

Urban Disguise 40 V2.0 SubUrban Disguise 10 The SubUrban Disguise 10 is a fullfeatured shoulder bag specifically designed to accommodate standardsize DSLR systems.

SubUrban Disguise 20 This compact, full-featured shoulder bag holds a standard-size DSLR with 3 4 small zoom or prime lenses.

200

The briefcase size Urban Disguise 40 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into this slim shoulder bag.

Urban Disguise 50 V2.0 The briefcase size Urban Disguise 50 V2.0 fits more gear that it appears, and a 15.4” laptop! A wide angle lens with hood in position, 24-70 f2.8 with hood in position and 70-200 f2.8 with hood reversed all fit vertically into the main compartment.

Urban Disguise 70 Pro V2.0 The Urban Disguise 70 Pro V2.0 is designed to carry two regular or pro size DSLRs with lenses attached to each camera body. It even fits up to a 70-200 f2.8 lens attached to any camera body! This is a briefcase style gear bag for travel and camera equipment protection without attracting attention as an obvious camera bag.

Shape-Shifter-7 This revolutionary breakthrough in backpack design expands and contracts to fit your equipment.

StreetWalker-5 Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack is sized as an international travel carry-on. It holds a DSLR and a 70-200 2.8 with hood attached and multiple DSLR cameras and lenses.

Camera Cases

Digital Holster 50 V2.0

StreetWalkerHardDrive-4

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack is sized as an international travel carry-on. It will hold most 400 f2.8 lenses with a pro size DSLR camera body attached.

Airport-TakeOff-10

Airport-AirStreamRolling-Camera-Bag Designed for INTERNATIONAL carry-on, this roller provides advanced security features and peace of mind.

Airport Navigator Rolling Camera Bag

Digital Holster 30 V2.0 The Digital Holster 30 V2.0 is designed for regular size DSLRs such as the Canon 5D Mark II, 7D, and 60D or Nikon D700, D300s, and D7000 This is the only top loading bag for a DSLR that can carry a 70-200 f2.8 with the lens hood either reversed or in position, ready to shoot.

Airport Security V2.0

The Digital Holster 50 V2.0 is designed for pro size DSLRs such as the Nikon D3/D4 series or the Canon 1D and 1Ds series. Also accommodates standard size camera bodies with add-on vertical battery grips. This is the only top loading bag for a pro size DSLR that can carry a 70-200 f2.8 with the lens hood either reversed or in position, ready to shoot.

Designed for use in urban and crowded environments, this slim, lightweight backpack also holds a 15” laptop, as well as a pro-size DSLR and a 70-200 2.8 with hood attached.

StreetWalker-Pro-5

Airport International V2.0

The Airport Takeoff™ bag is the new standard in a rolling camera backpack. Think Tank Photo has designed a transportation solution that combines the portability of a backpack with the ease of a rolling suitcase.

Logistics Manager 30

Designed to meet USA domestic carry-on size standards, this roller provides advanced security features for traveling with the maximum amount of equipment.

Airport 4-Sight Rolling Camera Bag

The perfect small roller for traveling with a selected amount of gear; meets international carry-on size limits.

Airport International™ Low Divider

Digital Holster 40 V2.0

The Digital Holster 40 V2.0 is designed for pro size DSLRs such as the Nikon D3/D4 series or the Canon 1D/1Ds series. Also accommodates standard size camera bodies with add-on vertical battery grips. The shape of the bag conforms to the camera itself, with one straight side and one curved side. It can actually stand up by itself!

The Logistics Manager 30™ is our largest capacity rolling gear bag. Designed for transporting massive amounts of camera equipment or lighting gear.

Optional set of dividers allows the Artificial Intelligence 15 laptop case or the Cable Management 50 to lie on top inside of the Airport International V2.0 rolling camera case

Rolling camera bag with convenient top and front zippered pockets provide unobstructed rapid access to gear. Meets most INTERNATIONAL and USA domestic airline carry-on size requirements.

4-wheeled Rolling Camera Bag that meets INTERNATIONAL and USA domestic airline carry-on luggage size requirements.

201

Studio Accessories

6-in-1 Reflector Kit

Apollo Speedlite Kit

Available in 20, 30, 40 inches

4-in-1 Reflector Kit

Octabank

Available in 30, 42, 52 inches, Gold and silver textures.

7’ Octabank 5’ Octabank

10’ x 12’ Chroma Key Blue / Green Sheet

Ice Light

Apollo Orb Speedlite Kit

32” Optical White Satin Umbrella with Removable Black Cover

202

32” Optical White Satin Umbrella

Soft Box 24” x 32” Silver Soft Box 54” x 72” Silver Soft Box 36” x 48” White Soft Box

50,000 Hour LEDs 150W Tungsten Equivalent 100-240V AC Only 1.3 lb Dimmable Built-in 60 Minute Battery 72.6° Beam Angle The Westcott Ice Light is a dimmable, 5,200-5,400K LED source unlike any you’ve ever seen. The first thing that occurs to you as work with it is that it resembles a 20.25” baton or perhaps wand is more appropriate given the soft light magic that the Ice Light conjures. Hold it as close as you want to your subject; the closer you get the more Ice Light’s wrap-around quality of light becomes evident. Since it’s virtually heat-free you never have to worry about injuring the talent or damaging the set.

Studio Accessories

Backgrounds and Expendables for Photography & Display Background Paper The BD Company Offers high quality, non[ferlectiong background paper in an arry of vibrant colors, and sizes, All 50 BD Colors Avalable In the Following sizes: A1 = 2.72 m * 11 m A2 = 1.35 m * 11 m A4 = 2.72 m * 45.72 m EX-TRA Wide available in Four Colors: (Black, Storm Gray, Super White, and Veri Green B3 = 3.56 m * 30 m

Red 124

Ruby 156

Hot Pink 163

Violet 133

Purple 154

Foto Green 162

Veri Green 132

Ermin Gray 110

Gray 153

Silver Gray 127

Stone Gray 170

Photographers White 134

Super White 129

Creme 106

Pastel Pink 117

Daf-Fo-Dil 107

Marigold 169

Sunflower 139

Foto Blue 136

Deep Blue 109

Regatta Blue 126

Blue-Gray 102

Soft Gray 116

Pursuit Gray 123

Almond 135

Ivory 155

Straw 128

Patriot Blue 161

Regal Blue 126

Blue Heven 103

Steel Gray 150

Plaza Gray 119

Graystone 112

Tangerine 152

Flame-Tone 111

Terracotta 139

Cortez Blue 173

Misti Blue 115

Alaska Blue 100

Dark Gray 172

Dove Gray 109

159 Storm Gray

Pongee 121

Natural 116

Hickory 113

Aqua 165

Teal 157

Jade 137

Thunder Gray 131

Black 101

203

Professional Photo Supports

MLFILTERCLS

LUMIE SERIES CLASSIC FILTERS The LUMIE Series Classic filters are a set of accessory filters that are designed to augment the flexibility and usability of the LUMIE Muse and LUMIE Art LED lights. The Classic series of 8 filters include a number of common lighting filters that have been used in photography & videography for many years to create various effects and corrections. Included in the kit are the following filters: ¾ CTO ¾ CTB Primary Green Primary Red Primary Blue Heavy Diffusor Medium Diffusor Soft Diffusor

MLFILTERCOL

LUMIE SERIES MULTICOLOUR FILTER The LUMIE Series Multicolour filters are a set of accessory filters that are designed to augment the flexibility and usability of the LUMIE Muse and LUMIE Art LED lights. The Multicolour kit provides 8 beautiful vibrant colours to help you create unique and interesting photos and videos. Included in the kit are the following filters: Deep Ocean Deep Purple Blue Jeans Azalea Pink Berry Pink Bright Orange Canary Yellow Grass Greenlight in a simple, rapid way.

204

MLFILTERPRT

LUMIE SERIES PORTRAIT FILTERS The LUMIE Series Portrait filters are a set of accessory filters that are designed to augment the flexibility and usability of the LUMIE Muse and LUMIE Art LED lights when conducting portraiture. The kit includes 8 filters and diffusors to help mimic certain types of lighting that compliment various skin types. Included in the kit are the following filters: Pink Rose Peach Tuscan Sunset Summer Tan Amber Sunrise Blush Soft Diffusor Silk Diffusor

MLUMIEMU-BK

LUMIE SERIES MUSE LED LIGHT The LUMIE Art comes with a hot shoe mount, also provided with a standard ¼’’ thread to enable you to attach it directly to a tripod or alternative supports. Also included in each kit a set of snap-fit filter mount and filters which modify the colour temperature and diffusion of the light; you can simultaneously use up to 2 to achieve various effects. The filters and filter mount are all supplied with they own carrying case. Better yet, you can also buy accessory filter kits with additional filter colours to create even more unique images.

MLUMIEART-BK

MLUMIEPL-BK

LUMIE SERIES ART LED LIGHT - BK

LUMIE SERIES PLAY LED LIGHT

The LUMIE Art is the middle LED in the LUMIE range. With such highly portable dimensions and robust aluminium construction, the Art is perfect for keeping in your kit bag to help you get extra creative with your lighting. The LUMIE Art is great in many situations for example in portrait and still life photography as well as for situations like interviews or video blogs. Using more than one together will really expand the flexibility of your lighting.

The LUMIE Art comes with a hot shoe mount, also provided with a standard ¼’’ thread to enable you to attach it directly to a tripod or alternative supports. Also included in each kit is a snap-fit filter mount and filters, which modify the colour temperature and diffusion of the light; you can simultaneously use up to 2 to achieve various effects. The filters and filter mount are all supplied with they own carrying case.

The USB rechargeable Li-Pol batteries provide superb battery life allowing you to make the most of the photo/video shoot.

Professional Photo Supports

SpyderCheckr Software CD SpyderCube™ Protective Pouch for SpyderCube Lanyard for SpyderCube Quick Start Guides

Datacolor SpyderCheckr Pro™ The smarter focus tool SpyderLensCal™ provides a fast, reliable method of measuring the focus performance on your camera and lens combinations. It allows photographers to obtain razor-sharp focusing or check to see that their lenses are working at their peak performance. This device is compact, lightweight and durable, with integrated level and tri-pod mount

With the ever increasing choice in monitors, the Spyder5ELITE Display Calibration System from Datacolor helps you maintain consistency from production through post and delivery. Designed to provide professional photographers, colorists, and calibration perfectionists with the tools for complete control of their color workflow, the Spyder5ELITE allows you to match multiple monitors, from laptops to desktop monitors, front projectors, and even matching multiple studio monitors to a single standard. The ELITE software incorporates advanced calibration features for setting gamma, white point, and gray balance, and allows you unlimited choices for calibration settings. Calibrate Monitors, Projectors & Laptops Studio Match Assistant Includes Color Probe Unlimited Calibration Settings User Defined and REC. 709 Settings 5 Ambient Light Settings Before and After Evaluation Video and Print Standards Advanced Display Analysis Comes in a Reusable Box / Case

You asked and we’re delivering some hot new features just for you, with the richest feature set we have ever offered! New 4.0 features include monitor quality analyzer, display graphing compared to sRGB & Adobe RGB, enhanced iterative gray balancing and automated brightness adjustment. Benefit: SpyderCheckr helps capture consistent color from day to day and camera to camera and apply these results easily in your workflow with RAW import software such as, Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom. The sturdy, eco-friendly design has 48 spectrally engineered color patches and easy to use calibration software, making post production faster by getting consistent, predictable color right from the start. The SpyderCheckr Pro™ includes: • SpyderCheckr™

The RAW-Processing Accelerator Shooting in RAW mode gives you creative freedom but processing a RAW file is often a long, trial-and-error operation. SpyderCube accelerates RAW processing in providing references to set the white balance, exposure, black level and brightness right from the start. Simply take one reference shot with SpyderCube under the same light condition, adjust, save as preset and apply to the entire series.

205

Professional Photo Supports

GigaPan EPIC Pro Robotic Camera Mount

Automatically Captures Panoramic Images Gigapixel Panoramas with Amazing Detail For Camera & Lenses up to 10 lb (4.5 kg) Free GigaPan Stitch Software Download Rechargeable Battery Pack and Charger Digital Trigger Cables Included

GigaPan EPIC 100 Robotic Camera Mount

Automatically Captures Panoramic Images For Larger Point & Shoot and Small DSLRs Includes GigaPan Stitch Software Powered by Six AA Batteries

GigaPan EPIC

Robotic Camera Mount Automatically Captures Panoramic Images Works with Most Compact Digital Cameras Includes GigaPan Stitch Software Powered by Six AA Batteries Share Your Panoramas via the Internet The EPIC is ideally suited for compact digital cameras.

Binoculars

Phase-Corrected Roof Prisms Fully Multicoated Lenses Wide-Angle FOV Waterproof Aluminum Housing Center Focus Wheel Rubber Armoring Twist-Up Click-Stop Eye Cups Close Focus: <4.0’/1.2 m Volkswagen Designed Styling

206

Radian

A motion time-lapse device for everyone. Features: Ultra-affordable Ultra-portable design Easy-to-use & fully-functional No phone tethering required Infinitely expandable battery life Eco-friendly Plays nice with others Ultra-simple and ultra-affordable. Feature rich. Pans AND tilts. The best way to create beautiful time lapses with your camera. Radian is a remarkably powerful, yet wonderfully simple solution that lets you take incredible moving time-lapses with just a few swipes of your iOS or Android device. It’s small, rugged, and can handle anything you throw at it. It can rotate side-to-side. It can tilt up and down. It can dynamically speed up and slow down. And if you have a Canon dSLR, you can change exposure to capture sunrise to sunset. You name it. With our app, the sky is the limit. Specs: Dimensions: 4.57 x 1.77” (116mm x 45mm) Weight: 8oz. (225g) Panning Load: 15lbs (7kg) Tilt load: 4+ lbs., so far tested with the following setup: Canon 5D Mark III with Canon EF 16-35mm f/2.8 LII with heavy duty L-bracket Angular Resolution: 0.0124° (over 29,000 discrete positions per 360°). This allows for a shot every 6 seconds for a full revolution over 24hrs with actual movement between each shot Power Source: Li-ion rechargeable batteries (infinitely expandable battery life through outside charging port and environmentally friendly) We worked closely with professional time-lapsers to design a product that met exacting needs, and then radically innovated to make it ultra-affordable, extremely versatile, and unbelievably easy to use.

DXA-SLR Pure

Passive Audio Adapter for DSLR Cameras 2-Channel Audio Adapter Individual Channel Level Controls 2x Neutrik Combo XLR/TRS Inputs Built-In Stereo VU Meter 1x 1/8” Headphone Jack Camera & Tripod Mountable Adds No Gain to Signals The Beacktek DXA-SLR Pure Passive Audio Adapter for DSLR Cameras is designed for connecting amplified signals from wireless mics or a mixing board to a DSLR camera or camcorder with a mic jack input.

DXA-SLR MINI PRO HDSLR Audio Adapter

For HDSLR Cameras AGC Disabling Feature Left & Right 1/8” (3.5 mm) Mono Inputs Stereo 1/8” (3.5 mm) Input Jack Mic / Line Switchable Built-in Limiter Headphone Monitor Output Mono / Stereo Output Switch Low Noise Preamps with Gain Settings

DXA-SLR PRO PRO HDSLR Audio Adapter

For HDSLR Cameras AGC Disabling Feature Transformer Balanced Inputs 2 Balanced XLR Inputs Mic / Line Switchable Built-in Limiter Switchable 12 and 48V Phantom Power Headphone Monitor Output Mono / Stereo Output Switch Low Noise Preamps with Gain Settings

Professional Photo Supports

C-700 SpectroMaster

Sekonic Spectrometer for Photo/ Video/Cine Measures LED, HMI, and Fluorescent Measures Tungsten, Natural Light, and Flash 4.3” Touchscreen with 9 Display Modes Displays Rosco, Lee, Fuji, Wratten Names Displays CRI, White Balance Compensation Multiple Light Comparison CMOS Sensor and Linear Variable Filter

C-700R SpectroMaster

FAT GECKO KABOOM Waterproof Construction Maximum Length: 60” Folds Down to 15” Lightweight: 8 oz Load Capacity: 2 lb Ball Head Included Customizable Length Rubber Grip Handle 3M VHB Adhesive

PT Hub & Motorized Tripod Head (MP-360) Camranger Pan/Tilt Head

The MP-360 Motorized Pan/Tilt Tripod Head from Cam Ranger allows you to control its movement with the included Power Panner wired remote control. The MP-360 is 4.5” high, attaches to a tripod with a 1/4”-20 screw, and has a load capacity of 6 lb. It can tilt +/- 15°, pan 360°, and has diagonal motion and speed control.

Digital Director

for iPad Air and Nikon and Canon DSLR Cameras Control your Nikon or Canon DSLR from the Digital Director for iPad Air from Manfrotto. The Digital Director is an advanced tether solution comprised of three main components: a user-supplied iPad, an Apple Certified Digital Director iPad holder with a built-in micro processor, and the Digital Director App. These three components work together seamlessly to provide you with control over your camera’s still and video functions right from the iPad.

Load Capacity: 6 lb Height: 4.5” Tilt Range: +/- 15° Panning Range: 360° Power Panner Remote Control Bubble Level customization

Wireless Transmitter Camranger Select Canon and Nikon DSLR Cameras

The CamRanger creates an ad-hoc Wi-Fi network to which an iOS or Android device or a Mac or Windows computer can connect. The free CamRanger iOS app then enables camera control without the need for a computer or existing Internet connection. The effective wireless range is 150’. The device is compatible with iOS 4.3 or later.

Real-Time Live View Monitoring Controls Camera Functions from iPad Interactive Focus and Digital Zoom Remote Shooting Control In-App Image Editing Job Organization Simple Image Sharing ARM Cortex A8 600MHz Micro Processor

Control DSLR Remotely via iOS Device Photo/ Video Capture, Live View, HDR Intervalometer, Bulb, Focus Stacking Control Shutter Speed, Aperture, WB, ISO Metering, Drive/Shooting Mode, and More Creates Ad Hoc Wi-Fi Network Effective Range: 150’ Works with iOS 4.3, Android 3.2 or Later Mac and Windows Compatible USB and Ethernet Cables Supplied

207

Professional Photo Supports

UN4AA2700

ULBC001

UH4AA2500

ULBS021

UCW004UK

ULBS031

Uniross BP AA 2700 NiMH

Uniross BP4 AA 2500 NiMH Hybrio

Uniross LCD 1-2h charger + 4x 2700mAh (UK plug)

208

Uniross Canon replacement Digital Battery LPE6

Uniross Sony FV100 battery replacement 3900mAh, 7.2V

Uniross Sony FW50 battery replacement 750mAh

ULBG001

Uniross Go pro battery replacement AHDBT201 900mAh, 3.7V

Professional Photo Supports

RS7SC-1BO

Curve Moss Camera Strap (Moss Green/Gray) Designed for Right-Handed Shooters Carries a Camera or Lens Worn Diagonally / Shoulder to Hip 60” of Adjustment Accepts Black Rapid’s BERT-12” Extension Ballistic/Cordura Nylon Size Adjustment in Rear of Shoulder Pad Includes ConnectR-2 and FastenR3

RMA-10B

BlackRapid BRAD (Black Rapid Arm Defense) Fits RS-7 Strap Secure Fit During Action Shots Two Strap Hooks and a Q.R. Buckle

RS2SW1S

WRIST STRAP

Curved Shoulder Pad Designed for Women Sizing Adjustment Customizable

Tether-Style Strap for Your Camera Includes Corrosion-Resistant ConnectR Compatible with All BlackRapid FastenR 9.4” Long Designed as an Add-on for R-Straps Carabiner-Style Lock on Gate of ConnectR Soft, Comfortable Nylon Webbing

DR-2 Slim Double Strap

YETI

BlackRapid Kick Camera Strap (Cobalt)

Carries 2 Cameras or Lenses Vertically Ballistic Nylon R-Strap Bomb-proof Webbing Includes 2 FastenR3 Fits Men and Women

Holds 2 Cameras with Attached Lenses Use as Double Strap or Single R-Strap Screws to Camera’s 1/4-20 Tripod Socket Non-slip Grip on Shoulder Pad Has Cross-Body Detachable Stabilizer Stabilizer for Right/Left Arm Use Includes BRAD (BlackRapid Arm Defense) Includes FastenR and ConnectR2 Compatible with BlackRapid MOD Items

JOEY RS-7 Curve Designed for Right-Handed Shooters Carries a Camera or Lens Worn Diagonally / Shoulder to Hip 60” of Adjustment Accepts Black Rapid’s BERT-12” Extension Ballistic/Cordura Nylon Size Adjustment in Rear of Shoulder Pad Includes ConnectR-2 and FastenR3

Holds Smart Phone or Small Camera Multiple Inner Pockets Lens Cap Pocket on Front Slide onto a MOD Compatible Strap Strap Opens, Pocket Slides Over Pad Ballistic Nylon Exterior Zipper Opening C-Ring Permits Chaining Multiple Joeys

RS-Sport Holds SLR Camera with LensAttached Worn Under Right Arm Under Arm Safety Tether 1/4”-20 Fastener Ballistic Nylon with Cordura Nylon 1.0” Nylon Webbing

209

Professional Photo Supports

RRS-1CO

BlackRapid RS-Sport Extreme Sport Strap (Camo) Holds SLR Camera with Lens Attached Worn Under Right Arm Under Arm Safety Tether 1/4”-20 Fastener Ballistic Nylon with Cordura Nylon 1.0” Nylon Webbing

YETI Slim

RS16SC10-O

Holds 2 Cameras with Attached Lenses Screws to Camera’s 1/4-20 Tripod Socket Use as Double Strap or Single R-Strap Non-slip Grip on Shoulder Pad Has Cross-Body Detachable Stabilizer Stabilizer for Right/Left Arm Use Includes BRAD (BlackRapid Arm Defense) Includes FastenR and ConnectR2 Compatible with BlackRapid MOD Items

Cross-Torso Right or Left-Side Strap Non-Slip Molded Rubber Shoulder Pad Durable Polypropylene Webbing 63” Long, 1.0” Wide Strap 10.5” Long, 1.5” Wide Shoulder Pad FastenR, ConnectR, Lock Star Included

KICK FOR WOMEN Curved Shoulder Pad Designed for Women Sizing Adjustment Customizable

RSD-1BB

BlackRapid RS DR-1 Double Strap Carries 2 Cameras or Lenses Vertically Ballistic Nylon R-Strap Bomb-proof Webbing Includes ConnectR-2 and FastenR

METRO Made for Micro 4/3, Mirrorless Cameras Smaller Version of Black Rapid R-Strap Use with Some Interchangeable Lens DSLRs 63” Long with its Pad Use for Left or Right Shoulder Lightweight Foam Padding Uses FastenR (FR-3),ConnectR (CR-2) Top of Strap is Ballistic Nylon Bottom is Foam Pad with Knitted Mesh

210

BlackRapid 63” Cross-Shot Sling Camera Strap (Orange)

Professional Photo Supports

MW SR-SLR BB 90

Strap and Wrap for DSLR Cameras (Black and Blue) The Strap and Wrap is compatible with any DSLR camera that is no wider than 5.5” (14 cm), and is between 11.8 and 19.7” (30 and 50 cm) in circumference. Circumference is measured from the back of the camera body, around the front of the lens and back. Combo Wrist Strap & Camera Wrap

MW GW-CSC BB 30

Grip and Wrap for Mirrorless and Compact System Cameras (Blue and Black) The Grip and Wrap is compatible with any mirrorless or compact system camera that is no wider than 4.7” (12 cm), and is between 8.7 and 14.2” (22 and 36 cm) in circumference. Circumference is measured from the back of the camera body, around the front of the lens and back. Combo Wrist Strap & Camera Wrap

MW GW-CSC BR 30

MW SR-CSC RW 50

The black and red Grip and Wrap for Mirrorless and Compact System Cameras from miggo is a combination wrist strap and camera wrap. It wraps around your camera to protect it from damage, and straps around your wrist to keep you from dropping the camera. Made from neoprene foam rubber and Lycra, it is compatible with most mirrorless or compact system cameras.

The Strap and Wrap is compatible with any mirrorless or compact system camera that is no wider than 4.7” (12 cm), and is between 8.7 and 14.2” (22 and 36 cm) in circumference. Circumference is measured from the back of the camera body, around the front of the lens and back.

Grip and Wrap for Mirrorless and Compact System Cameras (Red and Black)

Strap and Wrap for Mirrorless and Compact System Cameras (Royal Wings)

Combination Strap and Camera Wrap Protects Against Scratches and Damage

The Grip and Wrap attaches to your camera’s 1/4”-20 tripod mount by way of a steel screw which has another 1/4”-20 mount, preserving tripod use. The strap can be tightened around your wrist with a pull-string, and there is an outer pocket to hold your lens cap. Combo Wrist Strap & Camera Wrap

MW GW-SLR PS 70

Grip and Wrap for DSLR Cameras (Space Zoo)

MW GW-SLR BR 70

Grip and Wrap for DSLR Cameras (Black and Red) The Grip and Wrap is compatible with any DSLR camera that is no wider than 5.5” (14 cm), and is between 11.8 and 19.7” (30 and 50 cm) in circumference. Circumference is measured from the back of the camera body, around the front of the lens and back. Fits Small and Medium Sized DSLR Cameras Combo Wrist Strap & Camera Wrap

The space zoo pattern Grip and Wrap for DSLR Cameras from miggo is a combination wrist strap and camera wrap. It wraps around your camera to protect it from damage, and straps around your wrist to keep you from dropping the camera. Made from neoprene foam and Lycra, it is compatible with most small and medium sized DSLR cameras, however it will not fit larger bodies with vertical grips. Fits Small and Medium Sized DSLR Cameras Combo Wrist Strap & Camera Wrap

211

Professional Photo Supports

Quik Bounce (LQ-122)

Snoot (LQ-114)

UltraBounce (LQ-116)

The LumiQuest Quik Bounce is designed for use with or without a ceiling to soften the light and transitioning from horizontal to vertical format without having to adjust the Quik Bounce on the flash.

The Snoot isolates the light to a very specific area. Automatic operation may be affected as illuminated area is limited. Bracketing and/or testing is recommended. Application: To illuminate a specific area of a scene with little or no effect on the surrounding area. Dimensions: Folds flat to 5 3/4” x 7 1/4”

The LumiQuest® UltraBounce distributes the light over approximately 180 degrees so that it can bounce off walls and ceilings to evenly illuminate a scene. The opaque sensor screen keeps the light from affecting the automatic sensor on most flash units.

Promax System (LQ-105)

Ultrasoft (LQ-103)

Pocket Bouncer (LQ-101)

The ProMax System is a refinement of our most popular photo flash accessories. The basic unit allows 80% of the light to bounce off the ceiling while 20% is redirected forward as fill light. The system includes interchangeable white, gold and silver inserts as well as a removable frosted diffusion screen.

Softbox III (LQ-119) The SoftBox III is roughly twice the size of our original SoftBox, thereby producing considerably softer shadows. It fits conventional flashes (Nikon, Canon, Sunpak, Vivitar, etc.). Like the original SoftBox (LQ-107) the SoftBox III is center weighted but it will block autofocus assist and interfere with auto exposure UNLESS you are using TTL.

FXtra (LQ-121) The FXtra is a compact gel holder that facilitates a quick installation and removal of colored gels. Eight Rosco gels are included: CTO, ½ CTO, ¼ CTO, Plus Green, ½ Plus Green, Sky Blue, Canary Yellow and Fire Red in the integrated storage pouch. FXtra is sized to use with most popular flashes and the gel pocket accommodates both Rosco and Lee gel samples.

212

The Ultrasoft enlarges and redirects the light at a 90° angle from the flash and then further softens the light by passing it through a frosted diffuser. Application: To achieve an extremely soft look with minimal shadows. For use on an individual flash or to softly illuminate the background in a multiple flash setup. Ideal for close-ups and portraits.

Promax Accessory Kit (LQ-106) The ProMax Accessory Kit allows you to turn your LumiQuest® 80-20 and/or Pocket Bouncer into an interchangeable system. The accessory kit includes a white insert, gold and silver metallic inserts, a frosted diffusion screen and a sturdy pouch for storage.

The Pocket Bouncer enlarges and redirects light at a 90° angle from the flash to soften the quality of light and distribute it over a wider area. While no exposure compensation is necessary with automatic flashes, operating distances are somewhat reduced.

Softbox II (LQ-109) SoftBox II enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. It is designed exclusively for use on bare bulb flashes such as Lumedyne, Quantum Q Flashes and Sunpak 120J. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Light Loss: Approximately 1 1/4 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 6 1/4” x 7 3/4”.

FX (LQ-111)

The LumiQuest® FX is a colored gel system that includes an assortment of five colored gels - blue, green, red, yellow and amber. The FX filter holder, designed to fit most flash models, enables the photographer to quickly and conveniently colorize the light for a variety of special effect applications. The system folds flat and comes with a convenient storage pouch. Application: Colorize the light for a variety of special effects. Light Loss: 1 stop. Dimensions: 3 3/8” x 4 3/4”.

Softbox (LQ-107) The Softbox enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. The light is softened and more evenly distributed as it passes through a center-weighted frosted diffuser.

Professional Photo Supports

Mini Softbox (LQ-108)

80-20 (LQ-102)

The Mini SoftBox enlarges and diffuses the light with the flash in the direct flash position. Unobtrusive and low profile, the Mini SoftBox is ideal for press and other fast-moving situations. Application: To soften shadows and eliminate unpleasant red eye. Light Loss: Approximately 1 stop. Dimensions: Folds flat to 3 1/4” x 4 1/2”.

The 80-20 enlarges and redirects 20% of the light at a 90° angle from the flash and allows 80% of the light to pass on, to be redirected by another surface - most likely a ceiling. Application: This device illuminates the scene with light bouncing off the ceiling while providing “fill” light off the bounce device itself.

MidiBouncer (LQ-110)

Big Bounce (LQ-104)

The MidiBouncer, designed for use with large professional flashes such as Metz, Sunpak, etc., enlarges and redirects the light at a 90° angle from the flash to soften the quality of light and distribute it over a wider area. Horizontal coverage is approximately 80°. While no exposure compensation is necessary when using the automatic features of the flash, operating distances are somewhat reduced. Direct Flash SoftBox

LumiQuest® Big Bounce enlarges and redirects and softens the light in the same manner as the Ultrasoft, with even softer results. Application: For use where a softer lighting effect is more important than “pocket size” portability (i.e. close-ups, portraits, etc.). Fits the same wide range of flashes as other LumiQuest® models. Light Loss: Approximately 3 stops. Dimensions: Folds flat to 8 1/2” x 10 3/4”

Bounce Kit (LQ-125)

This Three-Piece Bounce Kit Includes: Pocket Bouncer Gold Metallic Insert Silver Metallic Insert Storage Pouch The Pocket Bouncer redirects light at a 90º angle from the flash to soften the shadows and more evenly spread the light over a larger area.

Big Bounce (LQ-104)

LQ-126

The UltraStrap is the most secure, nonadhesive flash attachment mounting strap available. The patented marriage of neoprene and Velcro® loop results in a strap that applies a constant 3 lb. tension to the flash with a non skid surface.

LQ-132 Strobist Kit

Includes Pro Max Softbox III FXtra Has Gel Holder, 8 Color Gels Two UltraStraps to Attach Accessories Softbox Softens Shadows Accessories Fit Most Current Flashes

Direct Flash

Strobist Kit

LQ-136

Location/Portrait Kit

Includes Pro Max Softbox III FXtra Has Gel Holder, 8 Color Gels XTR Snoot Gives Narrow Beam of Light Two UltraStraps to Attach Accessories Softbox Softens Shadows Accessories Fit Most Current Flashes

Direct Flash

Location/Portrait Kit

213

Professional Photo Supports

1/4 Speed Grid for Portable Flash The HonlPhoto 1/4” Speed Grid is part of the Honl Speed System, which allows you to add a line of different light modifiers to your flash unit. The 1/4” Speed Grid attaches to the Speed Strap (offered separately), and dramatically narrows the beam of light that’s put out by your shoe mount or handle mount flash. The effect is a small circle of light, with the size depending on flash-tosubject distance. For Shoe Mount or Handle Mount Tightens Light Beam

1/8 Speed Grid for Portable Flash The HonlPhoto 1/8” Speed Grid is part of the Honl Speed System, which allows you to add a line of different light modifiers to your flash unit. The 1/8” Speed Grid attaches to the Speed Strap (offered separately), and dramatically narrows the beam of light that’s put out by your shoe mount or handle mount flash. The effect is a small circle of light, with the size depending on flash-tosubject distance. For Shoe Mount or Handle Mount Tightens Light Beam

Filter Kit: Color Effects The Honl Photo Color Effects Filter Kit adds a creative touch to your Honl Photo Speed System light modifiers. It allows you to add various colors to your lighting source, from high-quality polyester gels from Lee, a leading manufacturer. The gels are durable and fitted with hook-and-loop adhesive upon the edges to quickly attach to Honl Photo’s Speed Straps Includes Blue, Frosted, Green, Red, & Yellow Gels

214

Filter Kit: Autumn The HonlPhoto Filter Kit: Autumn is a set of filters that attach to the front of your flash’s lens, adding color to your photos. These filters attach to the HonlPhoto Speed Strap (sold separately) and can be used in tandem with other HonlPhoto flash accessories. The usable filter area is 2.5 x 4” (6.35 x 10.2cm) and can be trimmed with scissors to fit your individual strobe unit.

Filter Kit: Hollywood The HonlPhoto Filter Kit: Hollywood is a set of filters that attach to the front of your flash’s lens, adding color to your photos whether lighting a subject or a background. These filters attach to the HhonlPhoto Speed Strap (sold separately) and can be used in tandem with other HonlPhoto flash accessories. The usable filter area is 2.5 x 4” (6.35 x 10.2cm) and can be trimmed with scissors to fit your individual strobe unit.

Filter Kit: Color Correction Includes CTB, CTO, & Green Filters Adj. Flash to Tungsten Room Light Adj. Flash to Fluorescent Lights Adjust a Tungsten Light to Daylight

Speed Gobo /Bounce Card The HonlPhoto Gobo Bounce Card is a 4 x 7.5” two-sided bounce card, made of a tough black ballistic nylon on one side and a white polymer on the other. The white side can be used as a standard bounce card, to bounce and scatter the light output of the flash. The black side can be used to keep light from flaring into your lens when using a flash as a background or hair light. The Gobo Bounce Card connects directly to Speed Strap (sold separately). Two-side bounce card Combine two for a “barn door” setup

Speed Snoot, 5” / 8” Shorty The HonlPhoto 8” Speed Snoot/ Reflector is part of the Honl Speed System, which allows you to add a line of different light modifiers to your flash unit. This 8” long Speed Snoot/Reflector attaches to the Speed Strap (offered separately), and can be used either as a snoot or a reflector.

Speed Strap One strap that works with a line of various HonlPhoto accessories Eliminates rubber bands, tape or sticky residue from gluing attachment strips to the flash head

System Carrying Bag Holds Honl Speed Flash Tools Water-resistant Nylon Snap-hook on End Nylon Loop on End

Filter Roll-Up Carry Up to 30 Honl Photo filters Easy to Identify Filter Colors Takes Up Minimal Space in Camera Bag

Traveller8 Softbox For Shoe-Mounted Flash Units Create Beautiful Soft Light on the Go Compact 11 x 9” Softbox Circular Catchlights in Subject’s eyes Folds Flat for Transport

Professional Photo Supports

Instant Lab Universal The Instant Lab Universal isn’t a printer. It’s a camera. It exposes the images on your smartphone or tablet’s screen onto Impossible’s Polaroid™-format instant film via a photographic process – mirroring the traditional darkroom environment. Just load the camera with your film, download or update the Impossible Project App and you’re ready to go! A Daylab for the mobile photographer, the Instant Lab Universal from Impossible is a unique tool for creating instant film prints of the photos from your smartphone or tablet. Featuring an updated cradle design, this Universal version is compatible with a wide array of Android and iOS mobile devices with high-resolution screens measuring 4” in size. To be used in conjunction with the free Impossible Project app, this device features four coated glass elements in order to gain a clear wide-angle perspective of your device’s screen in order to create an image to be printed on Impossible 600 or SX-70-format color or black and white film. A micro-processorcontrolled film processing unit works in collaboration with the internal rechargeable lithium-ion battery in order to support working with film packs lacking a battery. The Instant Lab Universal is a sleek solution for instantly producing physical prints of your digital memories. Instant Prints of Your Mobile Photos Holds iOS and Android Phones or Tablets For Devices with ≥ 4” Displays Works with Impossible Project App Support Film Types: 600 and SX-70-Series Four Coated Glass Element Optical Design Micro-Processor-Control Film Processor Internal Rechargeable Li-Ion Battery

COLOR FILM FOR 600 8 exposures per pack Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

B&W FILM FOR 600 BLACK FRAME 8 exposures per pack Type: Black an white instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras with black frames Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 10 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

COLOR FILM FOR 600 COLOR FRAMES B&W FILM FOR 600 8 exposures per pack Type: Black an white instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 10 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

COLOR FILM FOR 600 BLACK FRAME 8 exposures per pack Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras with black frames Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

8 exposures per pack, each photo with an individually coloured frame Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

B&W FILM FOR 600 HARD COLOR FRAMES 8 exposures per pack Type: Black an white instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras with multi-coloured frames Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 10 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

215

Professional Photo Supports

COLOR FILM FOR 600 SKINS EDITION

B&W FILM FOR 600 ROUND FRAME

COLOR FILM FOR 600 HIBISCUS

8 exposures per pack, each photo with an individually patterned frame Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

8 exposures per pack Type: Black an white instant film with round frames for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 7.07 sq in (46.57 cm²) Finish: Glossy Development: 10 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

8 exposures per pack, each photo with Poisoned Paradise Hibiscus patterned frame Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

COLOR FILM FOR 600 GOLD ROUND FRAME 8 exposures per pack Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras with round gold frames Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 7.07 sq in (46.57 cm²) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash to power up the camera and flash

8 exposures per pack Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras with gold coloured frames Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

COLOR FILM FOR 600 ROUND SILVER FRAME

COLOR FILM FOR 600 SILVER FRAME

8 exposures per pack Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras with round silver frame Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 7.07 sq in (46.57 cm²) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

216

COLOR FILM FOR 600 GOLD FRAME

8 exposures per pack Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras with silver coloured frames Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

COLOR FILM FOR 600 FUCHSIA 8 exposures per pack, each photo with Poisoned Paradise Fuchsia patterned frame Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

COLOR FILM FOR 600 FRANGIPANI 8 exposures per pack, each photo with Poisoned Paradise Franjipani patterned frame Type: Color instant film for Polaroid™ 600-type cameras Format: 3.5 x 4.2 in (8.8 x 10.7 cm) Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 in (7.9 x 7.9 cm) Finish: Glossy Development: 30 minutes approximately at 70°F (21°C) Battery: Built in, long lasting battery to power up the camera and flash

Under Water Housing

DRP100

DRP SERIES - DR-PHOTO

Compatible Camera Models: Canon EOS 350D, 400D, 500D, 550D, 600D, 1000D, 1100D NIKON D40, D3000, D3100, D5000, D5100 SONY DSLR a100, a200, a350, aa380, SLT-A33, A35, A55 PANASONIC GH1, GH2 PENRAX K-5, K-7 PLYMPUS E-510, E-620

Features: Max.depth: - 80 m Case and cover material: crystal Makrolon 2800 Clasp material: acetal copolymer resin All main controls are external Wide selection of interchangeable and modular ports and extensions, with snap-in fitting and safety-lock against accidental release. Grips are removable without any tool needed M6 self-tapping screws in the case bottom part to provide housing for accessories or brackets Standard magnifier Positive trim in water (approx.800 g.) 5-pin Nikonos type strobe connector Adjustable trigger T1 universal connector on the grips Dimensions and weights DRP100 : 340 x 152.8 x 224 mm Weight (empty) : 1.65 kg

DR-VIDEO

DRP200

DRP SERIES - DR-PHOTO

Compatible Camera Models: Canon EOS 30D, 40D, 50D, 60D, 5D, 5D MKII, 7D NIKON D70, D80, D90, D200, D300, D300S, D700, D7000 SONY DSLR a500, a550 PENRAX K-10, K-20 PLYMPUS E-3, E-30

DRV SERIES

Features: Max.depth: - 80 m Case and cover material: crystal Makrolon 2800 Clasp material: acetal copolymer resin Controls on the button panel: REC/stand-by, zoom+, zoom, shooting, (optional) HID lamps, data display*, on/off control The DRV series housings are designed for HD small video cameras (for the updated compatibility table click here) The housing consists of a Makrolon transparent polycarbonate case and a black ABS cover with a standard 3.5 inches monitor. The monitor is powered by 6 AAA batteries (4 batteries in some models) granting a 6 hours (or 4 hours in the second case) operation. The user can choose between a flat port and an optical corrector that increases the already powerful wide-angle lens of the state-of-the-art video cameras. Compatible Camera Models: SONY HDR-CX, HDR-RX, HDR-SR, HDR-HC Canon LEGRIA, HF, HG, HV, FS, MD Panasonic HDC, SDR-H, SDR-S (NO-SDR-S150), NV-GS JVC EVERIO X, G, S, HD SAMSUNG SMX, VP, HMX

217

218